(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "tektronix :: catalog :: Tektronix Catalog 1959-05 #18"

[ 




AND AUXILIARY INSTRUMENTS 



I 



CATALOG 18 



MAY 1959 



I 



J 




OUR CONTINUING CREED 

is that of serving Tektronix customers with 
products and policies that are unexcelled in 
the electronics industry and limited only by 
the current state of the art. 



'&! . 



<} 



c 



I 



I 



TEKTRONIX J 




.n m- ] - 



- 



m m> 



pljj—mf m,: < S < ' "■ mtmmmmmmmmmmm^m^^mmm^imrmnmm i n ; i . xunpf 



Mm 







^.tsspj 




About the Company . . . 

Tektronix was organized in 1946 to manufacture cathode-ray 
oscilloscopes. To an unusual degree, Tektronix oscilloscopes have 
met with the approval of the ultimate user, enabling the company 
to grow by expanding its product lines and services. 

Throughout this continuing growth period Tektronix is striving 
to produce instruments with the quality and utility demanded by 
the fast-moving electronic industry. High employee morale, 
fostered by an employee-management relations program that gives 
employees a voice in company operations, a fair share of company 
profits, and steady year around employment, contributes greatly 
to this aim. 

Realizing the complexity of the modern cathode-ray oscillo- 
scope, Tektronix continually strives to provide the best in field 
maintenance help, and the utmost speed in replacement parts 
service. Helping to keep existing Tektronix instruments in efficient 
operation is as much a responsibility as developing new instru- 
ments to meet the future needs of the industry. Tektronix is mak- 
ing every effort to continue serving its customers with the highest 
quality in both product and service. 



Tektronix, Inc., an Oregon Corporation, Portland 7, Oregon, U. S. A. 



I 



• 



/ 



I 



CONTENTS 



I 



Type Number Page 

PLUG-IN UNITS 

A Wide-Band DC 57 

B Wide-Band High-Gain 58 

C-A Dual-Trace DC 59 

D High-Gain DC Differential 60 

E Low-Level AC Differential 61 

G Wide-Band DC Differential 62 

H Wide-Band High-Gain DC 63 

K Fast-Rise DC 64 

L Fast-Rise High-Gain 65 

P Fast-Rise Test Unit 189 

R Transistor Risetime Unit 66 

T Time-Base Generator 67 

RACK-MOUNTING OSCILLOSCOPES 

RM15 5" DC to 15 MC 121 

RM1 6 3" DC to 1 MC 122 

RSI 6 3" DC to 10 MC— Special 123 

*RM17 3" DC to 10 MC — 9 kv 124 

tRM31A 5" DC to 15 MC 125 

RM32 5" DC to 5 MC 126 

*RM33 5" DC to 15 MC— 100-x 

Magnifier 1 27 

tRM35A 5" DC to 15 MC— Sweep Delay . 128 

fRM41A 5" DC to 30 MC 129 

*RM43 5" DC to 30 MC— 100-x 

Magnifier 130 

tRM45A 5" DC to 30 MC — Sweep Delay. 131 

Dimensions of Rack Mounting Oscilloscopes .... 132 

AUXILIARY INSTRUMENTS 

105 Square-Wave Generator 145 

107 Square-Wave Generator 147 

108 Fast-Rise Pulse Generator ....... 190 

121 Amplifier 151 

122 Amplifier 153 

1 23 Amplifier 1 55 

1 26 Power Supply 1 69 

127 Power Supply for 

Plug-In Preamplifiers . 69 

1 28 Probe Power Supply 1 84 

130 L-C Meter 159 

1 60A Power Supply 1 62 

161 Pulse Generator 163 

162 Waveform Generator 164 

163 Pulse Generator 165 

180A Time-Mark Generator 171 

181 Time-Mark Generator 173 

RM181 Time-Mark Generator . 174 

1 90A Sine-Wave Generator 175 

*NEW INSTRUMENTS 



Type Number Page 

3" OSCILLOSCOPES 

t310A DC to 4 MC 73 

316 DC to 10 MC 77 

*317 DC to 10 MC— 9kv 81 

360 Monitor 167 

SCOPE-MOBILES 

500A Auxiliary Equipment Space 179 

500/53A Plug-In Storage Space 179 

5" OSCILLOSCOPES 

502 200 /xv/cm Dual Beam 91 

*507 High-Voltage Surge-Test 97 

51 5A DC to 1 5 MC Portable 85 

517A High-Speed Pulse 101 

524AD Television 107 

525 TV Waveform Monitor Ill 

*526 TV Vectorscope 115 

t531A DC to 15 MC 13 

532 DC to 5 MC 17 

533 DC to 15 MC— 100-x Magnifier . . 21 
I535A DC to 15 MC — Sweep Delay 25 

536 DC to 10 MC — X-Y Curve Tracer . . 29 

t541A DC to 30 MC 33 

543 DC to 30 MC — 100-x Magnifier . . 37 

t545A DC to 30 MC — Sweep Delay 41 

551 DC to 25 MC — Dual Beam 45 

*555 DC to 30 MC — Dual Beam — 

Sweep Delay 49 

*581 DC to 1 00 MC 1 04A 

*585 DC to 100 MC — Sweep Delay 104E 

CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACERS 

570 Electron Tube 135 

575 Transistor 139 

MISCELLANEOUS 

General Information 1 

Tektronix Field Services 8 

Oscilloscope Reference Chart 2 

Applications Guide 5 

How to Calculate Writing Rate 10 

Description of CRT Phosphors 9 

Modification Kits 181 

Operational Accessories 183 

Test Accessories 189 

Shipping Weights 1 97 

Field Offices 1 99 

tIMPROVED INSTRUMENTS 



© Copyright 1959 Tektronix, Inc. 



I 



( 






R 



«r 



i 



I 




GENERAL INFORMATION 



Terms and Shipment 

For domestic orders, placed in accordance with the 
normal Tektronix marketing practices, our terms are net 
thirty days. Shipping delay may be prevented by estab- 
lishing credit at the time of placing your order. When 
desirable, COD shipments can be arranged. Normally 
all prices and original quotations are f.o.b. factory. 

Unless otherwise specified on your order, shipment 
will be made via Motor Freight. If another carrier is 
specified, shipment will be made at full valuation unless 
your order instructs differently. In case air shipment and 
full valuation are desired, please specify whether Air 
Express or Air Freight. Lacking specification, Air Freight 
and full valuation will be chosen. 

Export Orders 

To provide our overseas customers with instruments at 
prices based on eminently fair exchange rates, assistance 
in ordering, and most important, service after receipt of 
their instruments, Tektronix has established authorized 
distributors in many overseas countries. To take advan- 
tage of these services, available ONLY through your 
AUTHORIZED TEKTRONIX DISTRIBUTOR, and to eliminate 
the necessity of paying a premium for our instruments, 
please direct all inquiries and orders to the TEKTRONIX 
DISTRIBUTOR in your country. Customers in a country not 
presently served by an authorized Tektronix distributor 
are asked to send all inquiries and orders directly to Tek- 
tronix, Inc., Portland, Oregon. 

Delivery 

Acceptance of purchase orders is indicated by our ac- 
knowledgement, and estimated shipment time is given 
from date of acknowledged acceptance. Every effort 
is made to meet the estimated shipment date, but there 
is the possibility that circumstances beyond our control 
might make it impossible to meet the quoted schedules. 

Field Maintenance 

Tektronix Field Maintenance is provided as a service 
to our customers. Work is expedited whether or not 
the instrument is in warranty. 

Should replacement parts be required, whether at no 
charge under warranty or at established net prices, 
notify us promptly, including sufficient details to identify 
the required parts. We will ship them transportation 
paid (via air to meet emergencies, if requested) as soon 
as possible. 



Requests for repairs or replacement parts should in- 
clude type number and serial number and should be 
directed to the Tektronix Field Office or Representative 
in your area. This procedure will assure you the fastest 
possible service. 

If an instrument must be returned to the factory for 
repairs, notify Field Engineering directly or through your 
Tektronix Field Office or Representative, indicating 
type number and serial number, and you will be 
notified at once as to procedure to be followed. PLEASE 
DO NOT RETURN AN INSTRUMENT BEFORE RECEIVING 
DIRECTIONS. Instruments and parts returned from coun- 
tries other than the United States must be accompan- 
ied by an invoice to clear through customs. 

It is standard practice for Tektronix to incorporate 
improvements in production instruments as they are de- 
veloped in our laboratories. When it is feasible to add 
such improvements in the field, modification kits are 
made available to those who wish to modernize their 
own instruments. 

For customers who have large quantities of Tektronix 
instruments and wish to equip their maintenance de- 
partments with factory-tested components, integrated 
kits of parts are available. Kits are designed to cover 
expected needs of a group of ten instruments of the 
same type. 



Warranty 

All Tektronix instruments are fully guaranteed against 
defective materials and workmanship for one year. Tek- 
tronix transformers, manufactured in our own plant, 
carry an indefinite warranty. 

Any questions with respect to the warranty mentioned 
above should be taken up with your Tektronix Field 
Engineer. 



Overseas Warranty Replacements 

The same general warranty policies above apply; how- 
ever, surface shipment will be made prepaid C.I.F. port 
of unloading. Customers requesting air shipment for emer- 
gency replacements will be invoiced for one-half of the 
shipment charges and Tektronix will assume the remain- 
der of these charges C.I.F. airport of destination. 




I 



6/59 




I 



REFERENCE 



MAIN SPECIFICATIONS of TEKTRONIX OSCILLOSCOPES 



1/ 



Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 



TYPE 531 A 
General Purpose 



TYPE 532 
General Purpose 



TYPE 533 
General Purpose 



TYPE 535A 
General Purpose 



Type 536 
X-Y Curve Tracer 



Vertical Frequency 

Response (with 

Type K Unit! 



dc to 15 mc 



dc to 5 mc 



dc to 15 mc 



dc to 15 mc 



dc to 11 mc 



Signal 
Delay 



Yes 



No 



Yes 



Yes 



No 



Calibrated 
Sweep Range 



0.1 fisec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 



I fisec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 



0.1 usec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 



0.1 fisec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 



Sweep 
Magnifier 



5x 



5x 



2,5, 10, 20, 
50, lOOx 



5x 



See Type T 
Time-Base Gen, 



Sweep Delay 



None 



None 



None 



1 fisec 
to 1 sec 



None 



Accelerating 
Potential 



10 kv 



4 kv 



10 kv 



10 kv 



4 kv 



Price 

(without 
plug-in units) 



$995 



$875 



$1100 



$1400 



$1050 



Complete 
Specifications 



Page 13 



Page 1 7 



Page 21 



Page 25 



Page 29 






I 











Plug-In 


Preamplifiers for Type 530-Series, 








Risetime of Combination — Plugged into Type 


-1 




Calibrated 
Deflection Factor 


531A, 
533, and 535A 


532 


536 


541 A, 543, 
545A, and 555 


551 




TYPE A 
Wide-Band DC 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.025 fisec 


0.07 fisec 


0.035 fisec 


0.018 fisec 


0.02 fisec 


: 


TYPE B 
Wide-Band 
High-Gain 


5 mv/cm to 
0.05 v/cm 


0.035 /usee 


0.07 fisec 


0.04 /usee 


0.03 fisec 


0.03 /(sec 




0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.025 fisec 


0.035 fisec 


0.018 fisec 


0.02 fisec 




TYPE C-A 
Dual-Trace DC 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.023 fisec 


0.07 /usee 


0.035 fisec 


0.01 5 fisec 


0.016 fisec 




TYPE D 

High-Gain DC 

Differential 


1 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 


0.1 8 /usee 


0.1 8 fisec 


0.1 8 fisec 


0.18 fisec 


0.18 fisec 


: 


TYPE E 

Low-Level AC 

Differential 


50 fiv/cm to 
10 mv/cm 


6 fisec 


6 fisec 


6 fisec 


6 fisec 


6 /usee 


i 


TYPE G 

Wide-Band DC 

Differential 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.025 fisec 


0.07 fisec 


0.035 fisec 


0.018 fisec 


0.02 /tsec 


m 


TYPE H 
DC Coupled High- 
Gain Wide-Band 


0.005 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.031 fisec 


0.07 fisec 


0.037 fisec 


0.023 fisec 


0.025 fisec 


1 


TYPE K 
Fast-Rise DC 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.023 fisec 


0.07 /usee 


0.031 fisec 


0.012 /usee 


0.01 4 /usee 


1 


TYPE L 

Fast-Rise 

High-Gain 


5 mv/cm 
to 2 v/cm 


0.023 fisec 


i 0.07 /usee 


0.035 fisec 


0.015 fisec 


0.017 fisec 


1 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.023 yusec 


0.031 fisec 


0.01 2 /usee 


0.014 /isee 


! 



c 




6/59 



I 



I 




I 
I 



CHART 

for Convenience in Making Preliminary Comparisons 

Type 540-Series, and Type 550-Series Oscilloscopes 



1 




Vertical Frequency 

Response (with 

Type K Unit} 


Signal 
Delay 


Calibrated 
Sweep Range 


Sweep 
Magnifier 


Sweep Delay 


Accelerating 
Potential 


Price 

(without 
plug-in units) 


Complete 
Specifications 


I 


TYPE 541A 

Fast-Rise 


dc to 30 mc 


Yes 


0.1 /isec/cm 
to 5 sec /cm 


5x 


None 


10 kv 


$1200 


Page 33 


1 


TYPE 543 
Fast-Rise 


dc to 30 mc 


Yes 


0.1 ^sec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


2,5, 10,20, 
50, lOOx 


None 


10 kv 


$1275 


Page 37 


I 


TYPE 545A 
Fast-Rise 


dc to 30 mc 


Yes 


0.1 /isec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


5x 


1 /isec 
to 10 sec 


10 kv 


$1550 


Page 41 


1 


TYPE 551 
Dual-Beam 


dc to 25 mc 


Yes 


0.1 /isec/cm 
to 5 sec /cm 


5x 


None 


10 kv 


$1800 


Page 45 


■ 


TYPE 555 

Dual-Beam 


dc to 30 mc 


Yes 


0.1 fisez/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


5x 


0.5 (Usee 
to 50 sec 


10 kv 


$2600 


Page 49 





Type 540-Series, and Type 550-Series Oscilloscopes 



tm 


Passband of Combination — Plugged into Type 










531 A, 
533, and 535A 


532 


536 


541A, 543, 
545A, and 555 


551 


Input 
Capacitance 


Price 


Complete 
Specifications 


I 


dc to 14 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


dc to 10 mc 


dc to 20 mc 


dc to 18 mc 


47 /I/if 


$90 


Page 57 




2 c to 1 mc 


2 c to 5 mc 


2 c to 9 mc 


2 c to 1 2 mc 


2 c to 1 2 mc 


47 fifif 


$135 


Page 58 


l 


dc to 14 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


dc to 10 mc 


dc to 20 mc 


dc to 18 mc 




dc to 15 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


dc to 10 mc 


dc to 24 mc 


dc to 22 mc 


20 fifii 


$250 


Page 59 


1 


dc to 2 mc 


dc to 2 mc 


dc to 2 mc 


dc to 2 mc 


dc to 2 mc 


47 /ifii 


$155 


Page 60 


■ 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


50 fifif 


$175 


Page 61 




dc to 14 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


dc to 1 mc 


dc to 20 mc 


dc to 18 mc 


47 fifif 


$185 


Page 62 


1 


dc to 11 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


dc to 9.5 mc 


dc to 15 mc 


dc to 1 4 mc 


47 fl/ti 


$185 


Page 63 


1 


dc to 15 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


dc to 11 mc 


dc to 30 mc 


dc to 25 mc 


20 ft/if 


$135 


Page 64 


I 


3 c to 1 5 mc 


3 c to 5 mc 


3 c to 10 mc 


3 c to 24 mc 


3 c to 22 mc 


20 /ifii 


$200 


Page 65 


1 


dc to 15 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


dc to 11 mc 


dc to 30 mc 


dc to 25 mc 



I 



6/59 




REFERENCE CHART 



MAIN SPECIFICATIONS of TEKTRONIX OSCILLOSCOPES 
for Convenience in Making Preliminary Comparisons 



Type 580-5eries Oscilloscopes 





Vertical Frequency 
Response (with 
Type 80 Unit) 


Risetime 


Basic 

Deflection 

Factor 


Signal 
Delay 


Calibrated 
Sweep Range 


Sweep 
Magnifier 


Sweep 
Delay 


Accelerating 
Potential 


Price 

(without 

plug-in units) 


Complete 
Specifications 


TYPE 581 


dc to 
Approx. 1 00 mc 


3.5 m/isec 


0.1 v/cm 


Yes 


0.01 fisec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


5x 


None 


10 kv 


$1375 


Page 104A 


TYPE 585 


dc to 
Approx. 1 00 mc 


3.5 m/isec 


0.1 v/cm 


Yes 


0.01 /zsec/cm 
to 5 sec /cm 


5x 


1 /isec to 
1 sec 


10 kv 


$1675 


Page 104E 



Oscilloscopes without Plug-In Preamplifiers 





Calibrated 
Deflection Factor 


Risetime 


Vertical 
Passband 


Signal 
Delay 


i 

Calibrated 
Sweep Range 


Sweep 
Magnifier 


Accelerating 
Potential 


Price 


Complete 
Specifications 


TYPE 310A 
3" Portable 


0.01 v/div 
to 0.1 v/div 


0.1 ^sec 


2 c to 3.5 mc 


No 


0.5 /isec/div 
to 0.2 sec/div 


5x 


1.8 kv 


$595 


Page 73 


0.1 v/div 
to 50 v/div 


0.09 (isez 


dc to 4 mc 


TYPE 316 

3" Portable 


0.01 v/div 
to 0.1 v/div 


0.035 /xsec 


2 c to 10 mc 


Yes 


0.2 /isec/div 
to 2 sec/div 


5x 


1.8 kv 


$750 


Page 77 


0.1 v/div 
to 50 v/div 


0.035 fisec 


dc to 10 mc 


TYPE 317 

Daylight 

3" Portable 


0.1 v/div 
to 0.1 v/div 


0.035 fisec 


2 c to 10 mc 


Yes 


0.2 /zsec/div 
to 2 sec/div 


5x 


9 kv 


$800 


Page 81 


0.01 v/div 
to 50 v/div 


0.035 /isec 


dc to 10 mc 


TYPE 502 

Dual-Beam 

and X-Y 

Curve Tracer 


200 fiv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


3.5 /isec 

diminishing to 

0.35 /isec 


dc to 1 00 kc 

increasing to 

dc to 1 mc 


No 


1 /tsec/cm 

to 
5 sec/cm 


2, 5, 10, 
and 20x 


3 kv 


$825 


Page 91 


TYPE 51 5 A 
5" Portable 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.023 /isec 


dc to 1 5 mc 


Yes 


0.2 /isec/cm 
to 2 sec/cm 


5x 


4 kv 


$800 


Page 85 


TYPE 517A 
High-Speed 


0.05 v/cm 


0.007 fiiec 




Yes 


0.01 jusec/cm 
to 20 /isec/cm 




24 kv 


$3500 


Page 101 


TYPE 524AD 
Television 


0.015 v/cm 
to 50 v/cm 


0.035 fiiec 


dc to 10 mc 


Yes 


0.1 /tsec/cm to 
0.01 sec/cm 


3x and lOx 


4 kv 


$1250 


Page 107 







c 




6/59 



APPLICATIONS GUIDE 




Some of the known applications of Tektronix Instruments are presented 
here, to help guide you in selecting instruments to fit your needs. Your 
Tektronix Field Engineer or Representative can be very helpful in this 
regard. If in doubt, please consult him before ordering. For his location 
and phone number, please refer to the Field Office page in this catalog. 



i 
I 
i 
i 
i 
I 



I 
I 
i 
i 
I 
i 
I 

rr 



BIOPHYSICAL-MEDICAL 

Cardiac Investigation, Diagnosis, Central Nervous 
System Research, Cortical Research, Neural Ac- 
tivity and Response 

Type 535A Oscilloscope 

Type 536 Oscilloscope 

Type 551 Oscilloscope 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 122 Low- Level Preamplifier 

Type 123 Preamplifier 

Stimulation 

Type 160-Series Waveform Generators 
Type 360 Cathode-Ray Indicator 
Type 126 Power Supply 

CHEMICAL 

Analysis and Research, General 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Life-Time Testing and Photo-Sensitivity Analysis 

Type 530- Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 

ELECTRONIC 

Circuit Design 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 

Type 130 L,C Meter 

Type 190A Signal Generator 

Type 1 80A Time-Mark Generator 

Type 181 Time-Mark Generator 

Type 570 Characteristic-Curve Tracer 

Type 575 Transistor-Curve Tracer 

Component Testing and Evaluation 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 
Type 105 Square- Wave Generator 
Type 1 80A Time-Mark Generator 
Type 1 90A Signal Generator 
Type 1 30 L,C Meter 



2/59 



Computer Design 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 555 Oscilloscope 

Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 

Type 51 5A Oscilloscope 

Type 1 30 L,C Meter 

Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 

Computer Servicing 

Type 316 Portable Oscilloscope 

Type 317 Portable Oscilloscope 

Type 310A Portable Oscilloscope 

Type 515A Oscilloscope 

Type 533 Oscilloscope 

Type 535A Oscilloscope 

Type B Wide-Band High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type G Wide-Band Differential Plug-In Unit 

Delay-Line Testing and Design 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 555 Oscilloscope 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type 515A Oscilloscope 

Type 517A High-Speed Pulse Oscilloscope 

Type 180A Time-Mark Generator 

Type 1 30 L,C Meter 

Magnetic Field Investigation 

Type 536 Oscilloscope 

Type 535A Oscilloscope 

Type B Wide-Band High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type G Wide-Band Differential Plug-In Unit 

Radar Design and Servicing 

Type 316 Oscilloscope 
Type 317 Oscilloscope 
Type 515A Oscilloscope 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 551 Oscilloscope 
Type 555 Oscilloscope 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 
Type 1 80A Time-Mark Generator 

Servo Design and Testing 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

Sound Equipment Design and Testing 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 310A Oscilloscope 

Type 1 05 Square-Wave Generator 




APPLICATIONS GUIDE 



1 



(Continued} 



Transistor and Tube Development 

Type 575 Transistor-Curve Tracer 

Type 570 Characteristic-Curve Tracer 

Type 517A Oscilloscope 

Type 515A Oscilloscope 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 555 Oscilloscope 

Type G Wide-Band Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type R Transistor Rise-Time Testing Unit 

TV Station Use 

Type 525 Waveform Monitor 
Type 524AD Oscilloscope 
Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 
Type 310A Oscilloscope 
Type 316 Oscilloscope 
Type 317 Oscilloscope 
Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 
Type 130 L,C Meter 

TV Receiver Production Testing 

Type 524AD Oscilloscope 

Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 

GEOPHYSICAL 

Equipment Design 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics of Soils 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Field Equipment Maintenance 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 515A Oscilloscope 

Type 310A Portable Oscilloscope 

Type 316 Portable Oscilloscope 

Type 317 Portable Oscilloscope 

INDUSTRIAL 

Stress and Impact Analysis 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 
Type 536 Oscilloscope 
Type 532 Oscilloscope 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 
Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 



Metal Fracture Investigation 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 533 Oscilloscope 

Type 535A Oscilloscope 

Type 536 Oscilloscope 

Type 531 A Oscilloscope 

Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 

Type 160-Series Waveform Generators 

Type 360 Cathode-Ray Indicator 

Rotating Machinery Investigations 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type 535A Oscilloscope 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 121 Wide-Band Preamplifier 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Transient Monitor 

Type 515A Oscilloscope 

Type 535A Oscilloscope 

Type 533 Oscilloscope 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Vibration Analysis 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 536 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Hydraulic Systems Analysis 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 

MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE 

Ballistic (weapon and explosive testing) 

Type 533 Oscilloscope 

Type 535A Oscilloscope 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Surge Distribution in Transformers 

Type 507 Oscilloscope 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type G Wide-Band Differential Plug-In Unit 

High Voltage, Surge and Breakdown Testing 

Type 507 Oscilloscope 

Type 517A Oscilloscope 

Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 

Type 107 Square-Wave Generator 

Type 1 90A Signal Generator 




c 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

! 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
1 



( 




2/59 



I 



I 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

rr 
i 



APPLICATIONS GUIDE 



(Continued) 



Response of Surge-Measuring Equipment 

Type 507 Oscilloscope 

Type 517A Oscilloscope 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 555 Oscilloscope 

Type K Fast-Rise DC Plug-In Unit 

Type L Fast-Rise High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type H High-Gain DC Plug-In Unit 

Hydrogen Thyratron Research and Testing 

Type 51 7A Oscilloscope 
Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 555 Oscilloscope 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 

Input-Output Comparison 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 
Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Microwave Generator Modes 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 555 Oscilloscope 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 

Missile Check-Out Racks 

Type RM30 and RM40-Series Oscilloscopes 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 
Type RM15 Oscilloscope 
Type RM16 Oscilloscope 
Type RM17 Oscilloscope 

Radioactive Decay Energy Spectrum 

Type 541 A Oscilloscope 

Type 543 Oscilloscope 

Type K Fast-Rise or Type L Fast-Rise High-Gain Plug 

In Units 

Sequence Control 

Type 360 Cathode-Ray Indicator 

Sonic-Echo Materials Testing 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 

Telemetering Monitor 

Type 360 Cathode-Ray Indicator 
Type RM15 Oscilloscope 
Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 



Time-Shared Microwave Systems 

Type 535A Oscilloscope 

Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Transducers 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 
Type 536 Oscilloscope 
Type 532 Oscilloscope 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 
Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 
Type 123 Preamplifier 

NUCLEAR 

Alpha Particle Detector Amplification 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Energy Spectrum Indicator 

Type 541 A Oscilloscope 
Type 543 Oscilloscope 

Type K Fast-Rise or Type L Fast-Rise High-Gain Plug- 
In Units 

Equipment Design 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 555 Oscilloscope 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 
Type 51 5A Oscilloscope 
Type 51 7A Oscilloscope 

PHOTOGRAPHY, OPTICS 

Light Intensity and Film Density Measurements, 
Shutter Speed Accuracy Tests 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

Sequence Exposure Timing, Shutter Synchroniza- 
tion Measurements 

Type 535A Oscilloscope 
Type 545A Oscilloscope 
Type 555 Oscilloscope 
Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers 

Thermocouple Radiation Measurements, Photo- 
electric Radiation Measurements 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 



2/59 




TEKTRONIX FIELD SERVICES 

Tektronix Customers are urged to take advantage of the 
many field services available to them through Tektronix Field- 
Engineering Offices, Engineering Representatives, and Over- 
seas Engineering Organizations. Some of these services are 
described below. 






Ordering — There are many 
types of oscilloscopes, each de- 
signed for a specific application 
area. Your Field Engineer can 
help you select the one best 
suited to your present and fu- 
ture needs, and he will be hap- 
py to arrange a demonstration 

of the instrument in your 

application if you so desire. 

If you are a Purchasing Agent 
or Buyer, your Field Engineer 
or his secretary can help you with information on prices, terms, 
shipping estimates, and best method of transportation on in- 
struments, accessories, and replacement parts. 



Operation — Your Tektronix 
Oscilloscope can be most use- 
ful to you when you are familiar 
with all control functions. Your 
Field Engineer will be glad to 
demonstrate the use of your in- 
strument in various applications 
to help you become more fa- 
miliar with its operation. If your 
instrument is to be used by sev- 
eral engineers, your Field Engi- 
neer will be happy to conduct 
informal classes on its operation 
in your laboratory. 



Maintenance — Tektroni x 

willingly assumes much of the 
responsibility for continued ef- 
ficient operation of the instru- 
ments it manufactures. If you 
should experience a stubborn 
maintenance problem, your 
Field Engineer will gladly help 
you isolate the cause. Often a 
telephone discussion with him 
will help you get your instru- 
ment back into operation with 
minimum delay. If yours is a 
large laboratory, your Field Engineer can be of service to your 
maintenance engineers by conducting informal classes on test 
and calibration procedures, trouble-shooting techniques, and 
general maintenance. 









I 



If you are responsible for the maintenance of a large quanti- 
ty of Tektronix Instruments, ask your Field Engineer about the 
free factory training course in maintenance and calibration. 



Applications — Perhaps the 
answers you need in a specific 
application can be obtained 
faster and easier through use 
of your Tektronix Oscilloscope. 
Your Field Engineer can help 
you find out, and if use of your 
oscilloscope is indicated, help 




<1|l you with procedures. He may 
5 also be able to suggest many 
time-saving uses for your oscil- 
loscope in routine checks and 
measurements. 



Instrument Reconditioning 

— An older Tektronix Oscillo- 
scope, properly reconditioned, 
can give you many additional 
years of service. Your Field En- 
gineer will gladly explain the 
advantages and limitations of 
factory reconditioning, and 
make the necessary arrange- 
ments if you decide in favor of it. 
Many major repair and re- 
calibration jobs can be per- 
formed at a nearby Field Re- 
pair Station. Ask your Field En- 
gineer about this at-cost service 
to Tektronix customers. 








Communications — Your 
Field Engineer is a valuable 
communication link between 
you and the factory. He knows 
the exact person to contact in 
each circumstance, and he can 
reach that person fast and easi- 
ly. Let him help speed your 
communications with the fac- 
tory on any problem related to 
your Tektronix Instruments, 



c 



c 



8 




2/59 



I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



DESCRIPTION OF CATHODE-RAY-TUBE PHOSPHORS 



The catalog description of each oscilloscope gives the kind of phosphor 
that is normally provided in the crt. In general, your oscilloscope can be 
provided, on order, with any commercially available phosphor. 

Phosphors, other than those of short persistance, may display an initial 
fluorescence of one color, followed by a phosphorescence of the same or 
another color. The following table describes some of the phosphors we 
can provide in your crt. We welcome your inquiries. 



PHOSPHOR 


FLUORESCENCE 


PHOSPHORESCENCE 


PERSISTENCE 


PI 


Green 


Green 


Medium 


P2 


Blue-green 


Green 


Long 


P4* 


White 


White 


Medium 


95 


Blue 




Very short 


P7* 


Blue-white 


Yellow 


Long 


P11 


Blue 




Short 


P12 


Orange 


Orange 


Medium long 


P 13** 


Red 


Red 


Medium 


P14* 


Purple 


Orange 


Medium long 


P15 


Blue-green 




Extremely short 


P16 


Violet and near 
ultra-violet 




Extremely short 


P17* 


Green 


Green 


Long 


pip** 


Orange 


Orange 


Extremely long 


P 20 


Yellow 


Yellow 


Medium short 


P 23* 


Yellow 


Yellow 


Medium 


P24 


Blue 




Extremely short 


P 25 


Orange 


Orange 


Medium 


P 27 


Red 


Red 


Medium 



* Double-layer types. 
**Readily susceptible to burning. Recommended only for aluminized CRTS. 




I 



2/59 




I 



HOW TO CALCULATE WRITING RATE 

The writing rate of which an oscilloscope is capable is usually taken to 
mean the maximum spot speed (usually in centimeters per microsecond) 
at which a satisfactory photograph can be taken. The result depends not 
only upon the characteristics and adjustments of the oscilloscope, but also 
upon the photographic equipment and processes used. The illustration 
below shows one way in which writing rate can be calculated. There is 
displayed a single trace of damped sine wave whose frequency is such 
that the rapidly rising and falling portions of the first cycle or two fail to 
photograph. The writing-rate capability of the oscilloscope is determined 
as follows: Starting from the left, find the first rapidly rising or falling 
portion of the damped sine wave which is photographed in its entirety. 
Let D represent the vertical distance in centimeters between the peaks 
which are connected by this portion. If D is three or more times as great as 
the horizontal distance occupied by one cycle, the writing rate in centi- 
meters per microsecond is given closely by: 

Maximum writing rate — 3.14 Df 

where f is the frequency of the damped wave in megacycles. 




Although the writing rate is an important characteristic of the oscillo- 
scope, it does not completely describe the ability of the oscilloscope to 
present detailed information. It is also important to consider the available 
resolution in conjunction with screen size. It is convenient to present these 
latter data in terms of the number of spot widths contained in the length 
and in the height of the useful graticule area. 



10 





C 



2/59 



< 



I 




\ 









I 




\ 



OSCILLOSCOPES 

with PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 




I 



c 



I 

Lr 

I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

rp 






PROVED INSTRUMENT 



TYPE 531 A OSCILLOSCOPE 



Easy Operation 

Single knob control for Sweep 
Range, Amplitude Calibrator, and 
Horizontal Display. 

Increased Vertical Response 

Passband and Risetime with Type K 
unit, dc to 15 rnc, 0.023 /Asec. 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.1 jusec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 5-x mag- 
nifier increases calibrated rate to 
0.02 ^sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

1 0-KV Accelerating Potential 

Bright display at low repetition rates. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier 
6-cm Linear Vertical Deflection 
Balanced Delay Network. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 531 A is a wide-range laboratory oscillo- 
scope that is easier to operate, performs better, is even 
more reliable than its predecessor, the Type 531. Func- 
tionally grouped controls with convenient direct-reading 
single-knob selectors and dependable trigger settings 
combine to provide easy operation. Greater depend- 
ability and longer life have been attained through the 
use of frame-grid dual triodes and silicon-diode recti- 
fiers. The dc-to-15 mc main vertical amplifier provides 
for a high degree of versatility through Tektronix Type 
A to Z Plug-In Preamplifiers. Nine plug-in preamplifiers 
are available for conversion to possible future require- 
ments. 

A very practical initial combination is the Type 531 A 
Oscilloscope with a Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit. 
This arrangement covers both dual-trace and single- 
trace applications with passband requirements from dc 
to 15 mc at sensitivities as high as 0.05 v/cm. Later, if 
the need arises, additional plug-in units can be pur- 
chased at reasonable cost for wide-band high-gain, mil- 
livolt-sensitivity, microvolt-sensitivity, and dc-differ- 
ential uses. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The wide- band 
dc-coupled amplifier with risetime of 0.022 fxsec is fac- 
tory adjusted for optimum transient response. 



3/59 




The Type 531 A vertical deflection system is designed 
for use with any one of the Tektronix Type A to Z Plug- 
In Preamplifiers. In order to operate the Type 531 A, 
one of the preamplifiers must be plugged in. 



Plug-In Preamplifiers 

For Wide-Band Applications — 
Type A — DC to 14 mc, 0.025-/xsec risetime at 0.05 v/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 

or Type B — DC to 14, 0.025-^sec risetime at 0.05 
v/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035- /-tsec rise- 
time at 5 mv/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 

For maximum frequency response and risetime- 




Type K — DC to 15mc, 0.023-/xsec risetime at 0.05 to 
40 v/cm. 

or Type L — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-ju.sec risetime at 0.05 to 
40 v/cm. — 3 cycles to 15 mc, 0.023-/Asec risetime at 
5 mv to 4 v/cm. 

For dual trace operation — 
Type C-A — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-^sec risetime at 0.05 to 
50 v/cm. 

For high DC sensitivity — 
Type H — DC to 11 mc, 0.031-/xsec risetime at 5 mv/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 



13 



TYPE 531 A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



For differential input applications — 
Wide band: Type G — DC to 14 mc, risetime 0.025 jusec 
at 0.05 to 50 v/cm. 

High DC sensitivity: Type D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

For low-level applications — 
Type E — 0.06 cycles to 20 kc at 50 juv/cm, increasing to 
60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm. 

For transistor risetime checking — 
Type R — risetime 0.023 //.sec. 

Balanced Delay Network — Ample signal delay is 
provided by a balanced (push-pull) delay network to 
permit observation if the leading edge of the waveform 
that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input to CRT — An aperature in the side of 
the cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode- 
ray-tube deflection plates. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

A Miller runup sweep generator is used in the Type 
531 A. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry assures 
excellent linearity. Characteristics of the circuitry make 
possible the wide range of 0.02 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-four direct-read- 
ing calibrated sweep rates are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50/isec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 sec/cm. In add- 
ition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for 
continuous adjustment from 0.1 jasec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 
An indicator light warns the operator when the sweep 
is uncalibrated. Calibration of the fixed sweep rates 
will typically be within 1% of full scale, and in all cases 
within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — 5-x magnifier increases the cal- 
ibrated sweep time to 0.02 fisec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 
tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep 
output amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of 
the normal trace is expanded to fill the screen. Any 
one-fifth of the magnified sweep can be displayed on 
the screen by rotating the HORIZONTAL POSITION con- 
trol. Accurate 5-x magnification is obtained on all 
ranges. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is provided 
for the unblanking waveform, assuring uniform bias on 
the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and repetition 
rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Triggering source can be internal, external, 
or the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. 
The triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 



Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stabili- 
ty control is preset to the optimum triggering point and 
requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking trig- 
ger circuit provides dependable triggering for most appli- 
cations. One simple setting assures positive sweep-trig- 
gering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, shapes, 
and repetition rates. No trigger control need be touched 
until a different type of operation is desired. Range of 
automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 2 mega- 
cycles, approximately. In the absence of an input signal 
the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 50-cycle 
rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm de- 
flection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 100 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier- — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step attenuator 
and variable attenuator makes the horizontal deflection 
factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to approxi- 
mately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to 240 kc. Input imped- 
ance is approximately 47 /x/j.f paralleled by 1 megohm. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Accelerating Potential — 10-kv accelerating poten- 
tial assures bright display when using fast sweeps at low 
repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. The 
T533P, a Tektronix cathode-ray tube, is used in the Type 
531A. The T533P is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision 
tube with a helical post-accelerating anode. It provides 
a full 6-crn x 10-cm viewing area. For best results 
over the wide sweep range of the Type 531 A, a P2 
phosphor is normally furnished with the instrument. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen direct reading fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 
2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millivolts, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50, and 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided by the 
single knob control. Accuracy is within 3%. Square- 
wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 150-v sweep-sawtooth 
waveform are available at front-panel binding posts via 
cathode followers. The vertical signal is brought out to a 
front-panel terminal for external applications. 







• 



c 



14 




3/59 



I 



I TYPE 531 A OSCILLOSCOPE 




Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fas- 
teners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Beam Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the spot 
is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge- lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making time and 
amplitude measurements. Illumination is controlled by a 
front-panel knob. 



ELECTRON TUBES AND SEMICONDUCTORS 

Input amplifiers 2 I2BY7A 

CF and beam position amplifiers 2 6DJ8 

Output amplifiers 2 6197 



Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger CF and vertical signal out 6DJ8 

Sweep generator 6CL6 

Sweep generator CF 6DJ8 

Unblank and holdoff CF 6DJ8 

Trigger inverter 6DJ8 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 1 2AU7 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Horizontal drive CF 6DJ8 

Horizontal amplifier 6DJ8 

Horizontal output CF 6DJ8 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6DJ8 

External horizontal amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper amplifier 6DJ8 

External horizontal and DC level CF .... 1 2AU7 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 12BY7 

Sweep-gating multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep start compensator 6CL6 

Trace blank and dual-trace 

trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Runup on-off diodes 6AL5 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

High voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Regulator amplifier 1 2AU7 

Voltage reference 5651 



T 




i 



3/59 




15 



TYPE 531 A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Series regulator 2 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Comparator amplifiers 2 6080 

Series regulators 4 12B4 

Rectifiers 16 INI 566 

Cathode-ray tube T533P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is main- 
tained by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 13" wide, 16% "high. 

Weight — 61 Vi pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 455 watts with Type C-A unit plugged in. 

Type 531 A, without plug-in units $995 

Includes: 2 — 10-x attenuator probes 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 



1 — Test lead (01 2-031) 

1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 



Optional Phosphors 




P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Several other phosphors can be furnished on special 
order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c 



16 




3/59 



I 



I 



TYPE 532 OSCILLOSCOPE 




Y 



Designed for Extra Dependability 



DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier 

Passband with wide-band plug-in 

units — dc to 5 mc. 
Risetime with wide-band plug-in 

units — 0.07 jusec. 

8-cm Linear Vertical Deflection 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.2 /xsec/cm to 1 2 sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier 
Vertical Beam-Position Indicators 
DC-Coupled Unblanking 




I 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 532 is designed for users who do 
not need the high-speed sweeps, high writing rate, and 
wide passband of the Type 531 A. Simplified circuitry 
eases vacuum-tube loading, lower accelerating poten- 
tial reduces possibility of screen damage at very-slow 
sweep speeds and makes possible greater linear verti- 
cal deflection. The Type 532 has all the precision and 
stability you expect in Tektronix oscilloscopes. Signal- 
handling versatility of the Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-ln- 
Preamplifier Units is available in the Type 532, within 
the dc-to-5 mc passband of its main vertical amplifier. 
It is an instrument that will give lasting satisfaction in 
the many laboratory applications within its capabilities. 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The vertical am- 
plifier of the Type 532 is designed to be used with any 
one of the Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-In Preamplifiers. 
The passband of the Type 532 is less than 3 db down at 
5 mc, adjusted for optimum transient response with the 
wide-band-preamplifier units plugged in. Frequency re- 
sponse of the wide-band units is limited to that of the 
main-unit vertical amplifier, but the overall response is 
not materially affected when plug-in units with pass- 



3/59 




bands of 2 mc and lower are used. The main-unit de- 
flection factor is 0.1 v/cm with balanced input. 

In order to operate the Type 532, one of the Type A 
to Z preamplifiers must be plugged in. 

Plug-In Preamplifiers 

Type 532 frequency response and risetime is dc to 
5 mc, 0.07 /j.sec with the following plug-in units except 
as noted: 

For general applications — Type A or Type K 

For high gain applications — Type B or Type L 

For high dc gain applications — Type H 

For dual trace applications — Type C-A 

For differential applications — Type G, Type D: dc to 
350 kc at 1 mv/cm increasing to 2 mc as sensitivity is 
decreased to 50 mv/cm, and Type E: 0.06 cycles to 
60 kc 

Direct Input to CRT — An aperture in the side of 
the cabinet permits direct connection to the crt deflec- 
tion plates. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The sweep generator in the Type 532 is a Miller run- 
up type. Excellent sweep linearity results from use of 



17 



TYPE 532 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 




inverse feedback in the timing circuits. Characteristics 
of the circuitry make possible the wide sweep range of 
0.2 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — The Type 532 has twenty- 
one calibrated sweep rates. The main sweep control has 
seven positions; 1 , 10, 1 00 /xsec/cm, . . . 1 , 1 0, 1 00 milli- 
sec/cm,. . . 1 sec/cm. Three multiplier switch positions of 
1, 2, and 5 for each of the main sweep steps provide a 
total of 21 calibrated sweep rates. The remaining three 
positions on the multiplier switch of 1 to 2.5, 2 to 5, and 
5 to 1 2 provide continuously variable sweep rates from 
1 /xsec/cm to 1 2 sec/cm. Calibration accuracy of the fixed 
sweep rates will typically be within 1 % of full scale, and 
in all cases within 3%. The 5-x magnifier applied to the 
1 /xsec/cm sweep extends the calibrated sweep range to 
0.2 /xsec/cm. 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is ob- 
tained by effectively increasing the gain of the sweep 
output amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of 
the normal trace is expanded to 10 cm. Any one-fifth 
of the magnified sweep can be displayed on the screen 
by means of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control. Ac- 
curacy is within 3% except on the 1 /xsec/cm range, 
where accuracy is within 5%. 



18 




DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc coupled to the grid of the crt to assure uni- 
form unblanking bias for all sweep speeds and repeti- 
tion rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable ampli- 
tude-level and stability controls are provided for trigger- 
ing the sweep at a selected amplitude level on the trig- 
gering waveform. Trigger source can be external, inter- 
nal, or the line frequency, either ac-coupled or de- 
coupled. The triggering point can be on either the 
rising or falling slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls need 



3/59 




c 



I 



TYPE 532 OSCILLOSCOPE 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I* 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

it 



be touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an in- 
put signal the sweep is automatically triggered at 
about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on 
the screen. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2 mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 1 00 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier is through a front- 
panel terminal. Combination of a step attenuator and 
variable amplifier-gain control makes the horizontal de- 
flecton factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to 
approximately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to 300 kc. Input 
impedance is approximately 40 fifii paralleled by 1 meg- 
ohm. 

Delayed Gate — A delayed gate voltage of approxi- 
mately 20 v amplitude is available at the front panel. 
The amount of delay from the start of the sweep is con- 
tinuously adjustable throughout the sweep duration. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 
Cathode-Ray Tube — 4-kv accelerating potential is 



applied to the Tektronix Type 5CAP cathode-ray tube. 
The 5CAP is a 5" flat-faced precision tube with a helical 
post-accelerating anode, providing 8 cm of linear verti- 
cal deflection. A P-2 phosphor, providing best results 
over the wide sweep range, is normally supplied. PI, 
P7, and Pll are available as optional phosphors. Some 
other phosphors are available on special order. 

Access to Interior — Three piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fast- 
eners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen fixed voltages, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 
volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 
3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — Front-panel connectors pro- 
vide a positive-gate voltage of the same duration at the 
sweep, the positive-going sweep sawtooth waveform, 
and a positive delayed gate. The vertical signal is brought 
out to a front-panel terminal for external applications. 




I 



3/59 




19 



TYPE 532 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125v or 210 and 250 v, and for current-demand 
differences among the Piug-ln Preamplifiers. 

Beam-Position Indicators — A pair of indicator 
lights shows the vertical direction of the electron beam 
when the spot is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeters with two-millimeter baseline 
divisions for convenience in making time and amplitude 
measurements. Illumination is controlled by a front-panel 
control. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Cathode followers 6BQ7A 

Vertical output amplifiers . . 2 6CL6 

Beam position amplifier and 

internal trigger CF 6BQ7A 

Vertical signal out . 6AU6 

Trigger amplifier . 6U8 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Positive multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Negative multivibrator 6AU6 

Sweep generator 6AU6 

Sweep generator CF and hold-off CF 6BQ7A 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep hold-off CF and stability CF 6BQ7A 

Gate out CF and dual-trace trigger amplifier 6AN8 

Sawtooth out CF and delayed gate out CF. 12AU7 

Delayed gate pickoff 2 6AU6 

External sweep amplifier 6BQ7A 

Cathode follower and driver CF 6BQ7A 

Sweep output amplifier 6BQ7A 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Rectifiers 5 5V4 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Series regulators 6080 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

Shunt regulator and dc comparator 12AU7 

High-voltge rectifiers 3 5642 

Cathode-ray tube 5CAP2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation assures 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 

Weight — 52 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05- 1 25 v or 2 1 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 475 watts with Type D unit plugged in. 

Type 532, without plug-in units $875 

Includes: 2 — 1 0-x attenuator probes 

2 — Binding-post adopters (013-004) 

1— Test lead (012-031) 

1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 

Special Models 

Type 532MOD104, has sweep lockout feature for 

single-sweep operation . $900 

Since special models require additional manufacturing 
time, please check with your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
Representative for exact delivery schedules. 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please see 
the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



J 



I 



c 



c 



20 




3/59 



I 



I TYPE 533 OSCILLOSCOPE 




TYPE 533 CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 



Y 




Easy Operation 

Sweep Magnification — 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 
Times 

Preset Triggering — Eliminates triggering adjustments 
in most applications. 

24 Calibrated Direct-Reading Sweep Rates — Sweep 
range 0.02 /xsec/cm to 15 sec/cm. 

Single Sweep Operation — Lockout-Reset Circuitry for 
one-shot recording. 

High Writing Rate — 10- kv accelerating potential 
assures bright trace for operation in single-sweep 
applications, and with low sweep repetition rates. 

Versatility 

Nine Available Type A to Z Plug-In Preamplifiers — 

Wide Band, Dual Trace, Low Level, Differential, 
and others for specialized applications. 

High Performance 

DC-fo-15 MC Main Vertical Amplifier 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 533 is a dependable laboratory oscillo- 
scope with special features that make it extremely ver- 
satile and easy to operate. The dc-to-15 mc main verti- 
cal amplifier provides for a wide range of application 
coverage through Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-In Pre- 
amplifiers. Six different degrees of sweep magnifica- 
tions are available. Sweep lockout and high writing 
rate are combined for best results in one-shot recording. 

Operating convenience results from functionally- 
grouped controls, a single-knob direct-reading sweep 
selector, and fiddle-free triggering settings. Other 
useful features are warning lights for uncalibrated 
sweep-rate and sweep-magnifier settings, beam-position 
indicators, and built-in blanking for switching transients 
in dual-trace operation. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The dc-to-15 mc 
output amplifier is factory adjusted for optimum tran- 
sient response. Risetime is 0.022 //.sec. 



I 



4/59 




21 



TYPE 533 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



The Type 533 vertical deflection system is designed 
for use with any one of the Tektronix Type A to Z Plug- 
In Preamplifiers. In order to operate the Type 533, one 
of the preamplifiers must be plugged in. 

Type 533 passband and risetime with the following 
plug-in units: 

Plug-In Preamplifiers 

For Wide Band Applications — 
Type A — DC to 14 mc, 0.025-^.sec risetime at 0.05 v/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 

or Type B — DC to 14mc, 0.025-jusec risetime at 0.05 
v/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035-ju.sec rise- 
time at 5 mv/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 

For maximum frequency response and risetime — 
Type K — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-/xsec risetime at 0.05 to 
40 v/cm. 

or Type L — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-,usec risetime at 0.05 to 
40 v/cm — 3 cycles to 15 mc, 0.023-/xsec risetime at 
5 mv to 4 v/cm. 

For dual trace operation — 
Type C-A — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-jusec risetime at 0.05 to 
50 v/cm. 

For high DC sensitivity — 
Type H — DC to 11 mc, 0.031-/j.sec risetime at 5 mv/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 

For differential input applications — 
Wide band: Type G — DC to 14 mc, risetime 0.025 /xsec 
at 0.05 to 50 v/cm. 

High DC sensitivity: Type D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

For low-level applications — 
Type E — 0.06 cycles to 20 kc at 50 juv/cm, increasing to 
60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm. 

For transistor risetime checking — 
Type R — 0.023 -/xsec risetime 

Balanced Delay Network — Ample signal delay is 
provided by a balanced (push-pull) delay network to 
permit observation of the leading edge of the wave- 
form that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input to CRT — An opening in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode-ray 
tube deflection plates. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

A miller runup type sweep generator is used in the 
Type 533. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry as- 
sures excellent linearity. Characteristics of this circuitry 
make possible the wide range of 0.02 ju,sec/cm to 15 
sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-four direct- 
reading calibrated sweep rates are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 jusec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 sec/cm. In 



addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for 
continuous adjustment from 0.1 /.isec/cm to 15 sec/cm. 
An indicator light warns the operator when the sweep 
is uncalibrated. Calibration of the fixed sweeps is with- 
in 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — Six degrees of sweep magnifi- 
cation are provided: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 times. 
Any ten centimeters of a magnified sweep can be dis- 
played. When the magnified sweep does not exceed 
the maximum calibrated rate of 0.02 ju.sec/cm, accuracy 
is within 5% of the displayed portion. An indicator 
light warns the operator when the maximum calibrated 
rate is being exceeded. 

Single-Sweep Operation — Lockout-reset circuitry 
provides for one-shot recording. After a single sweep 
is triggered, the sweep circuit is automatically locked 
out until manually reset. When reset, the sweep will 
fire on the next trigger received, then automatically 
lock out until the operator presses the RESET button. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is pro- 
vided for the unblanking waveform, assuring uniform 
bias on the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and 
repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable ampli- 
tude-level and stability controls provide for triggering 
the sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Triggering source can be internal, external or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or decoupled. The 
triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. Mo trigger control need 
be touched until a different type of operation is de- 
sired. Range of automatic operation is between 60 cy- 
cles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence 
of an input signal the sweep is automatically triggered 
at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace 
on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display 
of sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 megacy- 
cles. Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 
cm of deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a 
signal large enough to cause 2-mm deflection, External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 50 v. 




cl 



< 



22 




4/59 






I 

i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 

to* 
i 

i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 

i 



TYPE 533 OSCILLOSCOPE 



Horizontal Input — An external signal can be ap- 
plied to the horizontal deflection plates through the de- 
coupled horizontal amplifier via a front-panel connec- 
tor. Three calibrated sensitivity steps are provided: 0.1, 
1, and lOv/cm. A variable control provides for con- 
tinuous adjustment from 0.1 to approximately 100 v/cm. 
Horizontal amplifier passband is dc to 500 kc. Input 
impedance is approximately 45 ju./if paralleled by 1 
megohm. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Accelerating Potential — 10- kv accelerating po- 
tential assures bright display when using fast sweeps 
at low repetition rates, and in single-sweep applica- 
tions. A new Tektronix cathode-ray tube is used in the 
Type 533. It is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision tube 
with helical post-accelerating anode that provides a 
full 6-cm x 10-cm viewing area. For best results over 
the wide sweep range of the Type 533, a P2 phosphor 
is normally furnished with the instrument. PI, P7, and 
PI 1 phosphors are available as optional phosphors. 
Some other phosphors are available on special order. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel connector. 
Eighteen fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 
volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 
3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Dual-Trace Blanking — A blanking voltage is avail- 
able to eliminate switching transients from the display 
when a dual-trace plug-in unit is operated in its chop- 
ped mode. The blanking voltage can be applied to the 
crt cathode by means of a switch located on the back 
panel of the instrument. (Type 53/54C Units under ser- 
ial number 1 4078 will require a minor modification ) . 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 150-v sweep-saw- 
tooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. The vertical signal is 
brought out to a front-panel terminal for external ap- 
plications. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fast- 
eners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Beam-Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the 
spot is not on the screen. 



Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making time and 
amplitude measurements. Illumination is controlled by a 
front-panel knob. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 12BY7A 

CF and beam-position amplifiers 2 6DJ8 

Output amplifiers 2 6197 

Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger CF and vertical signal out 6DJ8 

Sweep generator 1 2AU6 

Sweep generator CF 6DJ8 

Disconnect diode 6AL5 

Unblank and holdoff CF 6DJ8 

Trigger inverter 6DJ8 

Holdoff CF & lockout multivibrator ..... 6DJ8 

Lockout multivibrator 6AU6 

Horizontal input CF 1 2AU6 

Driver amplifiers 2 6DK6 

Output amplifier and CF 2 6BA8 

Capacitance driver 6DK6 

Positive multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Negative multivibrator 12BY7 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6DJ8 

External horizontal amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Cal multivibrator 6AU6 

Cal output CF & multivibrator 12AU7 

Dual-trace blanking and trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Regulator 1 2AU7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Series regulators 2 6080 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Comparator amplifiers 2 1 2AX7 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Cathode-ray tube T533P2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is main- 
tained by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 13" wide, }6%" high. 

Weight — 61 V2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 500 watts maximum. 



4/59 




23 



TYPE 533 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Type 533, without plug-in units $1 100 

Includes: 2 — 10-x attenuator probes 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — F510-5 green filter (378-514) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI , ?7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 



Price f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 




c 



( 



24 




4/59 



I 



PROVED INSTRUMENT 



r 



TYPE 535A CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 
with Flexible Sweep Delay 



h 



f 
I 



Easier Operation 

Simplified panel layout. 
Color-correlated controls. 

Two Kinds of Sweep Delay 

Triggered (jitter free) — delayed sweep 
is started by signal under observa- 
tion 

Conventional — delayed sweep is start- 
ed by delayed trigger. 

Greater Calibrated Delay Range 

Ijtisec to 10 sec, continuously adjust- 
able ( 2 /xsec/cm to 1 sec/cm). 

DC-to-1 5 MC Vertical Amplifier 

All Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-In Pre- 
amplifiers can be used for signal- 
handling versatility. 

Two Time-Base Generators 

TIME BASE A — 0.1 /^sec/cm to 5 sec/cm 
in 24 calibrated steps, continuously 
variable from 0.1 ^isec/cm to 12 sec/ 
cm. 5-x magnifier increases cali- 
brated range to 0.02 ^sec/cm. 
Single-sweep provision for one-shot 
applications. 

TIME BASE B — Also functions as delay 
generator. 18 calibrated steps from 
2 fisec/cm to 1 sec/cm. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 535A is a DC-to-1 SMC Oscillo- 
scope with a wide range of sweep delay. It is easier to 
operate and offers higher performance than its prede- 
cessor, the Type 535. 

Color-correlated controls contribute greatly to ease 
of operation. Other contributing factors to easy oper- 
ation of the Type 535A are simplified panel layout and 
horizontal display control, single-knob sweep and cal- 
ibrator controls, and internal triggering for sweep delay. 

Greater reliability has been achieved through use of 
the new frame-grid twin triodes, and a change to silicon 
diodes in the power supplies. Performance improvement 
includes an extra 5 mc in vertical response and wider 
range of sweep delay. 



APPLICATIONS 

In addition to the usual applications for a highly 
versatile DC-to-1 5 MC Oscilloscope, sweep delay makes 
it possible to: 

1. Make accurate incremental measurements along a 
complex waveform. 




4/59 




2. Make accurate phase-angle measurements be- 
tween two signals, up to frequencies of 1 mc. 

3. Display separate channels of a PTM system with 
effects of time jitter removed, determining pulse 
amplitude and shape under conditions of modula- 
tion. 

4. Measure pulse-to-pulse interval and amount of 
jitter on computer signals or any train of pulses. 

5. Make accurate time-difference measurements be- 
tween pulse-in and pulse-out through an ampli- 
fying system. 

6. Display any selected individual line of a televi- 
sion composite signal. 

7. Measure time displacement, wave shape, and amp- 
litude of individual channels in a telemetering 
system. 

8. Utilize calibrated sweep magnification up to the 
highest practical limit. 

Plus many more-specialized applications. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The wide-band de- 
coupled amplifier with risetime of 0.022 fxsec is factory 
adjusted for optimum transient response. 



25 



TYPE 535A OSCILLOSCOPE 



The Type 535A vertical deflection system is designed 
for use with any one of the Type A to Z Plug-In Preamp- 
lifiers. In order to operate the Type 535A, one of the 
preamplifiers must be plugged in. 

Plug-In Preamplifiers 

For wide-band applications — 
Type A — DC to 14 mc, 0.025-/i.sec risetime at 0.05 v/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 

or Type B — DC to 14 mc, 0.025-/Asec risetime at 0.05 
v/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035-jU.sec rise- 
time at 5 mv/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 

For maximum frequency response — 



Type K — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-/xsec risetime at 0.05 to 
40 v/cm. 

or Type L — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-/xsec risetime at 0.05 to 
40 v/cm — 3 cycles to 1 5 mc, 0.023-/isec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For dual-trace operation — 

Type C-A — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-^sec risetime at 0.05 to 
50 v/cm. 

For high DC sensitivity — 
Type H — DC to 11 mc, 0.031 -ju.sec risetime at 5 mv to 
50 v/cm. 

For differential-input applications- 
Wide band: Type G — DC to 14 mc, 0.025-jU.sec risetime 
at 0.05 to 50 v/cm. 

High DC sensitivity: Type D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

For low-level applications — 
Type E — 0.06 cycles to 20 kc at 50 ju,v/cm, increasing to 
60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm. 

For transistor risetime checking — 
Type R — 0.023-/xsec risetime. 

Balanced Delay Network — Ample signal delay is 
provided by a balanced (push-pull) delay network to 
permit observation of the leading edge of the waveform 
that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input CRT — An opening in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode-ray- 
tube deflection plates. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The Type 535A has two time-base generators. TIME 
BASE A is identical to the time-base generator in the 
Tektronix Type 531 A. TIME BASE B functions as a delay 
generator. The signal to be observed can be displayed 
on either time base in the following ways: TIME BASE B 
normal, TIME BASE B with trace brightening during the 
period that TIME BASE A is running, TIME BASE A de- 
layed by TIME BASE B, TIME BASE A normal, and TIME 
BASE A single sweep. 



TIME BASE A Calibrated Sweeps — Twenty-four 
direct-reading calibrated steps are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 ^sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 sec/cm. In 
addition, a vernier ( uncalibrated) control provides for 
continuous adjustment from 0.1 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 
An indicator light warns the operator when the sweep 
is uncalibrated. Calibration of the fixed sweeps is with- 
in 3%. 

Single Sweep— (TIME BASE A only) A RESET push- 
button arms the sweep to fire on the next trigger to ar- 
rive. After firing once, the sweep is locked out and 
cannot fire again until rearmed by pressing the RESET 
button. The READY light indicates when the sweep is 
armed to fire on the next trigger. 

TIME BASE B Calibrated Sweeps — Eighteen direct- 
reading calibrated steps are provided: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 
^sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, and 1 sec/cm. A sweep-length control adjusts 
the sweep length from 4 cm to 10 cm for the purpose of 
changing the sweep repetition rate. Variable sweep 
repetition rate makes TIME BASE B useful as a repeti- 
tion-rate generator over the range of 0.1 cycles to 
40 kc. 

Sweep Magnifier — 5-x magnifier increases the cal- 
ibrated sweep time to 0.02 /^sec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 
tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep 
output amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of 
of the normal trace is expanded to fill the screen. Any 
one-fifth of the magnified sweep can be displayed on 
the screen by rotating the HORIZONTAL POSITION con- 
trol. Accurate 5-x magnification is obtained on all 
ranges, for both time bases. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is provided 
for the unblanking waveforms, assuring uniform bias on 
the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and repetition 
rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. Triggering fac- 
ilities are identical for both time bases, except that TIME 
BASE A has two additional modes: H.F. SYNC and AC 
LF (low-frequency) REJECT. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Triggering source can be internal, external, 
or the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. 
The triggering point can be on either the rising or fall- 
ing slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 



( : 



c 



<* 



26 




4/59 



I 



I TYPE 535A OSCILLOSCOPE 
I 

r 



h 



f 
I 



Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger control need be 
touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an in- 
put signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about 
a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on the 
screen. 

Low-Frequency Reject — (TIME BASE A only) Pre- 
vents low-frequency components, such as hum, from 
interfering with stable triggering. 

High-Frequency Sync — (TIME BASE A only) As- 
sures a steady display of sine-wave signals up to ap- 
proximately 30 megacycles. Requires a signal large 
enough to cause about 2 cm deflection, or an external 
signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal Triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 10 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step attenu- 
ator and variable attenuator makes the horizontal de- 
flection factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to 
approximately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to 240 kc. In- 
put impedance is approximately 47 fi/xi paralleled by 1 
megohm. 



SWEEP DELAY 

Sweep delay for TIME BASE A over the range of 1 
^u.sec to 10 sec is derived from TIME BASE B by means of 
a pick-off circuit. A delayed trigger is generated at the 
pick-off point, which can be adjusted to any point on the 
sawtooth waveform generated by TIME BASE B. The DE- 
LAY-TIME MULTIPLIER, a ten-turn calibrated control, is 
used in conjunction with the TIME/CM switch for TIME 
BASE B to select the pick-off point and indicate the a- 
mount of delay. Accuracy of the fifteen calibrated 
time/cm steps from 2 ^sec/cm to 0.1 sec/cm is within 
1%. Accuracy of the three remaining steps, 0.2, 0.5, 
and 1 sec/cm, is within 3%. For extreme accuracy any 
or all steps can be adjusted to an external standard. In- 
cremental accuracy of the ten-turn control is within 
0.2%. 

Triggered Operation — When the triggering controls 
of TIME BASE A are adjusted so that the delayed trig- 
ger from TIME BASE B arms the sweep but does not 
start it, the next signal to arrive will start the sweep. 
Thus the delayed sweep is actually started by the signal 
under observation, resulting in a steady display even 
when time jitter or time modulation is present in the 
signal. 



4/59 




Conventional Operation — When the triggering 
controls of TIME BASE A are adjusted to permit the de- 
layed trigger to start the sweep, the delayed sweep 
starts precisely at the pick-off point, its start delayed the 
amount of time indicated by the TIME BASE B time/cm 
switch and the DELAY-TIME MULTIPLIER. Any time 
modulation or time jitter on the signal will be magnified 
in proportion to the amount of sweep expansion, how- 
ever jitter introduced by the delay and pick-off circuitry 
is less than one part in 20,000, making extremely large 
magnifications practical. 

Trace Brightening — When the signal is displayed 
on TIME BASE B with the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch 
in the "B" INTENSIFIED BY "A" position, the unblank- 
ing pulse of TIME BASE A is added to that of TIME BASE 
B. Therefore the period of operation of TIME BASE A 
appears as a brightened portion on the display. This 
trace brightening serves to indicate both the point-in- 
time relationship between the delayed sweep and the 
original display, and the degree of magnification that 
will be achieved when the display is transferred to TIME 
BASE A. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Accelerating Potential — 10-kv accelerating poten- 
tial assures bright display when using fast sweeps at 
low repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. 
The T533P, a Tektronix cathode-ray tube, is used in the 
Type 535A. The T533P is a 5" flat-faced metallized 
precision tube with a helical post-accelerating anode. 
It provides a full 6-cm x 10-cm viewing area. For best 
results over the wide sweep range of the Type 535A, a 
P2 phosphor is normally furnished with the instrument. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125 v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen direct readings fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millvolts, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided by the 
single knob control. Accuracy is within 3%. Square- 
wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Dual-Trace Blanking — A blanking voltage is avail- 
able to elimate switching transients from the display 
when a dual-trace plug-in unit is operated in its chop- 
ped mode. The blanking voltage can be applied to the 
crt cathode by means of a switch located on the back 
panel of the instrument. (Type 53/54C Units under ser- 
ial number 14078 will require a minor modification). 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 150-v sweep-saw- 
tooth waveform are available from TIME BASE A at 
front-panel binding posts via cathode followers. A 20-v 
positive gate and the delayed trigger from TIME BASE 



27 



TYPE 535A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



B are also available at front-panel connectors. The 
vertical signal is brought out to a front-panel terminal 
for external applications. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening 
fasteners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Beam Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the spot 
is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making time and 
amplitude measurements. Illumination is controlled by 
a front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON TUBES and SEMICONDUCTORS 

Vertical Amplifier 

Vertical-input amplifier 2 12BY7 

CF and beam-position amplifiers 2 6DJ8 

Output amplifiers 2 6197 

Trigger amplifiers 6DJ8 

Trigger CF and vertical-signal out 6DJ8 

Time-Base A Generator 

Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 12BY7 

Unblanking and hold-off CF 6DJ8 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6DJ8 

Lockout multivibrator 6AU6 

Hold-off CF and lockout multivibrator . . . 6DJ8 

Delay-trigger amplifier 6AU6 

Clamp T12G 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Miller runup 6CL6 

Runup CF 6DJ8 

Time Base B Generator 

Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Stability CF and hold-off CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep gating multivibrator 6AU6 

Unblanking CF and gate CF 6DJ8 

Disconnect diodes 1 2AL5 

Miller runup 1 2AU6 

Runup CF and hold-off CF 6DJ8 

Horizontal Amplifiers and Delay 

Input and driver CF 6DJ8 

Sweep amplifiers and CF 2 6DJ8 

Current booster 6CL6 



28 




External-input amplifier 6DJ8 

Delay trigger 6DJ8 

Delay pick-off 2 6AU6 

Delay-trigger CF and current control .... 6DJ8 

Power Supplies 

H.V. regulator amplifier 12AU7 

H.V. oscillator 6AU5 

H.V. rectifiers 5 5642 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Series regulators 2 6080 

Rectifiers 16 INI 566 

Miscellaneous 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 12AU7 

Alternate-trace sync amplifier 

and trace blank 6DJ8 

Cathode-ray tube T533P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is maintain- 
ed by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 13" wide, 16 %" high. 

Weight — 65 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 550 watts maximum. 

Type 535A, without plug-in units $1400 

Includes: 2 — 10-x attenuator probes 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 

1 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Several other phosphors can be furnished on special 
order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



4/59 



d 



I 



I TYPE 536 OSCILLOSCOPE 




r 



I 



TYPE 536 "X-Y" OSCILLOSCOPE 



Identical Deflection Characteristics 

Vertical and horizontal risetimes — 

0.03 jiisec. 
Uniform phase-shift characteristics. 



Curve Tracing 

The Type 536 is useful for curve trac- 
ing with two related varying volt- 
ages over a wide frequency range. 



Wide Application Range 

All Type A to Z Plug-In Preamplifiers 
can be used with both deflection 
systems. 



General-Purpose Utility 

Plug-In Time-Base Generator is avail- 
able for horizontal deflection in 
usual oscilloscope applications. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 536 is an unusually practical instrument, 
combining a wide-band "X-Y" oscilloscope with an 
excellent general-purpose laboratory oscilloscope. Two 
carefully-designed main amplifiers and a new Tektronix 
cathode-ray tube with equal X and Y deflection charac- 
teristics are the basic components. 

With two of the same wide-band preamplifiers 
plugged in, the horizontal and vertical deflection 
systems are almost identical. Relative phase shift is less 
than one degree to over 14 mc, and, by means of a front- 
panel control, phase balance can be obtained at any fre- 
quency to over 25 mc. 

With the Time-Base Plug-In Unit, Type T, plugged 
into the horizontal amplifier, and one of the Type A to Z 
wide-band units plugged into the vertical amplifier, the 
Type 536 functions as a general-purpose oscilloscope. 
It almost matches the performance characteristics of the 
Tektronix Type 531 in sweep range and triggering facili- 
ties, and has the same signal-handling versatility through 
currently-available Plug-In Preamplifiers. 

APPLICATIONS 

In curve-tracing applications the Type 536 extends the 
range of familiar techniques to today's higher-frequency 



4/59 




problems. Differential input, a feature that eliminates the 
need for a common XY terminal, is available in the wide- 
band Type G Plug-In Preamplifier. Since differential 
input is needed for accuracy in many curve-tracing 
applications, a pair of Type G Units is recommended for 
this work. 



Some applications for a wide-band "X-Y" oscilloscope 



are; 




1. Examination of semiconductor diode characteris- 
tics — volts vs. amperes plot. 

2. Determination of ferromagnetic material charac- 
teristics. 

3. Linear amplifier distortion measurement. 

4. Limiting or expanding-amplifier performance 
measurements. 

5. Displaying pressure vs. volume diagrams. 

6. Analyzing amplitude selector type circuits such as 
Schmitt, diode pick-off, etc. 

7. Checking regulated power supply performance. 

8. Measurement of voltage coefficient of resistors. 



29 



TYPE 536 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 




Ferrite bead characteristics at two different tem- 
peratures — left, at 25°C; right, at equilibrium 
temperature due to self heating. Type 536 with 
two Type G Units, driving frequency 1 mc. 





High-conduction diffused silicon diode character- 
istics — left, at 60 cycles; right, at 2 mc. Type 536 
with two Type G Units, horizontal calibra- 
tion 1 v/div; vertical calibration 100 ma/div; zero 
current and voltage at center of screen. 




a 



9. Performance tests of various modulation systems 
such as AM, suppressed carrier, FM, PTM, PAM, etc. 

1 0. Performance tests of demodulators for above mod- 
ulation systems. 

1 1 . Determination of various gating circuits charac- 
teristics. 

12. Function generator — y = f(x). 

VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL 
DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

Identical Amplifiers — Both main amplifiers have ex- 
cellent transient response with risetimes of 0.03 jtisec. 
One of the Type A to Z Preamplifiers must be plugged in 
to make the vertical-deflection system function. Either 
one of the Type A to Z Preamplifiers or a Type T Time- 
Base Unit must be plugged in to make the horizontal- 
deflection system function. 

Deflection characteristics with Type G Units plugged 
in are.- 

Passbands — dc to 10 mc. 

Risetimes — 0.035 ju.sec. 

Deflection factors — 0.05 v/div maximum, 9 calibrated 



30 




steps from 0.05 v/div to 20 v/div; continuously-variable 
adjustment between steps. 

Relative phase shift — less than one degree to 15 mc, 
less than two degrees to 17 mc, less than five degrees to 
23 mc — provided amplifiers are not overdriven by the in- 
put signals. 

Amplifier phasing control — phase balance can be ob- 
tained at any frequency to over 25 mc provided ampli- 
fiers are not overdriven by the input signals. 

Deflection capability — five divisions of deflection can 
be obtained at 20 mc without overdriving the input am- 
plifiers. 

Type 536 passband and risetime with the following 
plug-in units: 

Type A — DC to 10 mc, 0.035 jusec. 

Type B — DC to 10 mc, 0.035 /xsec at 0.05 v/div 
to 50 v/div. ... 2 cycles to 9 mc, 0.04 ^sec at 
5 mv/div to 0.05 v/div. 

Type C-A — DC to 10 mc, 0.035 ^sec. 

Type D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/div , increasing 

to 2 mc at 50 mv/div. 
Type E — 0.06 cycles to 60 kc. 
Type G — DC to 10 mc, 0.035 ^.sec. 
Type H — DC to 9.5 mc, 0.037 /xsec. 
Type K — DC to 1 1 mc, 0.031 ^sec. 



4/59 



l i 



I 



I TYPE 536 OSCILLOSCOPE 




r 




mm 



mm 



; : .:;■■■■ 



Type L — DC to IT mc, 0.031 M sec at 0.05 to 
40 v/div .... 3 cycles to 1 mc, 0.035 usee at 0.005 
to 4 v/div. 

Please refer to specifications of individual plug-in units 
for sensitivity and other characteristics. Descriptions of the 
plug-in units can be found immediately following the 
plug-in oscilloscopes. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Time-Base Presentation — For conventional oscillo- 
scope operation, the Type T Time-Base Generator 
must be plugged into the horizontal system. Specifica- 
tions of the Type 536 horizontal-deflection system with 
the Type T Unit are as follows: 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-two sweep rates 
from 0.2 /^sec/div to 2 sec/div. 

5-x Sweep Magnifier — Increases calibrated sweep 
rate to 0.04 jusec/div. 

Versatile Trigger Selection — Positive or negative slope, 
external or line voltage, ac-coupling or dc-coupling 
through triggering circuits. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — With preset or manual sta- 
bility control. 



Automatic Triggering — Stable triggering regardless of 
shape, frequency, or amplitude or triggering wave- 
form. 

High-Frequency Sync — Synchronizes with sine-wave 
signals in frequency range of 5 mc to 15 mc. 

Please refer to specifications of the Type T Time- 
Base Generator for complete specifications. 

All characteristics of the horizontal deflection system 
are the same as those of the vertical deflection system 
when the same type of Plug-In Preamplifier is plugged in- 
to both systems. Descriptions of all Type A to Z Plug-In 
Units can be found immediately following the plug-in os- 
cilloscope descriptions. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Phasing Adjustments — Provided the amplifiers are 
not overdriven by the input signals, relative phase shift 
with Type K Plug-In Preamplifiers is less than 1 de- 
gree from dc to 15 mc. Phase-shift balance can be ob- 
tained at any frequency to 30 mc with a front-panel AM- 
PLIFIER PHASING control. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A Tektronix cathode-ray tube, 
T536P, is used in the Type 536. Deflection factor is ap- 
proximately the same for both horizontal and vertical de- 
flection plates. The T536P crt provides a 10-by-10 divi- 



I 



4/59 




31 



TYPE 536 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



sion ( 3 Va "x 3 Vs " ) viewing area. Accelerating potential 
is approximately 4 kv. For best results over the wide 
sweep range, a P2 phosphor is normally furnished with 
the instrument. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fast- 
ners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 1 05 and 
1 25 v, and for current-demand differences among the 
plug-in units. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave voltage is 
available through a front-panel coaxial connector. Eight- 
een fixed voltage steps — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 volts 
peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 3%. 
Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Beam-Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the 
spot is not on the screen. 

Output Waveforms — The vertical and horizontal 
signals are brought out to front-panel terminals for exter- 
nal applications. 

Intensity Modulation — A front-panel switch selects 
the desired method of intensity modulation ... internal 
dc-coupled unblanking (for T unit) or external ac-coup- 
ing or dc-coupling to the crt grid. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule is 
marked in 10 by 10 divisions with one-fifth division base- 
line markings. Illumination can be adjusted by a front- 
panel control. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 1 2BY7 

Cathode followers 2 6BQ7A 

Vertical output amplifiers 5894 

Beam position amplifier and vertical 

signal out CF 6BQ7A 

Horizontal input amplifier 2 12BY7 

Cathode followers 2 6BQ7A 

Horizontal output amplifiers 5894 

Beam position amplifier and horizontal 

signal out CF 6BQ7A 



Calibrator multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 6080 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

Shunt regulator and dc comparator 1 2AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 3 5642 

Intensity modulation CF 6BQ7A 

Cathode-ray tube T536P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation assures a 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel and blue wrin- 
kle-finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 

Weight — 57 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 625 watts with two Type K Units plugged in. 

Type 536/ without plug-in units $1050 

Includes: 2 — 1 0-x attenuator probes 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — F5 10-5 green filter (378-503) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Some other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please see 
the Test Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. { Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




c 



( . 



32 




4/59 



I 



I 



PROVED INSTRUMENT 




TYPE 541 A CATHODE -RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 
for Fast-Rise Applications 



r 



Easy Operation 

Single knob control for Sweep 
Range, Amplitude Calibrator, and 
Horizontal Display. 

Excellent Transient Response 

Main-unit vertical-amplifier risetime 
— 10 millimicroseconds. 

Wide Range of Vertical-Amplifier 
Characteristics 

Instant convertibility through inter- 
changeable plug-in preamplifiers. 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.02 /^sec/cm to 1 2 sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

1 0-kv Accelerating Potential 

Full 4 cm x 1 cm Linear Deflection 

Balanced 0.2 isec Delay Network 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 541 A is an improved high-speed laboratory 
oscilloscope with excellent performance capabilities. 
Greater dependability and longer life have been at- 
tained through the use of frame-grid dual triodes and 
silicon-diode rectifiers. In combination with the Type K 
Plug-In Unit, the Type 541 A offers a vertical-amplifier 
passband of dc to 30 mc and a risetime of 12 millimicro- 
seconds. Wide sweep range, high accelerating poten- 
tial, and full four centimeters of vertical deflection fully 
complement the extended vertical-amplifier range, and 
the convertibility provide by plug-in preamplifiers adds 
immensely to its value. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The wide-band 
fast-rise dc-coupled output amplifier has a risetime of 
10 millimicroseconds, and is factory adjusted for optimum 
transient response. 

The Type K Fast-Rise Plug-In Preamplifier, devel- 
oped for Type 541 A and Type 545A Oscilloscopes, pro- 
vides a maximum deflection factor of 0.05 v/cm, with 1 2- 




millimicrosecond risetime, dc-to-30 mc passband, and 20- 
jttftf input capacitance. ( Frequency response is down 3 db 
=b V2 db at 30 mc, 6 db at approximately 41 mc, 12 db 
at approximately 55 mc.) 

The Type 541 A vertical deflection system is designed 
to be used with any of the Type A to Z Plug-In Preampli- 
fiers. In order to operate the Type 541 A, one of the 
preamplifiers must be plugged in. 

Plug-In Preamplifiers 

For fast-rise applications — 

Type K — DC to 30 mc, 0.012-^sec risetime at 0.05 v/cm 
to 40 v/cm. 

Or Type L — DC to 30 mc, 0.012-^sec risetime at 0.05 
v/cm to 40 v/cm — 3 cycles to 24 mc, 0.015-/xsec rise- 
time at 5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For dual-trace applications — 

Type C-A — DC to 24 mc, 0.015-jusec risetime at 0.05 v/ 
cm to 50 v/cm. 

For high DC sensitivity — 

Type H — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-^sec risetime at 5 mv/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 



4/59 




33 



TYPE 541 A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



For differential input applications — 
Wideband: Type G — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-/isec risetime 
at 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

High DC sensitivity: Type D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

Low-Level: Type E — 0.06 cycles to 20 kc at full gain, 
increasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm. 

For transistor risetime checking — 
Type R — 0.012-/<.sec risetime. 

Type A and B plug-in units can be used with the Type 
541 A oscilloscope. However, Type K or L units will be 
prefered by most users because of their superior tran- 
sient-response characteristics. 

Type A — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-/xsec risetime at 0.05 
v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Type B — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-/xsec risetime; AC-coup- 
led or DC-coupled — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 2 cycles to 
12 mc, 0.03-/isec risetime 5 mv/cm ta 0.05 v/cm. 

Probes — Two low-capacitance probes (10-x atten.) 
are supplied with the instrument. Input capacitance of 
the Type 541A-Type K combination with probes is 
8 fx/xf, maximum deflection factor is 0.5 v/cm. Excellent 
transient response is retained, as the probes introduce no 
overshoot or ringing, but frequency response is down an 
additional 1 db at 30 mc. Accessory probes are avail- 
able with input capacitances of 1 2 /x/tf at 5-x, 5.5 [±nf 
at 20-x, and 2.5 ji/±f at 50-x attenuation. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 
0.2 /Asec is introduced by the balanced (push-pull) de- 
lay network. Permits observation of the leading edge of 
the waveform that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input To CRT — An opening in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the deflection plates. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The horizontal deflection system of the Type 541 A is 
essentially the same as that of the Tektronix Type 531 A. 
Sweep generator used in the Type 541 A is the Miller 
runup type. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry as- 
sures excellent linearity. Characteristics of this circuitry 
provide a sweep range of 0.02 /j.sec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-four direct-read- 
ing calibrated sweep rates are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 jusec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 sec/ 
cm. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control pro- 
vides for continuous adjustment from 0.1 ju.sec/cm to 12 
sec/cm. An indicator light warns the operator when 
the sweep is uncalibrated. Calibration of the fixed 
sweeps is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — 5-x magnifier increases the cali- 
brated sweep time to 0.02 /xsec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 
tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep 



34 



output amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of 
the normal trace is expanded to the left and right of 
center to fill the screen. Any one-fifth of the magnified 
sweep can be displayed on the screen by rotating the 
HORIZONTAL POSITION control. Accurate 5-x magnifi- 
cation is obtained on all ranges. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the cathode-ray tube, 
assuring uniform bias for all sweep speeds and repetition 
rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be internal, external, or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. 
The triggering point can be on either the rising or fall- 
ing slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stability 
control is preset to the optimum triggering point and re- 
quires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking trig- 
ger circuit provides dependable triggering for most appli- 
cations. One simple setting assures positive sweep-trig- 
gering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, shapes, 
and repetition rates. No trigger controls need be 
touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an in- 
put signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about 
a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on the 
screen. 

High Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm de- 
flection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause a 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 100 v. 

Single Sweep Recording 





20 megacycle damped oscillation shows 250-cm/ J usec writing rate 
of the Type 541 A Oscilloscope with a T543P1 1 crt. Recorded on 
35 mm Tri-X film at fl.9 with 4.2 to 1 reduction, developed 26 
minutes in D-19 at 68°F. 



4/59 




a 



<4 



I 



I TYPE 541 A OSCILLOSCOPE 




Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step attenuator 
and variable attenuator makes the horizontal deflection 
factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to approxi- 
mately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to 240 kc. Input imped- 
ance is approximately 47 fxfxi paralleled by 1 megohm. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — 10-kv accelerating potential 
assures bright displays when using fast sweeps at low 
repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. The 
Type 541 A uses the Tektronix Type T543 cathode-ray 
tube. The T543 is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision 
tube with helical post-accelerating anode. It provides 
a linear 4-cm x 10-cm viewing area. For best results 
over the wide sweep range of the Type 541 A, a P2 
screen is normally furnished with the instrument. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fas- 
teners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 



Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen direct readings fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millivolts, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided by the 
single knob control. Accuracy is within 3%. Square 
wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Dual-Trace Blanking — A blanking voltage is avail- 
able to eliminate switching transients from the display 
when a dual-trace plug-in unit is operated in its chop- 
ped mode. The blanking voltage can be applied to the 
crt cathode by means of a switch located on the back 
panel of the instrument. (Type 53/54C Units under ser- 
ial number 14078 will require a minor modification). 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate voltage of 
the same duration as the sweep, and a 1 50-v sweep saw- 
tooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. The vertical signal is brought 
out to a front-panel terminal for external applications. 

Beam Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show the direction of the crt electron beam when 
the spot is not on the screen. 



r 




■ 



4/59 




35 



TYPE 541 A OSCILLOSCOPE 



Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making measure- 
ments in time and amplitude. Illumination of the grati- 
cule is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

ELECT RON -TUBES AND SEMICONDUCTORS 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 12BY7A 

Beam position amplifiers 12AU7 

Driver CF 2 6DJ8 

Output amplifiers 12 6DK6 

Trigger amplifiers 2 6DK6 

Trigger CF and vert. sig. out 6DJ8 

Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Stability and hold-off CF 6DJ8 

Hold-off and unblanking CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 12BY7 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Gate-out and sawtooth-out CF 6DJ8 

Dual-trace blanking and trigger amplifiers 6DJ8 

Sweep generator 6CL6 

Sweep generator CF 6DJ8 

External horizontal and dc level CF .... 1 2AU7 

External horizontal amplifier 6DJ8 

Horizontal input and driver CF 6DJ8 

Horizontal amplifier and CF 2 6DJ8 

Sweep start compensator 6CL6 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 1 2AU7 

Voltage rectifiers 16 INI 566 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparator amplifiers 2 12AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series regulator 4 1 2B4 

Series regulators 2 6080 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Regulator 1 2AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Cathode-ray tube T543P2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 13" wide, 16% "high. 
Weight — 61 Vz pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 210-250 v 50-60 

cycles, 520 watts maximum. 

Type 541 A, without plug-in units $1200 

Includes: 2 — 1 0-x attenuator probes 

2 — Binding-Post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — Green filter (378-514) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 



Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Several other phosphors can be furnished on special 
order. 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please 
see the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



( 



I 
1 



<] 



36 



1 




4/59 



I 



I TYPE 543 OSCILLOSCOPE 



TYPE 543 CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 




r 



Easy Operation 

Sweep Magnification — 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 
Times 

Preset Triggering — Eliminates triggering adjustments 
in most applications. 

24 Calibrated Direct-Reading Sweep Rates — Sweep 
range 0.02 fxsec/cm to 15 sec/cm. 

Single Sweep Operation — Lockout-Reset Circuitry for 
one-shot recording. 

High Writing Rate — 10-kv accelerating potential 
assures bright trace for operation in single-sweep 
applications, and with low sweep repetition rates. 

Versatility 

Nine Available Type A to Z Plug-In Preamplifiers — 

Wide Band, Dual Trace, Low Level, Differential, 
and others for specialized applications. 



High Performance 

DC-to-30 MC Vertical Response — With Fast-Rise Plug- 
In Preamplifiers. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 543 is a fast-rise laboratory oscilloscope 
with new versatility and convenience features. Its appli- 
cations capabilities extend over the complete range pro- 
vided by the nine available Tektronix Type A to Z Plug- 
In Preamplifiers. Simplified controls make it easy to 
operate, and the wide range of sweep magnification 
and single-sweep lockout feature add to both versatility 
and operating convenience. 

With the exception of the vertical amplifier and cath- 
ode-ray tube, the Type 543 is almost identical to the 
Tektronix Type 533. 



I 



4/59 




37 






TYPE 543 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The Type 543 out- 
put amplifier has a risetime of 10 millimicroseconds, and 
is factory adjusted for optimum transient response. In 
order to operate the Type 543, one of the Type A to Z 
Plug-ln-Preamplifier Units must be plugged in. 

Plug-In Preamplifiers 

For maximum frequency response — 
Type K — DC to 30 mc, 0.012-^sec risetime; 0.05 to 
40 v/cm. 

Or Type L — DC to 30 mc, 0.012-/xsec risetime at 0.05 
to 40 v/cm. . .3 cycles to 24 mc, 0.015-jU.sec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For dual-trace operation — 
Type C-A — DC to 24 mc, 0.015-^sec risetime; 0.05 to 
50 v/cm. 

For high DC sensitivity — 
Type H — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-jusec risetime; 5 mv/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 

For differential-input applications — 
Wide-Band: Type G — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-^sec risetime; 
0.05 to 50 v/cm. 

High DC sensitivity: Type D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

For low-level applications — 
Type E — 0.06 cycles to 20 kc at 50 /av/citi, increasing 
to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm. 

For transistor risetime checking — 
Type R — 0.012-^sec risetime. 

Type A and B plug-in units can be used with the Type 
543 Oscilloscope. However, Type K or L units will be 
prefered by most users because of their superior tran- 
sient-response characteristics. 

Type A — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-/xsec risetime; 0.05 v/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 

Type B — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-zxsec risetime; AC or DC- 
coupled — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm, AC-coupled only — 
5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Probes — Two low-capacitance 10-x attenuator pro- 
bes are supplied with the Type 543. 10-x probes intro- 
duce no overshoot or ringing, but frequency response is 
down an additional 1 db at 30 mc. 

Balanced Delay Network — Ample signal delay is 
provided by a balanced (push-pull) delay network to 
permit observation of the leading edge of the wave- 
form that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Inputs To CRT — An opening in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode-ray 
tube deflection plates. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

A miller runup type sweep generator is used in the 
Type 543. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry as- 



sures excellent linearity. Characteristics of this circuitry 
make possible the wide range of 0.02 /xsec/cm to 15 
sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-four direct-read- 
ing calibrated sweep rates are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 jusec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 sec/cm. In addi- 
tion, a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for con- 
tinuous adjustment from 0.1 /xsec/cm to 15 sec/cm. An 
indicator light warns the operator when the sweep is 
uncalibrated. Calibration accuracy of the fixed sweeps 
is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — Six degrees of sweep magnifi- 
cation are provided: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 times. 
Any ten centimeters of a magnified sweep can be dis- 
played. When the magnified sweep does not exceed 
the maximum calibrated rate of 0.02 ^sec/cm, accuracy 
is within 5% of the displayed portion. An indicator 
light warns the operator when the maximum calibrated 
rate is being exceeded. 

Single-Sweep Operation — Lockout-reset circuitry 
provides for one-shot recording. After a single sweep 
is triggered, the sweep circuit is automatically locked 
out until manually reset. When reset, the sweep will 
fire on the next trigger received, then automatically 
lock out until the operator presses the RESET button. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is provided 
for the unblanking waveform, assuring uniform bias on 
the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and repetition 
rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Triggering source can be internal, external, 
or the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. 
The triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger control need 
be touched until a different type of operation is de- 
sired. Range of automatic operation is between 60 cy- 
cles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence 
of an input signal the sweep is automatically triggered 
at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace 
on the screen. 



c] 



\ 



38 




4/59 



I 



I 



TYPE 543 OSCILLOSCOPE 



r 




i 



High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display 
of sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 megacy- 
cles. Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 
cm of deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a 
signal large enough to cause 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 50 v. 

Horizontal Input — An external signal can be ap- 
plied to the horizontal deflection plates through the de- 
coupled horizontal amplifier via a front-panel connec- 
tor. Three calibrated sensitivity steps are provided: 0.1, 
1, and lOv/cm. A variable control provides for con- 
tinuous adjustment from 0.1 to approximately 100 v/cm. 
Horizontal amplifier passband is dc to 500 kc. Input 
impedance is approximately 45 (x/if paralleled by 1 
megohm. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Accelerating Potential — 10-kv accelerating poten- 
tial assures bright display when using fast sweeps at 
low repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. 
A Tektronix manufactured cathode-ray tube is used in 
the Type 543. It is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision 
tube with helical post-accelerating anode that provides 



4/59 




a 4-cm x 10-cm viewing area. For best results over the 
wide sweep range of the Type 543, a P2 phosphor is 
normally furnished with the instrument. PI, P7, and PI 1 
phosphors are available as optional phosphors. Some 
other phosphors are availoble on special order. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel connector. 
Eighteen fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 
volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 
3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Dual-Trace Blanking — A blanking voltage is avail- 
able to eliminate switching transients from the display 
when a dual-trace plug-in unit is operated in its chop- 
ped mode. The blanking voltage can be applied to the 
crt cathode by means of a switch located on the back 
panel of the instrument. (Type 53/54C Units under se- 
rial number 14078 will require a minor modification). 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 1 50-v sweep-saw- 



39 



TYPE 543 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



tooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. The vertical signal is 
brought out to a front-panel terminal for external appli- 
cations. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fast- 
eners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Beam-Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the 
spot is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making time and 
amplitude measurements. Illumination is controlled by a 
front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 12BY7A 

Beam-position amplifiers 1 2AU7 

Driver cathode followers 6DJ8 

Output amplifiers 12 6DK6 

Trigger amplifiers 2 6DK6 

Trigger CF and vertical signal out 6DJ8 

Sweep generator 1 2AU6 

Sweep generator CF 6DJ8 

Disconnect diode 6AL5 

Unblank and holdoff CF 6DJ8 

Trigger inverter 6DJ8 

Holdoff CF & lockout multivibrator 6DJ8 

Lockout multivibrator 6AU6 

Horizontal input CF 12AU6 

Driver amplifiers 2 6DK6 

Output amplifier and CF 2 6BA8 

Capacitance driver 6DK6 

Positive multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Negative multivibrator . , 1 2BY7A 

Sawtooth and gate CF . . 6DJ8 

External horizontal amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Cal multivibrator 6AU6 

Cal output CF & multivibrator 12AU7 

Dual-trace blanking and trigger amplifier 6DJ8 



High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Regulator 1 2AU7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Series regulators 2 6080 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Comparator amplifiers 2 12AX7 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Cathode-ray tube T543P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is maintain- 
ed by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 

Weight — 61 V2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 530 watts maximum. 

Type 543, without plug-in units $1275 

Includes: 2 — 10-x attenuator probes 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — Green filter (378-514) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 



Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c] 



( . 



40 




A/53 



I 



I 



PROVED I 



ENT 




TYPE 54 5 A CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 
with Flexible Sweep Delay 



f 



Easier Operation 

Simplified panel layout. 
Color-correlated controls. 

Two Kinds of Sweep Delay 

Triggered (jitter free) — delayed sweep 
is started by signal under observa- 
tion. 

Conventional — delayed sweep is start- 
ed by delayed trigger. 

Greater Calibrated Delay Range 

1 /xsec to 10 sec, continously adjust- 
able (2 jusec/cm to 1 sec/cm). 

DC-to-30 MC Main Vertical Amplifier 

12-m/xsec risetime with Type K Pre- 
amplifier. 

All Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-In Pre- 
amplifiers can be used for signal- 
handling versatility. 

Two Time-Base Generators 

TIME BASE A — 0.1 ^sec/cm to 5 sec/cm 
in 24 calibrated steps, continuously 
variable from 0.1 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/ 
cm. 5-x magnifier increases cali- 
brated range to 0.02 /^sec/cm. 
Single-sweep provision for one-shot 
applications. 

TIME BASE B — Also functions as delay 
generator. 18 calibrated steps from 
2 ju.sec/cm to 1 sec/cm. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 545A is a versatile laboratory instrument 
that incorporates features of two popular Tektronix 
Oscilloscopes. It has both the vertical and horizontal 
deflection characteristics of the Type 541 A, as well as 
the sweep-delay capabilities of the Type 535A. 

In addition to improvements in performance, the Type 
545A is easier to operate than its predecessor, the Type 
545. Color-correlated controls, single direct-reading 
controls for sweep time and amplitude calibrator, and 
internal triggering for sweep delay all contribute to 
operator convenience. Durability has been improved 
too, through use of new frame-grid triodes and silicon 
rectifiers. 

APPLICATIONS 

In addition to the usual applications for a highly ver- 
satile DC-to-30 MC Oscilloscope, sweep delay makes it 
possible to: 

1. Make accurate incremental measurements along a 
complex waveform. 

2. Make accurate phase-angle measurements be- 
tween two signals, up to frequencies of 1 mc. 




3. Display separate channels of a PTM system, with 
effects of time jitter removed, determining pulse 
amplitude and shape under conditions of mod- 
ulation. 

4. Measure pulse-to-pulse intervals and amount of jit- 
ter on computer signals or any train of pulses. 

5. Make accurate time-difference measurements be- 
tween pulse-in and pulse-out through an ampli- 
fying system. 

6. Display any selected individual line of a television 
composite signal. 

7. Measure time displacement, wave shape, and 
amplitude of individual channels in a telemetering 
system. 

8. Utilize calibrated sweep magnification up to the 
highest practical limit. 

Plus many more-specialized applications. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The fast-rise de- 
coupled amplifier with risetime of 10 millimicroseconds 
is factory adjusted for optimum transient response. 

The Type 545A vertical deflection system is designed 
for use with any one of the Type A to 2 Plug-In Pre- 



I 



4/59 




41 



TYPE 545A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



amplifiers. In order to operate the Type 545A, one of 
the preamplifiers must be plugged in. 

Plug-In Preamplifiers 

For fast-rise applications — 
Type K — DC to 30 mc, 0.012-^sec risetime at 0.05 v/cm 
to 40 v/cm. 

or Type L — DC to 30 mc, 0.012-^sec risetime at 0.05 v/ 
cm to 40 v/cm, — 3 cycles to 24 mc, 0.015-jusec risetime 
at 5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For dual-trace appliciations — 
Type C-A — DC to 24 mc, 0.015-^sec risetime at 0.05 
v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For high DC sensitivity — 
Type H — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-ju.sec risetime at 5 mv/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 

For differential input applications — 
Wideband: Type G — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-^sec risetime 
at 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

High DC sensitivity: Type D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

Low-Level: Type E — 0.06 cycles to 20 kc at full gain, 
increasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm. 

For transistor risetime checking — 
Type R — 0.01 2-/xsec risetime. 

Type A and B plug-in units can be used with the Type 
545A oscilloscope. However, Type K or L units will be 
preferred by most users because of their superior tran- 
sient-response characteristics. 

Type A — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-^sec risetime at 0.05 v/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 

Type B — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-^sec risetime at 0.05 v/cm 
to 50 v/cm, — 2 cycles to 12 mc, 0.03-/xsec risetime 5 
mv/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 

Probes — Two low-capacitance probes (10-x atten.) 
are supplied with the instrument. Input capacitance of 
the Type 545-K combination with probes is 8 fi/xf. Ex- 
cellent transient response is retained, as the probes in- 
troduce no overshoot or ringing, but frequency response 
is down an additional 1 db at 30 mc. Accessory probes 
are available with input capacitances of 1 2 /x/xf at 5-x, 
5.5 fifii at 20-x, and 2.5 fi/xf at 50-x and 100-x at- 
tenuation. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.2 
,usec is introduced by a balanced (push-pull) delay net- 
work. Signal delay permits observation of the leading 
edge of the waveform that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input to CRT — An opening in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode-ray- 
tube deflection plates. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The Type 545A has two time-base generators. TIME 
BASE A is identical to the time-base generator in the 
Tektronix Type 541 A. TIME BASE B functions as a delay 
generator. The signal to be observed can be displayed 



42 




on either time base in the following ways: TIME BASE 
B normal, TIME BASE B with trace brightening during the 
period that TIME BASE A is running, TIME BASE A de- 
layed by TIME BASE B, TIME BASE A normal, and TIME 
BASE A single sweep. 

TIME BASE A Calibrated Sweeps — Twenty-four 
direct-reading calibrated steps are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 ^sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5 sec/cm. In 
addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for 
continuous adjustment from 0.1 jusec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 
An indicator light warns the operator when the sweep 
is uncalibrated. Calibration of the fixed sweeps is with- 
in 3%. 

Single Sweep — (TIME BASE A only) A RESET push- 
button arms the sweep to fire on the next trigger to 
arrive. After firing once, the sweep is locked out and 
cannot fire again until rearmed by pressing the RESET 
button. The READY light indicates when the sweep is 
armed to fire on the next trigger. 

TIME BASE B Calibrated Sweeps — Eighteen direct- 
reading calibrated steps are provided: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 
^sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, and 1 sec/cm. A sweep-length control ad- 
justs the sweep length from 4 cm to 1 cm for the pur- 
pose of changing the sweep repetition rate. Variable 
sweep repetition rate makes TIME BASE B useful as a 
repetition-rate generator over the range of 0.1 cycles to 
40 kc. 

Sweep Magnifier — 5-x magnifier increase the cali- 
brated sweep time to 0.02 ^sec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 
tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep 
output amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of 
the normal trace is expanded to fill the screen. Any 
one-fifth of the magnified sweep can be displayed on 
the screen by rotating the HORIZONTAL POSITION con- 
trol. Accurate 5-x magnification is obtained on all 
ranges, for both time bases. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling Is provided 
for the unblanking waveforms, assuring uniform bias on 
the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and repetition 
rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. Triggering 
facilities are identical for both time bases, except that 
TIME BASE A has two additional modes: H.F. SYNC and 
AC LF REJECT ( low frequency reject) . 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Triggering source can be internal, external, 
or the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. 
The triggering point can be on either the rising or 
falling slope of the triggering waveform. 



4/59 




c 



\ 



I 



I TYPE 545A OSCILLOSCOPE 




r 



Preset Stability — Same as above except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger control need 
be touched until a different type of operation is de- 
sired. Range of automatic operation is between 60 
cycles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the ab- 
sence of an input signal the sweep is automatically trig- 
gered at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference 
trace on the screen. 

Low-Frequency Reject — (TIME BASE A only) 
Prevents low-frequency components, such as hum, from 
interfering with stable triggering. 

High-Frequency Sync — (TIME BASE A only) 
Assures a steady display of sine-wave signals up to 
approximately 30 megacycles. Requires a signal large 
enough to cause about 2 cm deflection, or an external 
signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal Triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2-mm deflection. External 
Triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 1 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step atten- 
uator and variable attenuator makes the horizontal 
deflection factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to 
approximately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to 240 kc. In- 
put impedance is approximately 47 fifrf paralleled by 
1 megohm. 



SWEEP DELAY 

Sweep delay for TIME BASE A over the range of 1 
sec to 10 sec is derived from TIME BASE B by means of 
a pick-off circuit. A delayed trigger is generated at the 
pick-off point, which can be adjusted to any point on 
the sawtooth waveform generated by TIME BASE B. The 
DELAY-TIME MULTIPLIER, a ten-turn calibrated control, 
is used in conjunction with the TIME/CM switch for TIME 
BASE B to select the pick-off point and indicate the 
amount of delay. Accuracy of the fifteen calibrated 
time/cm steps from 2 /xsec/cm to 0.1 sec/cm is within 
1%. Accuracy of the remaining three steps, 0.2, 0.5, 
and 1 sec/cm, is within 3%. For extreme accuracy any 
or all steps can be adjusted to an external standard. 
Incremental accuracy of the ten-turn calibrated control 
is within 0.2%. 

Triggered Operation — When the triggering con- 
trols of TIME BASE A are adjusted so that the delayed 
trigger from TIME BASE B arms the sweep but does not 
start it, the next signal to arrive will start the sweep. 



Thus the delayed sweep is actually started by the signal 
under observation, resulting in a steady display even 
when time jitter or time modulation is present in the sig- 
nal. 

Conventional Operation — When the triggering 
controls of TIME BASE A are adjusted to permit the de- 
layed trigger to start the sweep, the delayed sweep 
starts precisely at the pick-off point, its start delayed 
the amount of time indicated by the TIME BASE B time/ 
cm switch and the DELAY-TIME MULTIPLIER. Any time 
modulation or time jitter on the signal will be magnified 
in proportion to the amount of sweep expansion, how- 
ever jitter introduced by the delay and pick-off circuitry 
is less than one part in 20,000, making extremely large 
magnifications practical. 

Trace Brightening — When the signal is displayed 
on TIME BASE B with the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch 
in the "B" INTENSIFIED BY "A" position, the unblank- 
ing pulse of TIME BASE A is added to that of TIME BASE 
B. Therefore the period of operation of TIME BASE A 
appears as a brightened portion on the display. This 
trace brightening serves to indicate both the point-in- 
time relationship between the delayed sweep and the 
original display, and the degree of magnification that 
will be achieved when the display is transferred to TIME 
BASE A. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Accelerating Potential — 10-kv accelerating poten- 
tial assures bright display when using fast sweeps at 
low repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. 
The T543, a Tektronix cathode-ray tube, is used in the 
Type 545A. The T543 is a 5" flat-faced metallized 
precision tube with a helical post-accelerating anode. 
It provides a full 4-cm x 10-cm viewing area. For best 
results over the wide sweep range of the Type 545A, a 
P2 phosphor is normally furnished with the instrument. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125 v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen direct reading fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millvvolts, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided by the 
single knob control. Accuracy is within 3%. Square- 
wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Dual-Trace Blanking — A blanking voltage is avail- 
able to elimate switching transients from the display 
when a dual-trace plug-in unit is operated in its chop- 
ped mode. The blanking voltage can be applied to the 
crt cathode by means of a switch located on the back 
panel of the instrument. (Type 53/54C Units under se- 
rial number 14078 will require a minor modification). 



I 



4/59 




43 



TYPE 545A OSCILLOSCOPE 



Output Wavefoms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 1 50-v sweep-saw- 
tooth waveform are available from TIME BASE A at 
front-panel binding posts via cathode followers. A 20- 
v positive gate and the delayed trigger from TIME BASE 
B are also available at front-panel connectors. The 
vertical signal is brought out to a front-panel terminal 
for external applications. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fast- 
eners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube— A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Beam Position Indicators — Two pair of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the 
spot is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making time and 
amplitude measurements. Illumination is controlled by 
a front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON TUBES and SEMICONDUCTORS 

Vertical Amplifier 

Vertical-input amplifiers 2 12BY7A 

Driver amplifiers 2 6DJ8 

Trigger-pick-off amplifiers 2 6DK6 

Trigger CF and vert. sig. out CF 6DJ8 

Indicator amplifiers 12AU7 

Output amplifiers 12 6DK6 

Time-Base A Generator 

Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 12BY7 

Unblank and hold-off CF 6DJ8 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6DJ8 

Lockout multivibrator 6AU6 

Hold-off CF and lockout multivibrator . . . 6DJ8 

Delayed-trigger amplifier 6AU6 

Clamp T12G 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Miller runup 6CL6 

Runup CF 6DJ8 

Time-Base B Generator 

Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Stability CF and hold-off CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 6AU6 

Unblanking CF and gate CF 6DJ8 

Disconnect diodes 1 2AL5 

Miller runup 1 2AU6 

Runup CF and hold-off CF 6DJ8 



Horizontal Amplifiers and Delay 

Input and driver CF 6DJ8 

Sweep amplifiers and CF 2 6DJ8 

Current booster 6CL8 

External-input amplifier 6DJ8 

Delay trigger 6DJ8 

Delay pick-off 2 6AU6 

Delay-trigger CF and current control .... 6DJ8 

Power Supplies 

H. V. regulator amplifier 12AU7 

H. V. oscillator 6AU5 

H. V. rectifiers 5 5642 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Series regulators 2 6080 

Rectifiers 16 IN1566 

Miscellaneous 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 12AU7 

Alternate-trace sync amplifier 

and trace blank 6DJ8 

Cathode-ray tube T543P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is main- 
tained by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 13" wide, 16 % " high. 

Weight — 65 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 600 watts maximum. 

Type 545A, without plug-in units $1 550 

Includes: 2 — TO-x attenuator probes 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031 ) 

1 — F510-5 green filter (378-514) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Several other phosphors can be furnished on special 
order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 
I 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



44 




4/59 



I 



TYPE 551 OSCILLOSCOPE 




f 



DUAL- BE AM OSCILLOSCOPE 
for Fast-Rise Applications 



Wide-Band Vertical Amplifiers 

Main-unit risetimes — 12 m/j.sec. 

Passbands and risetimes with Type K units — dc to 
25 mc, 0.014 /<.sec. 

Signal-Handling Versatility 

All Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-In Preamplifiers can 
be used in both channels. 



0.2- sec Delay Networks 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.02 /isec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Single Sweeps 

Lockout-reset circuitry. 

Complete Triggering 

Fully-automatic or amplitude-level selection with pre- 
set or manual stability control. 

1 0-kv Accelerating Potential 

Brighter display for fast sweeps and low repetition 
rates. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 551 uses a new Tektronix two-gun cathode- 
ray tube with two pairs of vertical-deflection plates. A 
single pair of horizontal-deflection plates is common to 
both electron beams. The two wide-band main amplifiers 
of the Type 551 are designed for Tektronix Type A to Z 
Plug-In Preamplifiers, providing a high degree of signal- 
handling versatility in both channels. Both electron 
beams are simultaneously deflected horizontally at any 
one of many sweep rates provided by an accurately- 
calibrated time-base generator. 

The Type 551 can be used as a single-beam oscillo- 
scope as well as a dual-beam instrument. In addition, a 
three-channel or four-channel display is available 
through use of the time-sharing characteristics of Type 
C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Units in one or both amplifiers. 
Other available Type A to Z Plug-ln-Preamplifier Units 
extend the working range of the Type 551 into applica- 
tions requiring high dc-coupled sensitivity, differential 
input, and narrow-band microvolt sensitivity. 




VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

Two DC-Coupled Main Amplifiers — Risetime of 
both main amplifiers is 12 millimicroseconds. A Type 
A to Z Plug-In Preamplifier must be plugged into both 
channels for instrument operation. 



I 



4/59 




45 



TYPE 551 OSCILLOSCOPE 



Type K Plug-In Preamplifiers provide nine calibrated 
deflection factors from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm at 
dc-to-25 mc passbands, 0.014-/jsec risetimes. A wide 
variety of vertical-deflection characteristics is available 
through the use of another of the eight Type A to Z 
Plug-In Preamplifiers in one or both vertical channels. 



Plug-In Preamplifiers 

For maximum frequency response — 
Type K — DC to 25 mc, 0.014-/./.sec risetime; 0.05 to 
40 v/cm. 

or Type L — DC to 25 mc, 0,014-/<sec risetime; 0.05 to 
to 40 v/cm. . .3 cycles to 22 mc, 0.017-n.sec risetime; 
5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For dual-trace operation on either or both beams — 
Type C-A — DC to 22 mc, 0.016-n.sec risetime; 0.05 to 
50 v/cm. 

For high DC sensitivity — 
Type H — DC to 14 mc, 0.025-,usec risetime; 0.05 to 

50 v/cm. 

For differential-input applications- — 
Wideband: Type G — DC to 18 mc, 0.02-,usec risetime; 
0.05 to 50 v/cm. 

High DC sensitivity: Type D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

Low- level: Type E — 0.06 cycles to 20 kc at 50 /j.v/cm, 
increasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm. 

For transistor risetime checking — 

Type R — 0.014-/.i$ec risetime. 

Type A and B plug-in units can be used with the Type 
551 Oscilloscope. However Type K or L units will be 
preferred by most users because of their superior tran- 
sient-response characteristics. 

Type A — DC to 18 mc, 0.02-asec risetime,- 0.05 to 
50 v/cm. 

Type B — DC to 18 mc, 0.02-/*.sec risetime; 0.05 to 50 
v/cm. . .2 cycles to 12 mc, 0.03-nsec risetime; 5 mv/cm 
to 0.05 v/cm. 

Probes — Four 10-x atten. low-capacitance probes 
are supplied with the instrument. Input capacitance of 
the Type 551 -K combination with probes is 8p.[.d. Ex- 
cellent transient response is retained, as the probes in- 
troduce no overshoot or ringing, but frequency response 
is down an additional 1 db at 30 mc. Accessory probes 
are available with input capacitances of 12 fifii at 5-x, 
5.5 p.p.i at 20-x, and 2.5 fx/.d at 50-x attenuation. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.2 
/isec is introduced into each channel by the balanced 
(push-pull) delay networks. Permits observation of the 
leading edge of the waveform that triggers the sweep. 



Direct Input to CRT — An opening in the side of 
the cabinet permits direct connection to the deflection 
plates. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Both electron beams of the Type 551 are simultane- 
ously deflected by the same sweep sawtooth voltage. 
Sweep generator used in the Type 551 is the Miller 
runup type. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry 
assures excellent linearity. Characteristics of this cir- 
cuitry provide an extremely wide sweep range of 0.02 
/asec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweeps — The Type 551 has single- 
knob selection of 24 calibrated sweeps: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 
2, 5, 10, 20, 50 /xsec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, and 5 sec/cm. In ad- 
dition, a vernier ( uncalibrated) control provides for 
continuous adjustment of the sweep rate from 0.1 /.(.sec/ 
cm to 12 sec/cm. Calibration accuracy of the fixed swe- 
eps is within 3 % . 

Sweep Magnifier — 5-x magnifier increases the cal- 
ibrated sweep time to 0.02 /.'.sec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 
tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep out- 
put amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of the 
normal display is expanded to the left and right of cen- 
ter to fill the screen. Any one-fifth of the magnified 
sweep can be displayed on the screen by rotating the 
HORIZONTAL POSITION control. Accuracy is within 5% 
of the displayed portion of the magnified sweep. 

Single Sweep — The Type 551 has a single-sweep 
mode of operation. A front-panel RESET pushbutton 
arms the sweep to fire on the next received trigger. 
After firing once, the sweep is locked out until rearmed 
by pressing the RESET pushbutton. The READY light 
indicates when the sweep is armed to fire on the next 
received trigger. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanktng wave- 
form is coupled to the grid of the cathode-ray tube, 
assuring uniform bias for all sweep and repetition rates. 




DUAL-BEAM OPERATION 




(1 



( 4 



46 




4/59 



I 



I 



TYPE 551 OSCILLOSCOPE 





f 



DUAL-BEAM OPERATION WITH 
DUAL-TRACE PLUG-IN UNITS 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. The sweep can 
be triggered 'nternally from either channel. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable ampli- 
tude-level and stability controls are provided for trig- 
gering the sweep at a selected amplitude level on the 
triggering waveform. Trigger source can be internal, 
external, or the line frequency, either ac-coupled or de- 
coupled. The triggering point can be on either the ris- 
ing or falling slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the 
stability control is preset to the optimum triggering 
point and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive 
sweep-triggering by signals of widely differing ampli- 
tudes, shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls 
need be touched until a different type of operation is 
desired. Range of automatic operation is between 60 
cycles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence 
of an input signal the sweep is automatically triggered 
at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace 
on the screen. 

High Frequency Sync — - Assures a steady display 
of sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 mega- 
cycles. Requires a signal large enough to cause about 
2 cm of deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a 
signal large enough to cause a 2-mm deflection. Ex- 
ternal triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 100 v. 

Horizontal Input Ampifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Attenuator makes the horizontal 
deflection factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to 



approximately 50 v/cm. Passband is dc to approxi- 
mately 400 kc at maximum sensitivity. Input impedance 
is approximately 40 /x/xi paralleled by 100 kilohms. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — 10-kv accelerating potential 
assures bright displays when using fast sweeps at low 
repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. The 
Type 551 uses the Tektronix Type T551P cathode-ray 
tube. The T551P is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision 
dual-beam tube with helical post-accelerating anode. 
It provides a linear 4-cm x 1 0-cm viewing area, each 
beam, with at least 2-cm overlap. For best results over 
the wide sweep range of the Type 551, a P2 screen is 
normally furnished with the instrument. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fast- 
eners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Separate Power Supply — A separate unit supplies 
power to the Type 551 indicator unit through an inter- 
unit cable. Electronic regulation compensates for line- 
voltage variations, and for current-demand differences 
among the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial 
connector. Eighteen fixed voltages — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 
5, 10, 20, 50, 100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50, and 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy 
is within 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate voltage 
of the same duration as the sweep, and a 1 50-v sweep 
sawtooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. 

Beam Position Indicators — Indicator lights show 
the direction of each electron beam when it is not on 
the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making measure- 
ments in time and amplitude. Illumination of the grati- 
cule is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 4 1 2BY7A 

Driver amplifiers 4 6DJ8 

Trigger-pick-off amplifiers 4 6DK6 

Trigger CF 6DJ8 

Indicator amplifiers 2 6DJ8 



I 



4/59 




47 



TYPE 551 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Output amplifiers 24 6DK6 

Trigger amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Multivibrator & CF 6BQ7A 

Multivibrator 1 2BY7A 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator 6CL6 

Sweep cathode follower 6BQ7A 

Holdoff driver and unblanking CF 6BQ7A 

Holdoff CF and multivibrator 6BQ7A 

Lockout multivibrator 6AU6 

Gate and sawtooth out CF 6BQ7A 

External horizontal amplifier 6BQ7A 

Horizontal input CF 6BQ7A 

Horizontal amplifiers 6BQ7A 

Horizontal amplifier CF 6BQ7A 

Current booster 6CL6 

Horizontal position CF and cal. CF 6BQ7A 

Calibrator multivibrator 6U8 

High voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Regulator amplifier 12AU7 

High voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Series regulators 5 6080 

Series regulators 2 12B4 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Cathode-ray tube T551P2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation main- 
tains safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinets. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panels, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinets. 

Dimensions — Indicator Unit, 24" long, 13" wide, 
16 3/ 4 " high. Power Unit, \7Vi" long, 13" wide, 10" 
high. 



Weight — Indicator Unit, 52 lbs. Power Unit, 46 lbs. 
Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 900 watts maximum. 

Type 551, without plug-in units $1800 

Includes: 4 — 10-x atfen. probes 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Inter-unit cable (012-032) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — Green filter (378-514) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-010) 

1 — Instruction manual 

Type 500A Scope-Mobile $100 

(as shown with Type 551 ) 

Type 500/53A Scope-Mobile $110 

(with plug-in storage cradles) 

Complete descriptions of the above Scope-Mobiles 
will be found in the Accessory section. 



Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI , P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Some other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please 
see the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




a 



( .' 



48 




4/59 



I 




f 



STRUMENT 



TYPE 555 DUAL-BEAM OSCILLOSCOPE 

with Sweep Delay 



I 



Independent Electron Beams 

Separate vertical and horizontal deflection of both 
beams. 

Fast-Rise Main Vertical Amplifiers 

Passbands — dc to 30 mc with Type K Units. 

Risetimes — 12 m/isec with Type K Units. 

Heater supplies regulated for stable operation. 

All Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-In Preamplifiers can 
be used in both vertical channels for signal-hand- 
ling versatility. 

Wide-Range Time-Base Generators 

Either time-base generator can be used to deflect 
either or both beams. 

Sweep ranges — 0.1 ^sec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 5-x mag- 
nifiers increase sweep times to 0.02 ^sec/cm. 

Sweep Delay — Two modes of operation 

Triggered — Delayed sweep started by signal under 
observation. 

Conventional — Delayed sweep started by delayed 
trigger. 

Delay range — 0.5 ^sec to 50 sec in 24 calibrated 
steps, with continuous calibrated adjustment be- 
tween steps. 

High Writing Rate 

10-KV Accelerating potential provides bright traces 
at low repetition rates and in one-shot application. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 555 is essentially two complete 
fast-rise oscilloscopes with a common dual-gun cathode- 
ray tube of a new Tektronix design. This new dual-gun 
cathode-ray tube has two pairs of vertical-deflection 
plates and two pairs of horizontal-deflection plates. 
The two fast-rise main amplifiers of the Type 555 are 
designed for Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-In Preamp- 
lifiers, providing a high degree of signal handling ver- 
satility in both channels. 

Two Plug-In Time-Base Units provide horizontal de- 
flection for both upper and lower beams. In operation 
the two beams can be deflected simultaneously at 
either the same sweep rate, or at two different sweep 
rates, using TIME BASE A for one beam and TIME BASE 
B for the other beam. Also, the two beams can be de- 
flected simultaneously using either TIME BASE A for 
both beams or TIME BASE B for both beams. Further- 
more, either beam can be used separately, deflected by 
either TIME BASE A or TIME BASE B. In addition, the 
start of the sweep sawtooth of TIME BASE B can be ac- 
curately delayed over a wide range, with TIME BASE A 
functioning as the delay generator. 



4/59 





The plug-in feature of the time-base units offers a 
real advantage in maintenance. By means of a plug-in 
extension a time-base unit can be operated partially 
out of its housing, thus facilitating any service that may 
be required by that unit. The Time-Base Plug-In Exten- 
sion TEK #013-013 is furnished as an accessory. 



49 



TYPE 555 DUAL-BEAM OSCILLOSCOPE 



APPLICATIONS 

The Type 555 is an extremely versatile instrument, 
capable of all applications for both single-beam and 
dual-beam oscilloscopes in the dc-to-30 mc category. 
Nine available Type A to Z Plug-In Preamplifiers provide 
for many specialized applications, further increasing the 
instrument's versatility, Applications involving accurate 
sweep delay are adequately provided for, including 
means for a steady display of signals with inherent 
jitter. In addition, the Type 555 is valuable in all appli- 
cations where it is desirable or necessary to display the 
same signal simultaneously on two different time bases, 
as in plasma pinch-effect studies, wind tunnel studies, 
computer storage research, and investigations in many 
other fields. 




Same signal displayed simultaneously on slow sweep 
(upper beam) and fasf sweep (lower beam) shows 
both coarse and fine structure of waveform. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

Two DC-Coupled Main Amplifiers — Risetime of 
both main amplifiers is 10 millimicroseconds. Type A to 
Z Plug-In Preamplifiers must be plugged into both 
channels for instrument operation. Tektronix Type K 
Plug-In Preamplifiers provide nine calibrated deflection 
factors from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm at dc-to-30 mc pass- 
bands. A wide variety of vertical-deflection character- 
istics is available through the use of other Type A to Z 
Plug-In Preamplifiers. A three-channel or four-channel 
display is available through use of the time sharing 
characteristics of the Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Pre- 
amplifier in one or both channels. 

Plug-In Preamplifiers 

For maximum frequency response — 

Type K — DC to 30 mc, 0.012-^sec risetime; 0.05 to 
40 v/cm. 

Or Type L — DC to 30 mc, 0.012-itsec risetime at 0.05 
to 40 v/cm. . .3 cycles to 24 mc, 0.01 5-fisec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For dual-trace operation on either or both beams — 

Type C-A — DC to 24 mc, 0.015-/xsec risetime; 0.05 to 
50 v/cm. 



For high DC sensitivity — 

Type H — DC to 15 mc, 0.023-/xsec risetime; 5 mv/cm 
to 50 v/cm. 

For differential-input applications — 

Wide-Band: Type G — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-jusec risetime; 
0.05 to 50 v/cm. 

High DC sensitivity: Type D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

For low-level applications — 

Type E — 0.06 cycles to 20 kc at 50 ttv/cm, increasing 
to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm. 

And for transistor risetime checking — 
Type R — 0.012-ju.sec risetime. 

Type A and B plug-in units can be used with the Type 
555 Oscilloscope. However Type K or L units will be 
preferred by most users because of their superior tran- 
sient-response characteristics. 

Type A — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-iisec risetime; 0.05 to 
50 v/cm. 

Type B — DC to 20 mc, 0.018-/tsec risetime; 0.05 to 50 
v/cm. . .2 cycles to 12 mc, 0.03-/j,sec risetime; 5 mv/cm 
to 0.05 v/cm. 

Probes — Four low-capacitance probes (10-x atten.) 
are supplied with the instrument. Input capacitance of 
the Type 555-K combination with probes is 8 [ifii. Ex- 
cellent transient response is retained, as the probes in- 
troduce no overshoot or ringing, but frequency response 
is down an additional 1 db at 30 mc. Accessory probes 
are available with input capacitances of 12 /x/tf at 5-x, 
5.5fi}J at 20-x, and 2.5 ^/xf at 50-x and 100-x at- 
tenuation. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.2 
/xsec is introduced into each channel by the balanced 
(push-pull) delay networks. Signal delay permits ob- 
servation of the leading edge of the waveform that trig- 
gers the sweep. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

The horizontal deflection systems of the Type 555 
are provided with plug-in time-base units. Miller runup 
type sweep generators are used in the time-base units, 
with inverse feedback in the timing circuits to assure 
excellent linearity. Characteristics of these circuits pro- 
vide the extremely wide sweep ranges of 0.1 /xsec/cm 
to 12 sec/cm. Two plug-in time-base units are furn- 
ished with the instrument: one Type 21, and one Type 
22. When used in the "B" position, sweeps generated 
by the Type 22 can be delayed a selected amount by a 
pick-off circuit in the Type 555. The pick-off point can 
be adjusted to any point along the sawtooth generated 
by the time-base unit in the "A" position. 




a 



1 



50 




4/59 



I 



TYPE 555 DUAL-BEAM OSCILLOSCOPE 




» 



r 



Either beam can be deflected by either time-base 
unit, and both beams can be deflected simultaneously 
by either time-base unit. 

TYPE 21 TIME-BASE PLUG-IN UNIT— has single 
knob selection of 24 calibrated sweep rates: 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 M sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, and 5 sec/cm. 
In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides 
for continuous adjustment of the sweep rate from 0.1 
/xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. An indicator light warns the 
operator when the sweep is uncalibrated. Calibration 
accuracy of the fixed sweep rates will typically be with- 
in 1% of full scale, and in all cases within 3%. 

Single Sweep — A RESET pushbutton arms the sweep 
to fire on the next received trigger. After firing once 
the sweep is locked out until rearmed by pressing the 
RESET button. The READY light indicates when the 
sweep is armed to fire on the next received trigger. 

Trigger Facilities — Selective triggering circuitry pro- 
vides for amplitude-level selection, fully-automatic trig- 
gering, and free-running sweeps. Trigger source can be 
internal from either channel, external, or line frequency, 
either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level control provides for triggering the sweep at a se- 
lected amplitude level on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. This mode of opera- 
tion also provides for triggering on high-frequency sine 
waves (up to 15 mc) . 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls need 
to be touched until a different type of operation is de- 
sired. Range of automatic operation is between 50 
cycles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the ab- 
sence of an input signal the sweep is automatically 
triggered at about a 45 cycle rate, providing a refer- 
ence trace on the screen. 

Triggering Requirements — Internal triggering — 
A signal large enough to cause a 2 mm deflection. Ex- 
ternal triggering — A signal of 0.2 to 10 v. 

Sweep Magnifier — 5-x magnifier increases the cali- 
brated sweep time to 0.02 ^sec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 
tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep out- 
put amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of the 
normal display is extended to the left and right of center 
to fill the screen. Any one-fifth of the magnified sweep 
can be displayed on the screen by rotating the HORI- 
ZONTAL POSITION control. Accuracy is within 5% of 
the displayed portion of the magnified sweep. 

TYPE 22 TIME BASE UNIT— Identical to Type 21, 
with the additional facilities for sweep delay. 



Horizontal-Input Amplifiers — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifiers is through 
rear-panel connectors. Combination of step attenuators 
and variable attenuators makes the horizontal deflec- 
tion factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to ap- 
proximately 20 v/cm. Passbands are dc to 240 kc. In- 
put impedances are approximately 47 fifif paralleled 
by 1 megohm. 



SWEEP DELAY 

TIME BASE A can be used to delay the start of any 
TIME BASE B sweep. A pick-off circuit in the Type 555 
permits starting the TIME BASE B sweep at any point 
along the sawtooth generated by TIME BASE A. With 
either a Type 21 or Type 22 Time-Base Unit in the "A" 
position, a calibrated delay range of 0.5 /xsec to 50 sec 
is available. 

Triggered Operation — In this mode of operation 
the start of the delayed sweep is held off until the 
arrival of the first signal after a selected delay time has 
elapsed. Because the delayed sweep is actually trig- 
gered by the signal under observation, the display is 
completely jitter-free. A rock-steady display is thus pro- 
vided for time-modulated pulses and signals with in- 
herent jitter. 

Conventional Operation — In this mode of opera- 
tion the start of the delayed sweep is held off until the 
precise instant the selected amount of delay has elap- 
sed. Any time-modulation or inherent jitter on the sig- 
nal will be magnified in proportion to the amount of 
sweep expansion, however, jitter introduced by the 
delay and pick-off circuitry is less than one part in 
20,000, making extremely large magnifications practical 
with jitter-free signals. 

Sweep magnification, up to a practical limit of about 
10,000-times, is readily accomplished by introducing 
the signal into both vertical channels simultaneously, 
so that it will deflect both beams. The signal is first 
displayed on either beam, making certain that TIME 
BASE A is used to deflect that beam at the desired 
sweep rate. TIME BASE B is then used to deflect the 
other beam, and is switched to the proper SWEEP FUNC- 
TION position for conventional sweep delay. Operating 
TIME BASE B at a faster rate than TIME BASE A pro- 
vides the magnification, with both the original display 
and the magnified display appearing on the screen. 
For example, if TIME BASE A is operating at 50 /^sec/cm 
and TIME BASE B at 1 ^sec/cm, the magnification is 50 
times. 

Trace Brightening — The unblanking pulse of TIME 
BASE B is added to that of TIME BASE A, so that a 
portion of the display on the beam deflected by TIME 



I 



4/S9 




51 



TYPE 555 DUAL-BEAM OSCILLOSCOPE 



BASE A is brightened. This trace brightening indicates 
the exact portion appearing on the magnified display, 
and shows the point-in-time relationship of the magni- 
fied display to the original display. 



■■■■«■■■■ 

iiiiiiiili 



Simultaneous display of pulse chain (upper beam) 
and sixth pulse on expanded delayed sweep (lower 
beam). Portion of original display that appears on 
faster delayed sweep is identified by trace brightening. 

Delay Range — The calibrated range of sweep de- 
lay, 0.5 /xsec to 50 sec, is derived from the time-base 
unit in TIME BASE A. The 24 calibrated steps are the 
same as described for the Type 21 Time-Base Unit. 
Calibration accuracy is within 3%. A ten-turn precision 
potentiometer permits accurate delay-time adjustment to 
any value within the calibrated range of 0.5 /j.sec to 
50 sec. Incremental accuracy of this control is within 
0.2% on all ranges from 1 /'.sec to 50 sec. 

For extreme accuracy, any of the calibrated steps can 
be adjusted to the accuracy of an external standard. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — 10-kv accelerating potential 
assures bright displays when using fast sweeps at low 
repetition rates, and single-sweep applications. The 
Type 555 uses the new Tektronix Type T555P cathode- 
ray tube. The T555P is a 5" flat-faced metallized pre- 
cision dual-beam tube with separate vertical and hor- 
izontal deflection plates for each beam. It provides a 
linear 4-cm by 1 0-cm viewing area, each beam, with at 
least 2-cm overlap. For best results over the wide sweep 
ranges of the Type 555, a P2 phosphor is normally fur- 
nished with the instrument. PI, P7, and PI 1 are avail- 
able as optional phosphors. Some other phosphors are 
available on special order. 

Regulated DC and Heater Supplies — A separate 
unit supplies power to the Type 555 indicator unit 
through an interconnecting cable. To compensate for 
line-voltage variations, and for current-demand differ- 
ences among the plug-in preamplifiers, all dc supplies 
are electronically regulated. All heaters in the indicator 
unit and heaters of the amplifiers in the power supply 
are also regulated for stable operation and longer tube 
life. Stable operation is insured over line-voltage varia- 
tions from 105 to 125 v. 



Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen fixed voltages — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100, 200, 500 millivolts, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
100 volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is with- 
in 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Dual-Trace Blanking — A blanking voltage is avail- 
able to eliminate switching transients from the display 
when a dual-trace plug-in unit is operated in its chop- 
ped mode. The blanking voltage can be applied to the 
crt cathode by means of a switch located on the back 
panel of 'the instrument. (Type 53/54C Units under ser- 
ial number 14078 will require a minor modification). 

Other Output Waveforms — A positive gate and 
a positive-going sawtooth are available through front- 
panel binding posts from both time base units. Ampli- 
tudes are about 20 v. The delayed trigger, amplitude 
about 5 v, is also available through a front-panel coax- 
ial connector. 




TIME B*S« A 

lYPt 2' rmi wse uwr 



TIME BASS 8 
i*Pl 77 nM£ IIASf ittitl 



1 it S • ill 



9 






rw>f * 

PIOGUV UNIT 



c 




1YPI K 

nva-iN uwt 



■ 



" »*■«■■> *A5f tiSS 



ttK'TtQW) ifK 



i 



■WrMMK. '**£ 



if rinjKin me. 




Beam Position Indicators — Indicator lights show 
the direction of each electron beam when it is not on 
the screen. 

Trace Rotation — A screw-driver adjustment is pro- 
vided for magnetic rotation of the cathode-ray tube 
traces for purposes of their horizontal alignment with 
the graticule lines. 



o 



O 



«l 



52 




4/59 



I 



TYPE 555 DUAL-BEAM OSCILLOSCOPE 





r 



Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making measure- 
ments in time and amplitude. Illumination of the grat- 
icule is controlled by a front-panel knob. 



ELECTRON TUBES AND SEMICONDUCTORS 

Vertical Amplifiers 

Input amplifiers 4 12BY7A 

Grid-line drivers 4 6DJ8 

Distributed amplifiers 24 6DK6 

Trigger-pick-off amplifiers 4 6DK6 

Trigger-pick-off CF 6DJ8 

Indicator amplifiers 2 6DJ8 

Time-Base Generators 

Trigger amplifiers 2 6DJ8 

Trigger shapers 2 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 2 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 2 12BY7A 

Miller runup 2 1 2AU6 

Runup CF 2 6DJ8 

Runup on-off diodes 2 1 2AL5 

Unblank & gate CF 2 6DJ8 

Sawtooth & holdoff CF 2 6DJ8 

Holdoff CF & lockout multi 2 6DJ8 

Lockout multi 2 6AU6 

Delay-trigger amplifier 6AU6 

Clamp T12G 

Horizontal Amplifiers and Delay 

Input and driver CF 2 6DJ8 

Sweep amplifiers and CF 4 6DJ8 

Current boosters 2 6CL6 

Delay-trigger shaper 6DJ6 

Delay pick-off 2 6AU6 

Delay-trigger CF & current control 6DJ8 

Unblanking mixer 6AU6 

External-input amplifiers 2 6DJ8 

Power Supplies 

H.V. Regulator amplifiers 2 12AU7 

H.V. Oscillators 2 6CZ5 

H.V. Rectifiers 6 5642 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers , 5 6AU6 

Series regulators 5 6080 

Series regulators 2 12B4 

Heater regulator amplifiers 6CZ5 

Heater voltage control 2AS15 

Rectifiers 16 1 Nl 566 



Miscellaneous 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Calibrator multivibrator & CF 1 2AU7 

Dual-trace sync. amp. & blanking 2 6DJ8 

Cathode-ray tube T555P2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinets. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panels, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinets. 

Dimensions — Indicator Unit: 24" long, 13" wide, 
20" high. Power Supply Unit: 17V 2 " long, 13" wide, 
10" high. 

Weight — Indicator Unit: 68 lbs. Power Unit: 45 lbs. 
Scope-Mobile: 35 lbs. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 1050 watts maximum. 

Type 555, without plug-in preamplifiers .... $2600 

Includes: 1 — Type 21 Time-Base Plug-In Unit. 
1 — Type 22 Time-Base Plug-In Unit. 
1 — Time-base plug-in extension {013-013) 
4 — Probes (10-x atten.). 
1 — Inter-unit cable (012-032). 
2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004). 
1 — Test lead (012-031). 
1 — Green filter (378-514). 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-010). 
1 — Instruction manual. 

Type 500A Scope-Mobile $100 

(as shown with Type 555) 

Type 500/53A Scope-Mobile $110 

(with plug-in storage cradles) 

Complete descriptions of the above Scope-Mobiles 
will be found in the Accessory section. 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, Pll optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



4/59 




53 



I 
I 




<: 



1 



i 



I 

h 

i 
i 



i 
i 



i 



J 






i 
i 

i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 

r 












n 







j 



j 



j 



/ 



/ 



r^ 






J 
J 






/ 






J 






J 









J ,/ 






J 













J 















PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

SI 
i 




PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



» 



f 



TYPE A PLUG-IN UNIT 
Wide-Band DC Preamplifier 



Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Types 531 A, 533, 535A — 
dc to 14 mc, 0.025 jusec. 

With Type 536 — 

dc to 10 mc, 0.035 fisec. 

With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 jusec. 

With Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555 — 
dc to 20 mc, 0.018 /xsec. 

With Type 551 — 

dc to 18 mc, 0.02 /xsec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type A Plug-In Preamplifier meets the require- 
ments of most wide-band applications. Wide passband, 
excellent transient response, dc-coupling, and calibrated 
sensitivity are qualities most users require in an oscillo- 
scope vertical amplifier. The Type A gives all of these 
qualities to Tektronix Oscilloscopes with the plug-in-pre- 
amplifier feature. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Nine calibrated 
steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, and 
20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier ( uncalibrated) control 
provides for continuously-variable adjustment from 0.05 
v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided 
for setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is 
accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 0.05 
v/cm position, the vertical deflection factor for any 
other position of the switch will be within 3% of the 
panel reading for that position. 

Two Signal Inputs — Two signal input connectors 
with more than 60-db isolation are controlled by a four- 



rrpf a 



PLUG-IN UNIT wide hand 

Se«IA|. | [1uO.1I.Wu, 

" _ l ' .1 gig ^ m 




position switch. The INPUT SELECTOR provides for ac- 
coupling or dc-coupling through either input. A blocking 
capacitor is inserted in the AC positions, limiting the low- 
frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Input Impedance — 47 ^/xf paralleled by 1 megohm. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

input CF T2AU6 

Amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output CF 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight— 3 V 2 lbs. 

Price $90 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



4/59 




57 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



TYPE B PLUG-IN UNIT 
Wide-Band High-Gain Preamplifier 



Deflection Factor 

AC-Coupled Only — 0.005 v/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 
AC or DC-Coupled — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 
Calibrated — 0.005 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 0.005 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.05 to 20 v/cm) 

With Types 531 A, 533, 535A — 

dc to 14 mc, 0.025 jusec. 
With Type 536 — 

dc to 10 mc, 0.035 //,sec. 
With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 fisec. 
With Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555 — 

dc to 20 mc, 0.018 jusec. 
With Type 551 — 

dc to 18 mc, 0.02 //.sec. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.005 to 0.05 v/cm) 

With Types 531 A, 533, 535A — 

2 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035 /.isec. 
With Type 536 — 

2 cycles to 9 mc, 0.04 /isec. 
With Type 532 — 

2 cycles to 5 mc, 0.07 /xsec. 
With Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555 — 

2 cycles to 1 2 mc, 0.03 /isec. 
With Type 551 — 

2 cycles to 1 2 mc, 0.03 /xsec. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type B Plug-In Unit is essentially the Type A with 
a preamplifier stage added. Three additional calibrated 
deflection factors, 0.005, 0.01, and 0.02 v/cm are 
available at slightly reduced frequency response and 
increased risetime. In all other specifications the Type 
B is identical to the Type A. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Twelve calibrated 
steps are provided: 0.005, 0.01 , 0.02, 0.05, 0.1 , 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncali- 
brated) control provides for continuously-variable ad- 
justment from 0.005 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — Two adjustments are provid- 
ed for setting the gain of the unit. When these adjust- 
ments are accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 



58 





0.005 v/cm and 0.05 v/cm positions, the vertical deflec- 
tion factor for any other position of the switch will be 
within 3 % of the panel reading for that position. 

Signal Inputs — Two signal input connectors with 
more than 60-db isolation are controlled by a four-posi- 
tion switch. The INPUT SELECTOR provides for ac-coup- 
ling or dc-coupling through either input. A coupling 
capacitor is inserted in the AC positions, limiting the low- 
frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Input Impedance — 47 jujuf paralleled by 1 megohm. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Preamplifier 5654 

Input CF 12AU6 

Cathode follower 6BQ7A 

Amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output CF 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 3 V 2 lbs. 

Price $135 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



4/59 




c 



( ,I 



I 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



r 



b 



r 



TYPE C-A PLUG-IN UNIT 
Two-Channel Preamplifier 



I 



Five Operating Modes 

Channel A only. 

Channel B only. 

Electronic switching at 100 kc (chopped). 

Electronic switching on alternate sweeps. 

Both channels combined at output ( A ± B) . 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Types 531 A, 533, 535A — 
dc to 15 mc, 0.023 /.isec. 

With Type 536 — 

dc to 10 mc, 0.035 /i$ec. 

With Type 532— 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 ^sec. 

With Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555 — 
dc to 24 mc, 0.015 /xsec. 

With Type 551 

dc to 22 mc, 0.016 ^sec. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type C-A Unit contains two identical 
amplifier channels. Either channel can be operated 
separately. The two channels can be electronically 
switched, either at a free-running rate of about 100 kc, 
or triggered by the oscilloscope sweep. In addition 
both channels can be combined at the output, adding 
or subtracting according to the settings of the polarity 
switches. 

When operated A — B or B — A, common-mode rejec- 
tion is at least 20 to 1 over the entire passband for sig- 
nals up to 1-v amplitude. Rejection can be improved, 
especially at low frequencies, by adjusting the vernier 
attenuator controls and/or the GAIN ADJ. controls. Se- 
parate attenuator controls for each channel permit rejec- 
tion of a common-mode signal of a different amplitude. 

In alternate-sweep, free-running, and single-chan- 
nel modes of operation the Type C-A is identical to its 
predecessor, the Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Preamplifier. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuators are 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Nine calibrated 
steps are provided for each channel: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. In addition, vernier (un- 
calibrated) controls provide for continously-variable ad- 
justments from 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm for each channel. 

Vertical Position Controls — Separate positioning 
controls are provided for each channel. 

Calibration Accuracy — Adjustments are provided 
for setting the gain of each channel. When accurately 
set, the vertical deflection factor will be within 3% of 
the panel reading for all switch positions. 



4/59 





Operating Mode Selection — A five-position switch 
provides for electronic switch operation either triggered 
or free-running, separate use of either channel, and 
both channels combined at the output of the unit. 

AC-DC Switches — A coupling capacitor is inserted in 
the AC positions, limiting the low-frequency response to 
3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Polarity Inversion — Polarity can be inverted on 
either channel for comparisons of signals 180 degrees 
out of phase, and A — B or A + B mixing. 

Input Impedance — 20 fifii paralleled by 1 megohm. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input CF 2 6AK5 

Amplifiers 4 1 2AU6 

Switching amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Output CF 12AT7 

Coupling diode 6AL5 

Multivibrator 1 2AT7 

Multivibrator waveform shaper 1 2AT7 

Switching CF ] 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 5 y 2 lbs. 

P"« $250 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



59 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



TYPE D PLUG-IN UNIT 
Differential High -Gain DC Preamplifier 



Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 1 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Continuously Variable — 1 mv/cm to 125 v/cm. 



Frequency Response 

DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm sensitivity. . .increasing to 
DC to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm and lower sensitivity. 



Differential Input 

10,000-to-l rejection ratio between in-phase and out- 
of-phase signals. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type D equips Tektronix Oscilloscopes with the 
plug-in-preamplifier feature for work requiring dc-coup- 
ling at a deflection factor of 1 mv/cm. Differential in- 
put with high rejection ratio for in-phase signals permits 
cancellation of unwanted or interfering signals. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Input Selector — A six-position switch provides for 
use of either input separately, or both together differ- 
entially, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. In the AC 
positions a coupling capacitor is inserted, limiting the 
low-frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Differential Input — In the A-minus-B position of the 
input selector switch, the Type D operates as a differ- 
ential amplifier whose output is proportional to the 
difference between signals applied to input A and input 
B. The differential feature is useful in making voltage 
measurements between two above-ground points, and for 
cancelling in-phase signals such as hum pickup in con- 
necting leads. By careful adjustment of the differential- 
balance control, 10,000-to-l rejection ratio for in-phase 
signals up to 20 kc can be achieved at all positions of the 
MV/CM MULTIPLIER switch. 

Deflection Sensitivity Controls — The MILLI- 
VOLTS/CM switch has four calibrated positions: 1,10, 
100, and 1000 mv/cm. A MV/CM MULTIPLIER switch pro- 
vides for multiplication by 1 , 2, 5, 10, 20, and 50. Ap- 
proximate 3-db point of amplifier high frequency re- 
sponse for each position is also indicated by this switch. 
The MV/CM MULTIPLIER, by attenuating within the am- 
plifier, reduces drift and increases bandpass in applica- 
tions that require less than maximum sensitivity. A vernier 




( uncalibrated) control provides for continuously-variable 
adjustment from 1 mv/cm to 125 v/cm. 

Regulated Heater Voltage — Heaters of all elec- 
tron tubes in the Type D are operated from the regu- 
lated dc voltage supplies in the main oscilloscope unit. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided for 
setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is ac- 
curately set with the MILLIVOLTS/CM switch in the 
1 mv/cm position and the MV/CM MULTIPLIER in the 50 
mv/cm position, the vertical deflection factor for any 
other position of the switches will be within 3% of the 
panel reading for that position. 

Stability — Normal drift is from 2 to 5 mv/hr. 

Input Impedance — 47 ^f paralleled by 1 megohm. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Cascode amplifiers 2 1 2AU7 

Amplifiers 2 5879 

Output CF 1 2AU7 

Voltage regulator 1 2AU7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 4 lbs. 

Price $155 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



60 




4/59 



I 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

d 
I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 



TYPE E PLUG-IN UNIT 
Low-Level Differential AC Preamplifier 



I PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 
I 

r 
i 

b 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

f 

I 



Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 50 microvolts/cm to 10 millivolts/cm. 

Continuously Variable — 50 microvolts/cm to 25 milli- 
volts/cm. 



Frequency Response 

0.06 cycles to20 kc at full gain, increasing to 60 kc 
at 0.5 mv/cm. 



Differential Input 

50,000-to-l rejection ratio between in-phase and out- 
of-phase signals up to 1 kc of ±2 v or less. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type E Plug-In Unit provides Tektronix Oscillo- 
scopes with the plug-in-preamplifier feature with a cal- 
ibrated vertical deflection factor of 50 microvolts/cm 
for low-level applications. Maximum combined noise 
and hum is 5 /xv, rms, with input grids grounded at the 
input connector. Separate high-frequency and low-fre- 
quency response controls permit restricting the band- 
width to further increase the signal-to-noise ratio. A re- 
jection ratio of 50,000 to 1 for in-phase signals up to 1 
kc can be achieved by careful adjustment of the front- 
panel differential-balance control. Use of the internal 
attenuators has a negligible effect on the rejection 
figure. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in MILLIVOLTS/CM of deflection. Eight cali- 
brated steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 
and 10 millivolts/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncali- 
brated) control provides for continuously-variable ad- 
justment from 50 microvolts/cm to 25 millivolts/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided for 
setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is ac- 
curately set with the MILLIVOLTS/CM switch in the 5 milli- 
volts/cm position, the vertical deflection factor for any 
other position of the switch will be within 3 % of the panel 
reading for that position. 

Bandwidth Control — A five- position switch provides 
for approximate high-frequency 3-db points of 60, 10, 
1, 0.25, and 0.05 kc. Another five-position switch selects 
the approximate low-frequency 3-db points of 0.06, 0.2, 
0.8, 8 and 80 cycles. Restricting the bandwidth to the 
requirements of the particular application will provide 



3/59 



TYPE E 
PLUG-IN UNIT 

VtfiTirAt s£RIAt MIUIVOITS/CM. 

POSITiON 





»iio*«no 




4 



APPROXIMATE 

OtSPONSE 
HIGH 

SO- to KC 



low 



1 4.1UMQ 




TEKTPONIX. INC 



•°«ll*NO. , t0QM USa 





an increase in the signal-to-noise ratio. Input to grids is 
dc-coupled to provide good rejection at low frequencies. 

Trace Restorer — If the trace should be driven from 
the screen by a large transient, it can be returned to its 
normal position immediately by pressing the trace re- 
storer button. 

Input Impedance — 50 fipi paralleled by 10 meg- 
ohms. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input amplifiers 1 2AX7 

2nd stage and gain control 2 5879 

3rd stage and positioning control 1 2AU7 

Output CF 12AU7 

Voltage regulators 2 OB2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight — 4 T / 2 lbs. 

Price $175 

Includes: 30" two-conductor shielded cable with input 
connector. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



61 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



TYPE G PLUG-IN UNIT 
Differential-Wide-Band DC Preamplifier 



*k 



Common-mode Rejection 

100 to 1 at full gain. 

Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm, 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Types 531 A, 533, 535A — 
dc to 14 mc, 0.025 /xsec. 

With Type 536 — 

dc to 10 mc, 0.035 ^sec. 

With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 /xsec. 

With Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555 — 
dc to 20 mc, 0.018 ^usec. 

With Type 551 — 

dc to 18 mc, 0.02 jusec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type G Plug-In Unit equips Tektronix Oscillo- 
scopes with the plug-in-preamplifier feature for wide- 
band differential-Input applications. Common-mode re- 
jection is better than 1 00 to 1 for the entire passband 
at full gain, better than 300 to 1 at 60 cycles. Indep- 
dent step attenuators in each input with 80-db isolation 
permit mixing signals of wide amplitude difference. 
Either input can be used separately, INPUT B giving a 
polarity-inverted display. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Input-Selector — A six- position switch provides for 
use of either input separately, or both together differen- 
tially, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. In the AC posi- 
tions a coupling capacitor is inserted, limiting the low- 
frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Calibrated Sensitivity — Each of the two attenua- 
tors has 9 calibrated positions: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 
5, 10 and 20 v/cm. A variable attenuator fills in be- 
tween steps making the adjustment continuously variable 
from 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. The variable attenuator af- 
fects the gain of both inputs at the same time. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided for 
setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is ac- 



CE 



TrPE G PLUG-IN UNIT 

wsm/cM sl * tAL vtRI1CAl 

POSITION 






c 



curately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 0.05 v/cm 
position, the vertical deflection factor for any other posi- 
tion of the switch will be within 3% of the panel reading 
for that position. 

Input Impedance — 47 ^f paralleled by 1 megohm. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input cathode followers 2 6AK5 

Input amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Cathode followers 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIE IC AT IONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 4 y 2 lbs. 

Price $185 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



( 



62 




3/59 



i 
I 



I 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 




» 



f 



I 



TYPE H PLUG -IN UNIT 
DC-Coupled High-Gain Wide-Band Preamplifier 



Deflection Factor 

AC or DC-Coupled — 

Calibrated — 0.005 to 20 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 0.005 to 50 v/cm. 



PLUG IN UNIT 

SfSIAL 



Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Types 531 A, 533, 535A — 

dc to 11 mc, 0.031 jusec. 
With Type 536 — 

dc to 9.5 mc, 0.037 jusec. 
With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 jusee. 
With Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555 — 

dc to 15 mc, 0.023 /xsec. 
With Type 551 — 

dc to 14 mc, 0.025 /isec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type H is a wide-band preamplifier with de- 
coupling over its full sensitivity range. It provides a 
maximum deflection factor of 5 mv/cm, dc-coupled, in 
Types 530, 540 and 550 Oscilloscopes, with excellent 
transient-response characteristics. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Twelve cali- 
brated steps are provided: 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. In addition, a 
vernier luncalibrated) control provides for continuous- 
ly-variable adjustment from 0.005 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — A front-panel adjustment is 
provided for setting the gain of the unit. When this 
adjustment is accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch 
in the 0.005 v/cm position, the vertical deflection factor 
for any other position of the switch will be within 3% 
of the panel reading for that position. 

Signal Inputs — Two signal input connectors with 
more than 60 db isolation are controlled by a four- 
position switch. The INPUT SELECTOR provides for ac- 
coupl'ng or dc-coupling through either input. A coup- 




POSH ION 




% 




INPUT b 



VOitS/CM 

S 1 



•Al FINt 

L m 



■KmotHt inc 



EA) ■■ . 
•"•UNO BBai , , 




ling capacitor is inserted in the AC positions, limiting 
the low-frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Input Impedance — 47 ft/xf paralleled by 1 megohm. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

1st Amplifiers 2 12AU6 

Input CF 12AT7 

2nd Amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output CF 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 3 V 2 lbs. 

Price $185 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



3/59 




63 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 



TYPE K PLUG-IN UNIT 
Fast-Rise DC Preamplifier 



Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Types 531 A, 533, 535A — 
dc to 15 mc, 0.023 /xsec. 

With Type 536 — 

dc to 1 1 mc, 0.031 /j.sec. 

With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 jusec. 

With Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555 — 
dc to 30 mc, 0.012 ^sec. 

With Type 551 — 

dc to 25 mc, 0.014 //.sec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type K Fast-Rise Unit provides Types 540 and 
550 Series Oscilloscopes with calibrated sensitivity at 
low input capacitance, taking maximum advantage of 
the excellent transient response and wide frequency 
range of the oscilloscope vertical-deflection system. The 
Type K combined with a fast-rise oscilloscope makes a 
1 2-millimicrosecond risetime combination, ideal for ap- 
plications involving fast-rising waveforms. Frequency re- 
sponse is down 3 db ± Vi db at 30 mc, 6 db at approxi- 
mately 41 mc, 12 db at approximately 55 mc. The com- 
bined vertical-amplifier system is dc-coupled, and an 
AC-DC switch provides for insertion of a capacitor to 
block the dc component of the input signal, limiting the 
low-frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. The 
Type K can be used in all Tektronix Oscilloscopes with 
the plug-in-preamplifier feature. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Nine calibrated 
steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 
20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier ( uncalibrated ) control 
provides for variable adjustment over a 2-to-l range on 
each step. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided 
for setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is 
accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 0.05 v/cm 
position, the vertical deflection factor for any other posi- 
tion of the switch will be within 3% of the panel reading 
for that position. 



i 



TYPE K 
PLUG-IN UNIT 
SSRIAL 



mt 



G 



I wig 






- 



Tl*TROW/ INC 




Input Impedance — Direct input impedance of the 
Type K is 1 megohm paralleled by 20 /x/xf. Input imped- 
ance with the 10-X attenuator probe, furnished with 
Tektronix Fast-Rise Oscilloscopes, is 10 megohms paral- 
leled by 8 /i/xf. Other Probes, described in the Acces- 
sory Section, provide input capacitances from 1 2 ja/xf 
to 2.5 /.i/if, at attenuation ratios from 5 to 1 up to 
100 to 1. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input cathode follower 6AK5 

Cathode-coupled amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output cathode followers 2 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight— 3 y 2 lbs. 

Price $135 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 





c 



( i 



3/59 



I 



I PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



r 



i 



TYPE L PLUG-IN UNIT 
Fast -Rise High-Gain Preamplifier 



Deflection Factor 

AC or DC-Coupled — 0.05 v/cm. 

9 calibrated steps from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
AC-Coupled Only — 0.005 v/cm. 

lOx gain amplifier switched in provides 9 calibrated 

steps from 0.005 v/cm to 2 v/em. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.05 to 40 v/cm) 

With Types 53 1 A, 533, 535A — 

dc to 15 mc, 0.023 ^sec. 
With Type 536 — 

dc to 11 mc, 0.031 fisec. 
With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 jusec. 
With Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555 — 

dc to 30 mc, 0.012 /isec. 
With Type 551 — 

dc to 25 mc, 0.014 jusec. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.005 to 4 v/cm) 

With Types 531 A, 533, 535A — 

3 cycles to 15 mc, 0.023 /xsec. 
With Type 536 — 

3 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035 iisec. 
With Type 532 — 

3 cycles to 5 mc, 0.07 iisec. 
With Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555 — 

3 cycles to 24 mc, 0.015 itsec. 
With Type 551 — 

3 cycles to 22 mc, 0.017 ^sec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type L Fast-Rise High-Gain Unit is essentially the 
Type K Plug-In Unit, with an additional amplifier to in- 
crease the sensitivity by a factor of 10 for fast-rise ap- 
plications. 

A front-panel switch connects the ac-coupled amplifier 
into the circuit, increasing the deflection factor to 0.005 
v/cm. Slightly reduced frequency response and increased 
risetime results when the additional amplifier is switched 
into the circuit. In all other respects, the Type L Unit is 
identical to the Type K. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Deflection Factor — Nine steps are pro- 
vided: 0.05,0.1,0.2,0.5, 1, 2,5, 10, and 20 v/cm. When 
the additional amplifier stage is switched in, the steps are 
changed to 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 
2 v/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control 
provides for variable adjustment over a 2-to-l range on 
each step. 



3/59 



INPUT 



TYPE L 
PLUG-IN UNIT 

SERIAL 




r 



FAST-RISS 

CUIMATED MiAM» 

"» «o . nv miix «*ruo 

■WAN. ftmtMM M* M «t 

*« " .«- « tovnn, 



9 



CAIN 
A0/UST 




VAttADLt 
*I(IM >Al 



• 



kktronu, inc 



KMTIAMO, QUGON. V% t 





Calibration Accuracy — Front-panel adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of the unit. When these 
adjustments are accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch 
in the 0.05 v/cm position, the vertical deflection factor 
for any other position of the switch will be within 3% of 
the panel reading for that switch position. 

Input Impedance — Direct input impedance of the 
Type L Unit is 1 megohm paralleled by 20 fL/xf. Input 
impedance with the 10-X attenuator probe, furnished 
with Tektronix Fast-Rise Oscilloscopes, is 10 megohms 
paralleled by 8 fipf. Other Probes, described in the 
Accessory Section, provide input capacitances from 
12 /x/xf to 2.5 /x/xf, at attenuation ratios from 5 to 1 
up to 1 00 to 1 . 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input cathode follower 6AK5 

First amplifier 6AK5 

Second amplifier 6AK5 

Cathode follower 6AK5 

Cathode-coupled amplifiers 2 12AU6 

Output cathode followers 2 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight — 4 Vi pounds. 

Price $200 

Prices f .o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



65 



PLUG-IN UNITS 



TYPE R TRANSISTOR RISETIME UNIT 



Collector Supply 

1 to 15 v continuously variable, positive or negative. 
Current Capability — 400 ma. 

Mercury-Switch Pulse Generator 

Risetime — less than 0.005 /xsec. 

Amplitude — 0.02 to 10 v across 50 ohms, positive or 
negative. 

Bias Supply 

— 0.5 v to +0.5 v and — 5 v to +5 v, continuously 

variable. 
Current Capability — ±100 ma. 

Calibrated Vertical Deflection 

0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 ma/cm collector 
current. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type R Transistor Risetime Unit can be used in all 
Tektronix Oscilloscopes with the plug-in-preamplifier 
feature when operated on 50 to 60 cycle line frequency. 
It supplies a fast-rising pulse and the required supply 
and bias voltages for measurement of transistor rise, 
fall, delay, and storage times. 

Risetime of the pulse supplied by the Type R is less 
than 5 millimicroseconds, therefore measurement limita- 
tions will depend mainly on the risetime of the oscillo- 
scope used. Overall risetimes with the oscilloscopes are 
as follows: 

Types 541 A, 543, 545A, 555—0.012 M sec 

Type 551 — 0.014 /xsec 

Types 531 A, 533, 535A — 0.023 jusec 

Type 536 — 0.035 /isec 

Type 532 — 0.07 /xsec (The Type 532 and Type 536 
have an additional limitation in the lack of signal delay 
in the main vertical amplifier). 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Collector Supply — Positive and negative voltage, 1 v 
to 15 v continuously adjustable is available from a tran- 
sistor-regulated supply. Vertical display is calibrated in 
ma/cm of collector current, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 
100 ma/cm. Connectors are provided for inserting an 
external resistor in series with the collector. 

Pulse Generator — A transistor-regulated 10 v dc 
power supply is chopped by a mercury switch, providing 
a 120-c/sec test pulse with a risetime of less than 0.005 
/j.sec. The pulse is applied to the transistor under test 
through a - attenuator with an output impedance of 
50 ohms. Sixteen amplitude steps are provided: +0.05, 
+ 0.1, +0.2, +0.5, +1, +2, +5, +10vand —0.05, 
— 0.1, —0.2, —0.5, —1, —2, —5, — lOv. A vernier 
(uncalibrated) control fills in between steps. 

Bias Supply — Bias voltage is available for base or 
emitter in two ranges, — 0.5 v through zero to +0.5 v 



TYK R "*KMm».nui, m 

H.UG-1H UNI! /■BASt.PUlSt SENIH10, . 

"xttcio. souici .oin .. M 




and —5 v through zero to +5 v. Bias supply is transis- 
tor regulated. 

Base Series Resistors — The base driving resistance 
can be selected from nine values — 50, 100, 200, 500 
ohms, 1, 2, 5, 10, and 20 kilohms. 

Reference Displays — Zero time reference can be 
displayed by means of a pushbutton. Another push- 
button permits observation of the voltage on the tran- 
sistor collector or base, through use of external connec- 
tions. Amplifier sensitivity for these displays is 0.1 v/cm. 

Triggering — A positive constant-amplitude trigger 
for the oscilloscope sweep is furnished through a short 
coaxial cable permanently attached to the Type R Unit. 
The oscilloscope sweep can be triggered on the rise of 
the test pulse only, or on both the rise and fall for dis- 
playing delay, rise, storage, and fall times simultane- 
ously. 

ELECTRON TUBES & SEMICONDUCTORS 

Amplifiers 2 12AU6 

Amplifiers 1 2AT7 

Trigger output amplifier 2 1 2AU6 

Trigger output amplifier 1 2AT7 

Regulator amplifier 2N21 2 

Regulator amplifiers 3 2N544 

Regulator amplifiers 2 2N270 

Series regulators 4 2N307A 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight — 4V 2 lbs. 
Price $300 

Price f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




c 



<* 



66 




3/59 



I 



I PLUG-IN UNITS 



TYPE T PLUG-IN UNIT 
Time -Base Generator 



r 



Wide Sweep Range 

Twenty-two calibrated sweep rates from 0.2 /usec/div 

to 2 sec/div. 

5x magnifier, accurate on all ranges. 



Versatile Triggering 

Line, external, ac or dc-coupled, automatic triggering, 
high-frequency sync. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type T Time-Base Generator Plug-In Unit is in- 
tended to provide sawtooth sweep voltages to drive the 
the horizontal-deflection system in the Type 536 Cath- 
ode-Ray Oscilloscope. This plug-in unit can also be used 
in the vertical-deflection system of any of the Tektronix 
Oscilloscopes with the plug-in-preamplifier feature. The 
Type T Unit provides the Type 536 with a wide range of 
sweep rates for use in the usual oscilloscope applica- 
tions. Trigger shaping and dc-coupled unblanking cir- 
cuits are included in the Type T Unit. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — The Type T Unit has 
22 calibrated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50 /^sec/div — 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 milli- 
sec/div — 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 2 sec/div. A single 22- 
position switch is used. In addition, a vernier (uncali- 
brated) control provides continuously variable sweep 
rates from 0.2 ^sec/div to 6 sec/div. Calibration ac- 
curacy of the fixed sweep rates will typically be within 
1 % of full scale, and in all cases will be within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5x magnifier is 
switched in, the center two-division portion of the nor- 
mal sweep is expanded to the left and right of center 
to fill ten divisions. The POSITION control has sufficient 
range to display any one-fifth of the magnified sweep. 
Magnifier increases the calibrated sweep rate to 0.04 
/^.sec/div. Accuracy is within 5% of the displayed por- 
tion of the magnified sweep. 




DC-Coupled Unblanking — When the unit is plugged 
into the Type 536 Oscilloscope horizontal amplifier, the 
unblanking waveform is dc-coupled to the control grid 
of the crt. Uniform bias is assured for all sweep and 
repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be external, line fre- 
quency, or the signal under observation by external 
connection to the oscilloscope VERT. SIG. OUT terminal, 
either ac or dc-coupled. The triggering point can be on 
either the rising or falling slope of the waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stabili- 
ty control is preset to the optimum triggering point and 
requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications with no trigger-control adjustments. Range 
of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 2 
megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an input 
signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 
50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 



I 



3/59 




67 



PLUG-IN UNITS 



I 



High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 15 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm of 
deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — A signal of 0.2 v to 50 v is 
required. 

Output Waveforms — A 30-v positive-gate waveform 
of the same time duration as the sweep, and a 150-v 
positive-going sawtooth waveform are available at front- 
panel connectors. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Trigger amplifier 6U8 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Multivibrator and cathode follower 6BQ7A 



Multivibrator and + gate out CF 6U8 

Channel-selecting pulse amplifier and 

sawtooth out CF 6U8 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Hold-off driver and hold-off CF 6BQ7A 

Sawtooth generator and cathode follower . 6AU8 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight — 5 pounds. 

Price $235 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



(1 



<A 



68 




3/59 



I 



I TYPE 127 PREAMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY 



I 



Rack-Mounting Power Supply 
for Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifi 





GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 127 supplies proper operating 
power to one or any combination of two Tektronix Plug- 
In Preamplifiers. Any Tektronix Plug-In Preamplifiers, 
powered by the Type 127, can be used to further in- 
crease the signal-handling versatility of Tektronix os- 
cilloscopes employing Plug-In Preamplifiers. Double- 
differential dual-trace display can be obtained by em- 
ploying 2 Type D, E, or G Differential Plug-In Pream- 
plifier Units in the Type 127 in conjunction with an os- 
cilloscope using a Type C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit. 
The Type 127 also facilitates the use of Tektronix Plug- 
In Preamplifiers in other applications. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Balanced Output — The outputs of Plug-In Units 
powered by the Type 127 are fed through de-coupled 
differential amplifier stages and cathode followers to 
provide a push-pull signal at the output terminals. Rise- 
time of the unit is 0.018/j.sec, permitting maximum 
utilization of the response of Tektronix Type 530-Series 
Oscilloscopes. Output swing is linear ±3% over a 
range of ±0.3 volt. Output dc operating levels are 
adjustable to ground potential. 

Gain — The Type 127 has a gain of one, push-pull. 
With single-ended output, gain is one-half. 



Output Terminals — Each channel has four output 
terminals, two on the front panel and two at the rear. 
Terminated 170-ohm output cables are furnished. 

Multiple-Trace Application — A Type C-A Dual- 
Trace Unit in an oscilloscope can be fed by two other 
Plug-In Units powered by the Type 127 to produce a 
dual-trace display. A four-trace display results when 
the Type C-A Unit in an oscilloscope is fed by two Type 
C-A Units powered by the Type 127. Synchronizing 
pulses for alternate-sweep operation can be introduced 
through connectors at the rear of the Type 127. An 
eight-trace display is possible when two Type C-A Units 
in the Types 551 or 555 Dual-Beam Oscilloscopes are 
fed by four Type C-A Units powered by two Type 127 
Power Supplies. 

Electronic Regulation — All dc supply voltages to 
the Plug-In Units are electronically regulated. A cur- 
rent-sensitive relay switches in a compensating power 
load when only one preamplifier is plugged into the 
Type 127. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen fixed voltages — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 
100 volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is with- 
in 3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 



I 



4/59 




69 



TYPE 127 PREAMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY 



I 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Output amplifiers 4 6CB6 

Output cathode followers 4 12AT7 

Calibrator 6AU6 

Calibrator 6BQ7 

Switching amplifiers 2 6U8 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Series regulators 2 1 2B4 

Series regulators 3 6080 

Voltage reference . . 5651 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. Slide-out 
mounting to rack. 



Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 

Dimensions— 8%" high, 19" wide, 20" rack depth, 
21 Vi" overall depth. 
Weight — 36 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 125 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cycles, 450 watts maximum. 

Type 127, without plug-in units $525 

Includes: 4 — 1 70J2 Coaxial cables, 5' long. (012-034) 
4 — 170ft termining resistors (01 1-016) 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Supporting Cradles — for rear slide support when the in- 
strument is to be mounted in a backless rack. Two cra- 
dles with necessary mounting hardware, Tek 426-063A 
7.50 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



J 



Output characteristics of the Type 127 in combination with Tektronix Plug- 
In Units, measured with the Type 127 output terminated in 170 ohms. 



Plug-In Unit 


Maximum 

Voltage Gain 

(push-pull output) 


Frequency Response 


Risetime 


A 


2 


dc to 15 mc 


.023 /Asec 


B 


2 


dc to 15 mc 


.023 ju.sec 


20 


5 cps to 1 1 mc 


.030 /isec 


C-A 


2 


dc to 17 mc 


.020 /xsec 


D 


100 


dc to 350 kc at a gain of 
100, increasing to 2 mc at 
a gain of 2 




E 


2000 


.06 cps to 20 kc at full 
gain, increasing to 60 kc 
a gain of 200 




G 


2 


dc to 15 mc 


.023 jusec 


H 


20 


dc to 12 mc 


.029 jtisec 


K 


2 


dc to 19 mc 


.018 /xsec 




2 


dc to 19 mc 


.0 1 8 /(.sec 


i 


20 


3 cps to 17 mc 


.020 /tsec 



c 



70 





4/59 



I 



I 




I 



I 



I 



I 
I 



I 



J 



I 



J 



J 



J 



I 



J 



J 



J 



I 



J 



J 



J 



i 



J 



J 



J 



I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



I 




PORTABLE OSCILLOSCOPES 



I 



J 



C] 




I 



I 



PROVED I 



TYPE 310A OSCILLOSCOPE 
3-Inch DC-Coupled Portable 



ENT 



Designed for Easy Handling 

Small— 10" x 6 %" x 17". 
Weighs only 23 V2 pounds. 



Transient Response 

Risetime — 0.09 /xsec. 



Frequency Response 

DC to 4 mc — 0.1 v/div to 125 v/div. 
2 cycles to 3.5 mc — 0.01 v/div to 
0.1 v/div. 



Sweep Range 

0.1 /u.sec/div to 0.6 sec/div. 
18 calibrated sweep rates. 



Versatile Triggering 

Internal, external, line. . . ac-coupled 
or dc-coupled, and automatic trig- 
gering. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 310A Oscilloscope is a 3" Port- 
able with new mechanical features. Use of advanced 
construction techniques has produced a more rugged in- 
strument with greater shock-resistant characteristics. 
The same desirable degree of compactness of its pred- 
ecessor the Type 310 has been retained. Longer life 
and greater reliability have been attained through the 
use of silicon rectifiers and dual-triodes of an advanced 
design. 

The Type 310A Oscilloscope is an instrument you can 
take with you — easily, comfortably. Small size and 
low weight combined with operation on 50 to 800-cycle 
line frequency make this an ideal instrument for main- 
tenance and calibration of specialized measuring and 
recording instruments at their point of use. Accurate 
calibration and excellent linearity assure faithful dis- 
plays and precise time and amplitude measurements ei- 
ther in the labratory or in the field. Functional panel 
design and versatile control systems contribute to oper- 
ator convenience. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — Main amplifier 
passband is dc to 4 mc. Vertical deflection is calibrated 
in steps of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 v/div. Low- 
frequency response is limited to 2 cycles when the AC-DC 




switch is in the AC position. An ac-coupled preamplifier 
switched in by the VOLTS/DIV control provides three ad- 
ditional calibrated steps of 0.01 , 0.02, and 0.05 v/div, at 
a frequency response of 2 cycles to 3.5 mc. In addition, 
a 2.5-to-l vernier ( uncalibrated ) control provides for 
continuously-variable adjustment from 0.01 v/div to 125 
v/div. A jewel light on the front panel indicates when 
the control is in the variable (uncalibrated) position. 
Vertical amplifier is factory-adjusted for optimum tran- 
sient response. Risetime is less than 0.09 fxsec. Input 
impedance is 1 megohm paralleled by approximately 
40 fifxi. 

Calibration Accuracy — Internal adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. 
When these adjustments are accurately set with the 
VOLTS/DIV switch in the 0.1 and 0.01 v/div positions, the 
vertical deflection factor for any other position of the 
switch will be within 3% of the panel reading for that 
switch position. 

Probe — A low-capacitance probe (10-x atten.) is 
supplied with the instrument. Input capacitance with the 
probe is approximately 13 fijif paralleled by 10 meg- 
ohms. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Wide Sweep Range — The Type 310A has 18 cali- 
brated sweep rates: 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 



4/59 




73 



TYPE 310A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 




500 ^sec/div 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 mitlisec/div, 0.1, 

0.2 sec/div. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) con- 
trol provides sweep rates continuously adjustable from 
0.5 ^sec/div to 0.6 sec/div. A jewel light in the front 
panel indicates when the control is in the variable (un- 
calibrated) position. Calibration accuracy of the 
18 fixed sweeps is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is obtain- 
ed by increasing the gain of the sweep-output amplifier 
by a factor of 5. The center 2-division portion of the 
normal trace is expanded to 10 divisions. The HORI- 
ZONTAL POSITION control has sufficient range to dis- 
play any one-fifth of the magnified sweep. The 5-x 
magnifier applied to the 0.5-^.sec/div sweep extends 
the calibrated range to 0.1 fxsec/d'w. Accuracy is within 
3% of the displayed portion of the magnified sweep 
on all ranges except the 0.5 ftsec/div range, where 
accuracy is within 5%. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the control grid of the cathode- 
ray tube. This assures uniform bias for all sweep speeds 
and repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be internal, external, or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. The 
triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 



applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls need be 
touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 mc, approximately. In the absence of an input signal 
the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 50-cycle 
rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to produce a one-half division deflec- 
tion. External — a signal of 0.2 v to ±20 v. 

Horizontal Input — A back-panel terminal permits 
use of an external signal to drive the horizontal ampli- 
fier. Deflection factor is 1 .5 v/div. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Calibrator — A square-wave voltage is 
available through a front-panel binding post. Eleven 
fixed voltages — 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
and 100 volts peak-to-peak — are provided. Accuracy 
is within 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Accelerating Potential — 1 .85 kv accelerating po- 
tential, electronically regulated, is applied to the flat- 
faced 3WP cathode-ray tube. A P2 phosphor is normally 
supplied, but PI, P7, or PI 1 can be furnished instead if 
desired. Some other phosphors are available on special 
order. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronically-regulated 
dc supplies insure stable operation over line variations 
between 105 to 125 v or 210 to 250 v, 50 to 800 cycles. 

Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
has 8 vertical and 10 horizontal % -inch divisions. Illum- 
ination is controlled by a front-panel knob. An appro- 
priate filter is provided to increase contrast when view- 
ing in a brightly-lighted room. 

Hinged Chassis — The Type 310A opens up to per- 
mit easy accessibility to all tubes and components. 



J 



C] 



c 



74 




4/59 



I TYPE 310A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



ELECTRON-TUBES AND SEMICONDUCTORS 

Vertical preamplifier 6AU6 

Preamplifier CF 6BH6 

Vertical input amplifier 2 6AU6 

Driver CF 6DJ8 

Vertical output amplifier 2 6CL6 

Internal trigger CF 6BH6 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 12AU7 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Sweep multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep multivibrator 6AU6 

Hold off CF 1 2AT7 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator and CF 6AN8 

Horizontal input CF and output amplifier 6DJ8 
External horizontal input CF and 

output amplifier 6DJ8 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers 3 6AU6 

Series regulators 3 1 2B4 

High voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

High voltage rectifiers 2 5642 

High voltage regulator 1 2AU7 

Voltage rectifiers 12 INI 566 

Preamp cathode protector TGI 2 

Cathode-ray tube 3WPG 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Self-contained, cabinet and chassis 
made of aluminum alloy. New mechanical techniques 
improve accessibility to components and tubes. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, blue 
wrinkle-finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 10" high, 6 % " wide, 17" long. 

Weight — 23 V 2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 125 volts, 175 watts. 

The Type 310A will operate over the range of 50 to 
800 cps, but at 800 cps about 4% greater line voltage 
is required. Unless otherwise specified, the instrument 



will be shipped wired for operation within the line-volt- 
age range of 105 to 125 volts. The Type 310A can be 
ordered wired for operation on several nominal line 
voltages as follows: 

Nominal Line Voltage Operating Range 

(Figures taken at 60 cps) 

110 99 to 117 volts 

117 105 to 125 volts 

124 111 to 132 volts 

220 198 to 235 volts 

234 210 to 250 volts 

248 223 to 265 volts 

A metal decal on the transformer gives complete in- 
structions for changing the operating range. 

Type 310A $595 

Inculdes: 1 — 1 Ox attenuator probe 

1 — Binding-post adapter (013-004) 
1 — Green filter (378-509) 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

FB 310 Fan Base — Provides filtered forced-air ventila- 
tion to reduce operating temperature when the Type 
31 0A is being used continuously over long periods, or 
in a hot or limited-ventilation area. The fan base tilts 
the oscilloscope to a convenient viewing angle. For use 
on 105-125 v, 50 to 60 cycles only $25.00 

FB 310/02 Fan Base — For use on 210-250 v, 50 to 
60 cycles only $25.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




I 



4/59 




75 



I 



J 



c 



c 



I TYPE 316 OSCILLOSCOPE 




Wide-Band 3-Inch DC-Coupled Portable 



Passband 

DC to 10 mc at 0.1 v/div to 125 v/div. 
2 c to 10 mc at 0.01 v/div to 0.1 v/div. 



Transient Response 

Risetime — 0.035 /xsec. 



Sweep Range 

22 calibrated sweep rates from 0.2 
fisec/d'w to 2 sec/div, continuously 
variable from 0.2 /xsec/div to 6 sec/ 
div. Accurate 5-x magnifier increases 
calibrated rate to 0.04 ^sec/div. 



Triggering 

Amplitude-level selection with preset or 
manual stability control, and fully- 
automatic triggering. 



Portability 

Size— 8V 2 " wide, 12" high, 19%* 

overall depth. 
Weight — 34 pounds. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 316 Oscilloscope replaces the pop- 
ular Type 31 5D, providing greatly improved performance 
and dependability with approximately the same degree 
of compactness. A new cabinet design with easily-remov- 
able sides improves accessibility, and an improved me- 
chanical arrangement minimizes the effects of shock and 
vibration on accurate operation. 

From the users viewpoint, the Type 31 6 is a convenient 
laboratory tool that is just right in performance, size and 
weight for calibration and trouble-shooting use at remote 
locations. It requires only a small amount of bench space 
and is very easy to operate. All 22 calibrated sweep rates 
are selected with one knob, which also indicates the new 
calibrated sweep rate when the magnifier is in use. Preset 
stability for all triggering modes eliminates trigger-con- 
trol adjustment in most applications, but manual stability 
control is retained and can be switched in when desired. 
Warning lights indicate when vertical and horizontal de- 
flection controls are not in their calibrated positions. 
Convenient ground terminals are located beneath each 
coaxial connector. Panel controls and terminals are ar- 
ranged for efficient operation. 




VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — Main amplifier 
passband is dc to 10 mc, risetime is 0.035 fisec. Vertical 
deflection is calibrated in steps of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 v/div. Low-frequency response is 3 db down 
at 2 cycles when the AC-DC switch is in the AC position. 
An ac-coupled preamplifier switched in by the VOLTS/DI V 
control provides three additional calibrated steps of 0.01, 
0.02 and 0.05 v/div at a frequency response of 2 cycles 
to 10 mc, risetime 0.035 /xsec. In addition, a 2V2-to-l 
vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for continu- 
ously-variable adjustment from 0.01 v/div to 125 v/div. 

Calibration Accuracy — Internal adjustments are pro- 
vided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. When 
these adjustments are accurately set with the VOLTS/DIV 
switch in the 0.1 v/div and 0.01 v/div positions, the verti- 
cal deflection factor for any other position of the switch 
will be within 3% of the panel reading for that position. 

Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.25 fxsec is in- 
troduced by the balanced delay network. Permits obser- 
vation of the leading edge of the waveform that triggers 
the sweep. 



I 



5/59 




77 



TYPE 316 OSCILLOSCOPE 






i 



VERTICAL 



VARIABLE 
ATTEN. BAL 



© 



VARIABLE 

VOLTS/D1V. 



UNCAUBRATSO 

.2 4b 




10 




CAwfcRATiO 



INPUT 




V. 



f 




TEKTRONIX, INC. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by approxi- 
mately 40 /x/if. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity of the Type 316 is re- 
duced by a factor of ten by use of the 1 0-x attenuator 
probe supplied with the instrument. The Probe pre- 
sents an input impedance of 10 megohms paralleled 
by approximately 13 ju/rf. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Wide Sweep Range — A single knob is used to select 
any of 22 calibrated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50 ^sec/div, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 msec/ 
div, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 2 sec/div. In addition, a vernier 
(uncalibrated) control provides for continuous adjust- 
ment from 0.2 /xsec/div to 6 sec/div. Calibration accura- 
cy of the 22 fixed sweep rates is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5-x magnifier is 
switched in, calibrated sweep rates are read from the 
outer ring of numbers circling the TIME/DIV knob. The 
magnifier expands the normal sweep to fifty divisions, 
and the HORIZONTAL positioning control has sufficient 
range to display any ten divisions of the magnified 
sweep. Calibration accuracy is within 5% of the dis- 
played portion of the magnified sweep. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the crt, assuring uniform 
grid bias for all sweep and repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 



Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be internal, external, or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. The 
triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stability 
control is preset to the optimum triggering point and re- 
quires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking trig- 
ger circuit provides dependable triggering for most appli- 
cations. One simple setting assures positive sweep-trig- 
gering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, shapes, 
and repetition rates. No trigger controls need be touch- 
ed until a different type of operation is desired. Range 
of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 2 
megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an input 
signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 
50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 20 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm of 
deflection, or an external signal at about 2 v. 



TIME BASE 



HP SYNC 



TRIGGER SELECTOR 
AUTO {'-' INT -^» AC 

LINE ^^^^|^ £X " 

£♦** fs-\ 



TRIGGER 
INPUT 




DC 



STABILITY 

■ 'IN 

TRIGGERING LEVEL 
•0- 






HORIZ. 
INPUT 



DISPLAY 

NOBM. MAO 






ixi. ■ ■ a Eii 

TIME/DIV. 




MilL 




SAWTOOTH 
OUT 




<: 








5/59 



I 



I TYPE 316 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



r 



Trigger Requirements — Infernal — a signal large 
enough to cause a one-fifth division deflection. External 
— a signal of 0.2 v to 50 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-Coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier is through a front-panel 
connector. Deflection factor is approximately 1 .4 v/div. 
Frequency response is dc to 500 kc. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrator — A square-wave calibrating voltage is 
available through a front-panel coaxial connector. Elev- 
en fixed peak-to-peak voltages are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 volts. Accuracy is 
within 3 % . Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A new Tektronix flat-faced 3" 
cathode-ray tube is used in the Type 316. Accelerating 
potential is 1 .85 kv. A P2 phosphor is normally supplied. 
PI, P7, PI 1 can be furnished instead if desired. Some 
other phosphors are available on special order. 

Output Waveforms — A 30-v positive gate waveform 
of the same duration as the sweep, and a 1 50-v positive- 
going sweep sawtooth waveform are available at front- 
panel connectors. 

Regulated Power Supplies — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 1 05 and 
125 v, or 210 and 250 v. 

Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
is divided into 8 vertical and 10 horizontal Vk " divisions. 
Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Warning Indicators for Uncalibrated Settings — 

Separate front-panel neon lights indicate when the verti- 
cal-attenuator and sweep-rate controls are not in their 
calibrated positions. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical preamplifier 6CB6 

Preamplifier CF and voltage setting CF . . . . 6BQ7A 

Vertical input CF 2 6AU6 

Input amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Amplifier CF 6BQ7A 

Output amplifiers 2 6CL6 

Trigger-pick-off CF 6AU6 

Calibrator multivibrator 6U8 

Calibrator CF 6AU6 

Trigger amplifier 6U8 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Plus multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Minus multivibrator and unblanking CF . . . . 6AN8 

Gate out CF and sweep out CF 6BQ7A 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator and CF 6AN8 

Sweep holdoff CF 1 2AT7 

Sweep amplifier input CF and driver CF . . . . 6BQ7A 

Sweep output amplifiers and CF 2 6BQ7A 

High voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

High voltage regulator 12AU7 

High voltage rectifiers 2 5642 

Voltage reference 5651 



Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Series regulator 6AN8 

Series regulator 6080 

Series regulator 1 2B4 

Cathode-ray tube T316P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 8 Vz" wide, 12" high, \9V 2 " overall 
depth. 

Weight — 34 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 1 25 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cycles, 260 watts. Type 316MOD101 operates 
on 50 to 400 cycle supply; uses dc fan motor. 

Unless otherwise specified, the instrument will be ship- 
ped wired for operation within the line-voltage range 
of 105 to 125 volts. The Type 316 can be ordered 
wired for operation on several nominal line voltages as 
follows: 

Nominal Line Voltage Operating Range 
(Figures taken at 60 cps ) 

110 99 to 117 volts 

117 105 to 125 volts 

124 111 to 132 volts 

220 198 to 235 volts 

234 210 to 250 volts 

248 223 to 265 volts 

A metal decal on the transformer gives complete in- 
structions for changing the operating range. 

Price, Type 316 (50 to 60 cycles) $750 

Price, Type 316MOD101 (50 to 400 cycles) $785 

Includes: 1 — 10-x attenuator probe 

1 — Binding-post adapter (013-004) 
1 — Green filter (378-509) 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI , P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Fan Motor Kit — For converting Type 316 for use on 50 
to 400 cycle line frequency (Type 316MOD101). Con- 
tains brackets, rectifier, and fan motor. 

040-141 Fan Motor Kit $40.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



5/59 




79 



I 




(] 



( i 



I 




NEW 



STRUMENT 



TYPE 317 OSCILLOSCOPE 
3 -inch Daylight Portable 




r 



DC-COUPLED VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 

Passband — DC to 1 MC at 0. 1 to 1 25 v/div. 
Passband — 2 CPS to 10 MC at 0.01 to 0.1 v/div. 
Risetime — 0.035 /xsec. 

WIDE SWEEP RANGE 

22 Direct-reading calibrated rates from 0.2 /xsec/div 
to 2 sec/div. 

5-x Magnifier increases the calibrated sweep rate to 
0.04 jusec/div. 

Continuously variable sweep rates from 0.04 ^sec/div 
to 6 sec/div. 



9-KV ACCELERATING POTENTIAL 

Bright trace, even at low sweep-repetition rates. 

HIGH RELIABILITY 

New frame-grid dual triodes insure excellent stability 
and reliability. 

EASY TRIGGERING 

Automatic triggering eliminates readjustment in most 
applications. 

Preset or manual stability control for complete trig- 
gering versatility. 



I 



5/59 




81 



TYPE 317 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 




GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 317 is an excellent oscilloscope for the day- 
light conditions often encountered in the field and at 
production test stations. Its brilliant trace, provided 
by 9-kv accelerating potential on a Tektronix 3-inch 
cathode-ray tube, is easily readable in bright areas. . . 
even at low sweep-repetition rates. And its DC-to-10 
MC vertical response and wide sweep range easily take 
care of most of today's complex field and test station 
applications. Of course, these fine characteristics make 
it an excellent laboratory oscilloscope, too. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — Main amplifier 
passband is dc to 10 mc, risetime is 0.035 ftsec. Vertical 
deflection is calibrated in steps of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 v/div. Low-frequency response is 3 db down 
at 2 cycles when the AC-DC switch is in the AC position. 
An ac-coupled preamplifier switched in by the VOLTS/ 
DIV control provides three additional calibrated steps 
of 0.01, 0.02 and 0.05 v/div at a frequency response 
of 2 cycles to 10 mc, risetime 0.035 fisec. In addition, 
a 2V2-to-l vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for 
continuous adjustment from 0.01 v/div to 125 v/div. 

Calibration Accuracy — •Internal adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. 
When these adjustments are accurately set with the 
VOLTS/DIV switch in the 0.1 v/div and 0.01 v/div posi- 
tions, the vertical deflection factor for any other posi- 
tion of the switch will be within 3% of the panel read- 
ing for that position. 



82 



Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.25 jusec is in- 
troduced by the balanced delay network. Permits ob- 
servation of the leading edge of the waveform that 
triggers the sweep. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 40 utii. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity of the Type 317 is re- 
duced by a factor of ten by use of the 10-x attenuator 
probe supplied with the instrument. The probe presents 
an input impedance of 10 megohms paralleled by ap- 
proximately 13ju/i.f. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Wide Sweep Range — A single knob is used to se- 
lect any of 22 calibrated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 ^sec/div, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 
msec/div, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 2 sec/div. In addition, 
a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for continuous 
adjustment from 0.2 ^sec/div to 6 sec/div. Calibration 
accuracy of the 22 fixed sweep rates is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5-x magnifier is 
switched in, calibrated sweep rates are read from the 
outer ring of numbers circling the TIME/DIV knob. The 
magnifier expands the normal sweep to fifty divisions, 
and the HORIZONTAL positioning control has sufficient 
range to display any ten divisions of the magnified 
sweep. Calibration accuracy is within 5% of the dis- 
played portion of the magnified sweep. 




c] 



( i 




5/59 



I TYPE 317 OSCILLOSCOPE 




» 



r 



DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the crt, assuring uni- 
form grid bias for all sweep and repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be internal, external, or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. The 
triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stabil- 
ity control is preset to the optimum triggering point and 
requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls need 
be touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an in- 
put signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about 
a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on the 
screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 20 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm of 
deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal — a signal large 
enough to cause a one-fifth division deflection. External 
— a signal of 0.2 v to 50 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-Coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier is through a front- 
panel connector. Deflection factor is approximately 1.4 
v/div. Frequency response is dc to 500 kc. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrator — A square-wave calibrating voltage is 
available through a front-panel coaxial connector. Elev- 
en fixed peak-to-peak voltages are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 volts. Accuracy is 
within 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A new Tektronix flat-faced 3" 
cathode-ray tube with helical post-accelerating anode 
is used in the Type 317. Accelerating potential is 9 kv. 
A P2 phosphor is normaly supplied. PI, P7, and PI 1 
are available as optional phosphors. Some other phos- 
phors are available on special order. 

Output Waveforms — A 30-v positive gate wave- 
form of the same duration as the sweep, and a 150-v 
positive-going sweep sawtooth waveform are available 
at front-panel connectors. 



Regulated Power Supplies — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125 v, or 210 and 250 v. 

Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
is divided into 8 vertical and 10 horizontal V 4 "divisions. 
Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Warning Indicators for Uncalibrated Settings — 

Separate front-panel neon lights indicate when the ver- 
tical-attenuator and sweep-rate controls are not in their 
calibrated positions. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical preamplifier 6CB6 

Voltage-setting CF and preamplifier CF 6DJ8 

Vertical-input CF 2 6AU6 

Vertical-input amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Driver CF 6DJ8 

Vertical-output amplifiers 2 6CL6 

Trigger-pick-off CF 6AU6 

Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger multivibrator 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multi and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multi and unblanking CF 6AN8 

Gate-out CF and sawtooth-out CF 6DJ8 

Miller runup and CF 6AN8 

Runup on-off diodes 6AL5 

Hold-off CF and driver 6DJ8 

Horizontal-input CF and driver 6DJ8 

Horizontal-output amplifier and CF 2 6DJ8 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 1 2AU7 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Difference amplifier and 

voltage settings CF 6AN8 

Series regulator 6080 

Series regulator 12B4 

Error-signal amplifiers 1 2AU7 

High-voltage oscillator 6CZ5 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Cathode-ray tube T317P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 8 Y 2 " wide, 12" high, 19%" overall 
depth. 

Weight — 34 pounds. 



I 



5/59 




83 



TYPE 317 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Power Requirement — 105 to 1 25 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cycles, 260 watts. Type 317MOD101 operates 
on 50 to 400 cycle supply; uses dc fan motor. 

Unless otherwise specified, the instrument will be 
shipped wired for operation within the line-voltage 
range of 105 to 125 volts. The Type 317 can be or- 
dered wired for operation on several nominal line volt- 
ages as follows: 

Nominal Line Voltage Operating Range 
(Figures taken at 60 cps) 

110 99 to 117 volts 

117 105 to 125 volts 

124 111 to 132 volts 

220 198 to 235 volts 

234 210 to 250 volts 

248 223 to 265 volts 

A metal decal on the transformer gives complete in- 
structions for changing the operating range. 



Price, Type 317 (50 to 60 cycles) $800 

Price, Type 317MOD101 (50 to 400 cycles) $835 

Includes: 1 — Attenuator probe (10-x) 
— Binding-post adapter 
— Green filter (378-509) 
— 3-eonductor power cord (161-008) 
— Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, ?7, PI 1 optional No extra charge. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
meni, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




<: 



<ii 



84 




5/59 



I 






I 



TYPE 515A OSCILLOSCOPE 




DC-Coupled General Purpose 





r 



Frequency Response — DC to 1 5 mc. 
Transient Response — 0.023-/isec risetime. 

Vertical Deflection Factor 

9 calibrated steps from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm, continuously variable. 

Balanced 0.25 sec Delay Network 

Wide Sweep Range 

22 calibrated steps from 0.2 jusec/cm to 2 sec/cm. 
0.04 ju.sec/cm to 6 sec/cm, continuously variable. 
5-x magnifier, accurate on all ranges. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset or manual sta- 
bility control, and fully-automatic triggering- 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 51 5A is a dc-coupled general-pur- 
pose cathode-ray oscilloscope combining the latest Tek- 
tronix oscilloscope circuitry in a compact moderately- 
priced instrument. Wide sweep range of 0.04 /xsec/cm 
to 6 sec/cm, dc to 15 mc passband, and vertical deflec- 
tion factor to 0.05 v/cm qualify the Type 515A for gen- 
eral-purpose laboratory work. Reduced size requires less 
bench space and permits its use for many field applica- 
tions. 

Other outstanding features include dc-coupled un- 
blanking, a new Tektronix flat-faced 5" cathode-ray 
tube, and versatile triggering circuitry. Accurate calibra- 
tion of both sweep and vertical amplifier permits reliable 
quantitative measurements directly from the screen. 
Functional panel arrangement and versatile control sys- 
tem makes the Type 515A an easy-to-use oscilloscope for 
the field and laboratory. 



I 



5/S9 




85 



TYPE 51 5A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 




VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier— The Type 51 5 A 
vertical passband is dc to 15 rnc, risetime is 0.023 /xsec. 
The vertical attenuator is calibrated in VOLTS/CM of de- 
flection. Nine calibrated steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, and 20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier 
(uncalibrated) control provides for continuously-variable 
adjustment from 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — An internal adjustment is 
provided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. 
When this adjustment is accurately set with the VOLTS/CM 
switch in the 0.05 v/cm position, the vertical deflection 
factor for any other position of the switch will be within 
3 % of the panel reading for that position. 

Two Signal Inputs — Two coaxial signal input connec- 
tors with more than 60-db isolation are controlled by a 
four-position switch. The INPUT SELECTOR switch selects 
ac-coupling or dc-coupling. A blocking capacitor is in- 
serted in the AC positions, limiting the low-frequency 
response to 2 cycles. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 36 ju,ju.f. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity is reduced by a factor 
of 10 by use of a 1 0-x attenuator probe supplied with 



the instrument. The probe presents an input impedance 
of 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 10.5 /x/rf. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.25 
jusec is introduced by the balanced (push-pull) delay 
network. Permits observation of the leading edge of the 
waveform that triggers the sweep. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Wide Sweep Range — The Type 515A has 22 cali- 
brated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 1 0, 20, 50 /^sec/cm; 
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millisec/cm; 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2 sec/cm. A single 22-position sweep-rate switch 
is used. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control 
provides sweep rates continuously adjustable from 0.04 
/isec/cm to 6 sec/cm. Calibration accuracy of the fixed 
sweep rates is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5-x magnifier is 
switched in, the center two-centimeter portion of the nor- 
mal sweep Is expanded to left and right of center to fill 
ten centimeters. The HORIZONTAL POSITION control has 
sufficient range to display any one-fifth of the magnified 
sweep. Magnifier increases the calibrated sweep rate 
to 0.04 ^,sec/cm. TIME/CM of the magnified sweep is 




C] 



<il 



86 




5/59 



I 



I 



TYPE 51 5A OSCILLOSCOPE 




r 



i 



indicated by a second blue-colored figure at each posi- 
tion of the sweep-rate switch. Accuracy is within 5% of 
the displayed portion of the magnified sweep. An indi- 
cator light reminds the operator when the magnifier is 
in use. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the control grid of the crt assuring 
uniform grid bias for all sweep and repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be internal, external, or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. The 
triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stability 
control is preset to the optimum triggering point and re- 
quires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls need be 
touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an input 
signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 
50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 25 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm de- 
flection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2 mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 1 00 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier is through a front- 
panel connector. Deflection factor is 1 .4 v/cm. Frequen- 
cy response is dc to 500 kc. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eleven fixed voltages — 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 
2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 volts peak-to-peak are pro- 
vided. Accuracy is within 3%. Square-wave frequency 
is about 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — 4-kv accelerating potential is 
applied to a new Tektronix 5" flat-faced precision tube, 



5/59 




5CBP, with a helical post-accelerating anode. A P2 
phosphor is normally supplied. PI, P7, or PI 1 can be 
furnished instead if desired. Some other phosphors are 
available on special order. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Output Waveforms — A 30-v positive-gate waveform 
of the same time duration as the sweep, and a 1 50-v posi- 
tive-going sweep-sawtooth waveform are available at 
front-panel connectors. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125 v or 210 and 250 v. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge- lighted graticule 
is marked in 6 vertical and 10 horizontal centimeter-divi- 
sions with 2-millimeter baseline divisions. Illumination 
is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Warning Indicators for Uncalibrated Settings — 

Separate front-panel neon lights indicate when the verti- 
cal-attenuator and sweep-rate controls are in uncali- 
brated settings. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input CF 2 6AU6 

Input amplifiers 2 1 2BY7 

Amplifier CF 6BQ7A 

Output amplifiers 2 6CL6 

Internal trigger CF 6BQ7A 

Trigger phase inverter 6U8 

Regenerative amplifier 6U8 

Holdoff cathode followers 1 2AT7 

Minus multivibrator and unblanking CF . . . 6AN8 

Plus multivibrator and cathode follower . . . 6BQ7A 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator and sweep generator CF. 6AN8 

Positioning CF and feedback CF 6BQ7A 

Sawtooth out CF and +gate out CF 6BQ7A 

Horizontal output amplifiers 2 6BQ7A 

Calibrator multivibrator 6U8 

Calibrator CF 6BQ7A 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers 3 6AU6 

Series regulator 6080 

Series regulator 6AU5 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

High-voltage rectifiers 3 5642 

High-voltage regulator 12AT7 

Cathode-ray tube 5CBP2 



87 



TYPE 51 5 A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 




Easy access to interior is provided by new three-piece cabinet design. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Cabinet and chassis are made of alumi- 
num alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 9 3 / 4 " wide, 1 3 V 2 " high, 21 V 2 " deep. 

Weight — 40 pounds. 



Power Requirements — 105 to 1 25 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50-60 cycles, 275 watts. Type 515AMOD101 operates 
on 50 to 400 cycle supply; uses dc fan motor. 

Price, Type 51 5A $800 

Price, Type 51 5AMOD101 $835 

Includes: 1 — 1 0-x attenuator probe 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional. .No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Fan Motor Kit — For converting Type 515A for use on 
50 to 400 cycle line frequency (Type 515AMOD101). 
Contains brackets, rectifier, and fan motor. 

040-140 Fan Motor Kit $40.00 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 




C 



<il 




5/59 



I 



I 




) 



r 




f ? 





V 



/ 



\ 







i» - 




LOW-FREQUENCY OSCILLOSCOPES 



r 



i 



I 



C] 



( i 



I 



I TYPE 502 OSCILLOSCOPE 




fr 



r 



High-Sensitivity Dual-Beam Oscilloscope 




Sensitivity — 200 ^v/cm, dc-coupled, both beams. 
Differential Input — at all sensitivities. 
Calibrated Sweeps — 1 /xsec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 
Sweep Magnification — 2, 5, 10 and 20 times. 



X-Y Curve Tracing with Two Beams 

(horizontal-deflection voltage common to both 
beams, maximum horizontal sensitivity 0.1 v/cm). 

Single-Beam X-Y Curve Tracing — at 200 ^v/cm, 
both axes. 

Regulated Heater Supplies — input stages of both 
vertical amplifiers have transistor-regulated parallel 
heater supplies. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 502 combines a number of ex- 
tremely useful features in one compact oscilloscope. In 
addition to conventional applications, it offers dual- 
beam displays on linear time bases with the high sensi- 
tivity desired in many industrial and scientific applica- 
tions, dual-beam X-Y displays at medium sensitivities, 
and single-beam X-Y displays at high sensitivities. 

APPLICATIONS 

Here are Just a few of the many possible uses for this 
versatile new oscilloscope: 

1. Compare and measure the waveforms at two 
points in a circuit simultaneously. 



I 



5/59 




91 



TYPE 502 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



2. Compare and measure the outputs of two trans- 
ducers on the same time base. 

3. Display X-Y curves with one or both beams in a 
variety of applications. 

4. Plot one transducer output against another — pres- 
sure against volume or temperature for instance. 

5. Compare and measure stimulus and reaction, or 
the outputs of two probes, on the same time base. 

6. Use the differential-input feature for cancellation 
of common-mode signals, and to eliminate the 
need for a common terminal, in both single and 
dual displays. 

7. Measure phase angles and frequency differences. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

High-Gain DC-Coupled Amplifiers — Both vertical 
amplifiers have the same characteristics. Passbands are 
dc to 100 kc at 200 ftv/cm, increasing to dc to 200 kc 
at 1 mv/cm, to dc to 400 kc at 50 mv/cm, and dc to 
1 mc at 0.2 v/cm. Vertical response at the lower sensi- 
tivities varies according to switch position as follows: 
0.5 v/cm — dc to 300 kc ; 1 v/cm — dc to 500 kc ; 2 v/ 
cm — dc to 1 mc; 5 v/cm — dc to 300 kc; 10 v/cm — dc 
to 500 kc; 20 v/cm — dc to 1 mc. 

Sensitivity — Vertical deflection is calibrated in six- 
teen steps.- 200, 500 ptv/cm, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 
mv/cm, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. When the 
upper-beam amplifier is switched to the horizontal- 
deflection plates, its gain is automatically increased to 
make the horizontal and vertical sensitivities equal. 

Calibration Accuracy — Internal adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of both amplifiers. When 




accurately set, sensitivities at all positions will be within 
3% of the panel readings. 

Differential Input — A six-position switch for each 
amplifier provides for differential input and single-end- 
ed input either normal through the A input or inverted 
through the B input. An inverted display on one beam 
is sometimes desirable in comparison measurements. Re- 
jection ratios for differential inputs are approximately 
1000 to 1 from 200 /xv/cm to 1 mv/cm, diminishing to 
100 to 1 at 0.2 v/cm and 50 to 1 at 5 v/cm. These 
ratios were measured using a 1 - kc square wave. 

Input Impedances — 47 ix/xi paralleled by 1 meg- 
ohm, both channels. 

Probes — Two Tektronix probes are supplied with 
the Type 502. With these 10-x attenuator probes 
the input impedance becomes 14/j,ju,f paralleled by 10 
megohms. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

For single-beam applications where equal horizontal 
and vertical-deflection characteristics are desirable, the 
upper-beam amplifier can be switched to the crt hori- 
zontal-deflection plates. This type of operation has the 
advantages of 200 /xv/cm sensitivity and differential 
input for both horizontal and vertical deflection. A 
panel light indicates when the upper-beam amplifier is 
connected to the horizontal-deflection plates. 

Calibrated Sweeps — A single direct-reading con- 
trol is used to select any of 21 calibrated sweep rates: 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 /^sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2 and 5 iec/cm. Cali- 
bration accuracy is within 3%. 




c 



DUAL DISPLAY ON LINEAR TIME BASE 
Comparison of waveforms at two points in a 
ringing circuit. This kind of display is useful in 
many types of investigation. 



DUAL-BEAM X-Y CURVE TRACING 

Typical production-test application: display of 
El loops of two transformers manufactured under 
identical conditions. 



°i 



92 




5/59 



I 



I 



TYPE 502 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 




Sweep Magnifier — Four degrees of sweep magnifi- 
cation are provided: 2, 5, 10 and 20 rimes. Any 10 em 
of the magnified sweep can be displayed. Calibration 
of the magnified sweep will be accurate at all rates 
within the maximum calibrated rate of 1 /xsec/cm. Cali- 
bration accuracy is within 3% of the displayed portion 
of the magnified sweep. A warning light indicates when 
the maximum calibrated rate is being exceeded. 

External Input to Horizontal Amplifier — An ex- 
ternal signal can be used for horizontal deflection in 
applications such as curve tracing with both beams. Five 
calibrated sensitivity steps are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 
1 and 2 v/cm. 

Automatic Triggering — The automatic triggering 
mode eliminates triggering readjustments and is suitable 
for most applications. Amplitude-level selection with 
preset stability is also available. The sweep can be op- 
erated free-running when desired. 

Trigger Selection — The triggering signal can be se- 
lected from either amplifier internally or from an exter- 
nal source, and can be either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. 



The sweep can also be triggered internally at the pow- 
er-line frequency. A switch provides for triggering on 
either the rising or falling slope of the triggering signal. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to produce a 2-mm deflection. Exter- 
nal triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 10 v. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel connector. 
Six fixed voltage steps are provided: 1, 10, 100 mv, 1, 
10 and 100 v peak-to-peak. Accuracy is within 3%. 
Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A new Tektronix two-gun 
cathode-ray tube with two pairs of vertical and one pair 
of horizontal-deflection plates is used in the Type 502. 
Accelerating potential is 3 kv. Display area for each 
beam is 8 cm by 10 cm. Both beams overlap in the cen- 
ter 6-cm vertical area. A P2 phosphor is normally sup- 
plied, however, PI, P7, and PI 1 are available instead if 
desired, and some other phosphors are available on 
special order. 



I 



5/59 




93 



TYPE 502 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Regulated Power Supplies — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage and toad variations. In 
addition, the parallel heater supplies to the input stages 
of both vertical amplifiers are transistor regulated. 

Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in 10 vertical and 10 horizontal one-centi- 
meter divisions with two-millimeter markings on the 
baselines. Illumination is controlled by a front-panel 
knob. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Output amplifiers 4 12AT7 

Internal trigger takeoff CF 2 6AU6 

Trigger inverter 6DJ8 

Trigger multivibrator 6DJ8 

Sweep multivibrator and CF 2 6AN8 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator 6AN8 




SINGLE-BEAM X-Y CURVE TRACING 

Frequency-comparison application: differential 
input of both X and Y amplifiers facilitates dis- 
play of roulette patterns. 



Sweep cathode follower 6DJ8 

Sweep amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Sweep amplifier 6DJ8 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 6AN8 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

High-voltage oscillator 6CZ5 

High-voltage rectifier 2 5642 

High-voltage regulator 12AU7 

Rectifiers 6BW4 

Rectifiers 2 5AR4 

Comparator amplifiers 3 6AN8 

Series regulators 4 12B4 

Voltage reference 5651 

Cathode-ray tube T502P2 

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT 

Heater regulator amplifiers 2 2N214 

Heater series regulator 2N307 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 23 V 2 " long, 11 y 4 " wide, 15" high. 

Weight— 55 lbs. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 280 watts. 

Type 502 $825 

Includes: 2 — 10-x attenuator probes. 

2 — Binding post adapters (013-004) 
1 — Green filter (378-503) 
1 — 3 -conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI , P7, PI 1 optional no extra cost. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment,GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



a 



94 




5/59 



°i 



I 



I 




HIGH-SPEED OSCILLOSCOPES 



r 



i 



I 



c 



<i 



I 



I 





TYPE 507 OSCILLOSCOPE 
for High-Voltage Surge-Testing Applications 



Deflection Factor — Approximately 50 v/cm 
to 500 v/cm 

Calibrated Vertical Positioning 

24-kv Accelerating Potential 

Risetime — Approximately 5 millimicroseconds 
Sweep Range — 0.02 /^sec/cm to 50 /i,sec/cm 
6-cm by 1 0-cm Deflection 



r 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 507 is a specialized oscilloscope, 
designed primarily for high-voltage surge testing as ap- 
plied to power transformers, high-voltage insulators, 
lightning arresters, and their associated design and ac- 
ceptance tests. Both Indicator Unit and Power Supply 
are mounted on a Type 500A Scope-Mobile for conven- 
ience and mobility. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Risetime — A passive damping network inserted in 
the deflection leads to the crt is adjusted for optimum 
transient response (without overshoot or ringing) of 
5 m/is. 

Deflection Factor — The Tektronix Type T507P1 1 crt 
deflection factor is approximately 50 v/cm. 

Step Attenuator — The input signal is connected to 
a series voltage-divider chain of ten equal resistors 
(normally 7.2 ohms each) mounted on a tap switch. 
The ratio of signal applied to the deflection plates can 
be selected by the tap switch from 10% to 100% in 
10% steps. The 72-ohm input impedance presented by 
the divider chain properly terminates Amphenol Type 
21-125 coaxial cable. Step attenuator impedances de- 
signed to properly terminate other cable impedances as 
low as 50 ohms can be provided on request. Contact 
your Tektronix Field Engineer or Representative for in- 
formation. 

The vertical-input system will withstand crest voltages 
of 3 kv of the standard 1 .5 x 40 /xsec surge-testing 
waveform. Voltage-breakdown and heat-dissipation 




I 



3/59 




limitations must be considered before impressing signals 
greater than 3 kv and/or longer than 40 jisec. 

Vertical Input — A standard UHF signal-input con- 
nector is located on the rear of the instrument. 

Signal Delay — Two standard UHF connectors are 
provided on the rear of the Type 507 for insertion of an 
external length of delay cable into the vertical-input 
signal circuit. Choice of the appropriate length and 
type of cable is at the discretion of the user. No delay 
cable is furnished with the Type 507. 



97 



TYPE 507 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



NOTE: Ground Voltage Transients — Due to the 

physical configurations and electrical parameters of the 
apparatus used in surge testing, large voltage transients 
are often induced into the grounding system. Since the 
oscilloscope signal-cable shield must be connected to 
some point in this ground system for potential and cur- 
rent measurements, the ground-voltage transients will 
be impressed upon the oscilloscope chassis. 

Two undesirable consequences may arise from the 
ground transients: First, the oscilloscope power-trans- 
former insulation may be overstressed, causing break- 
down. Second, a current flow will be set up through 
the chassis capacity to earth, power source, and any 
ground conductor that is connected to the instrument. 
Such circulating currents in the oscilloscope chassis may 
disturb the proper operation of the instrument. Ordi- 
narily the sweep and crt-unblanking circuits will be 
most noticeably affected. Other circuits can be dis- 
turbed also. 

Especial attention has been given to the layout and 
grounding of the circuitry in the Type 507 to ensure 
minimum sensitivity to extraneous disturbances. The ex- 
cellent performance in a variety of surge testing lab- 
boratories indicates that a high degree of success has 
been reached in the Type 507 toward accommodating 
ground disturbances. 

As in all practical instruments, however, there must 
be a limit to the ground voltages which the Type 507 
can withstand. Our tests indicate a limit of 2000 crest 
volts to ground for transformer breakdown. 

Once the ground-voltage limit is approached in a 
particular surge-testing apparatus the engineer will wish 
to employ means exterior to the Type 507 to reduce the 
impressed voltages. Several well known techniques are 
in use for isolating the oscilloscope from circulating 
ground currents. These range from motor generator sets 
for power line isolation to multiple shielded enclosures 
large enough to surround the oscilloscope, operator, 
and 60-cps power generator. 

Tektronix fully realizes that instrument performance 
can be accurately evaluated only under the conditions 
of actual use. As a specialized instrument the Type 507 
represents an important investment. We suggest that 
the prospective buyer contact his Tektronix Field En- 
gineer or Engineering Representative and arrange for a 
demonstration. His address is listed in the back pages 
of this catalog. 

Polarity Switch — A three-position switch reverses 
the deflection-plate polarity. The center position is used 
to apply markers for photographing time references. 

Positioning Switch — The Type 507 has a seven-step 
vertical-position switch with 50-v steps of — 150v, 
— lOOv, — 50 v, 0, +50 v, +100v, and +150 v. A 



two-position switch selects either 50-v steps or continu- 
ously variable adjustment. 

External Voltmeter Connectors — Terminals are 
provided for a high-impedance |5000Q/volt) dc volt- 
meter, permitting vertical calibration when using the 
variable positioning. 




HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Linear Sweep Rates — The sweep 
waveform is generated by a boot-strap circuit and an 
inverter stage for balanced deflection. Eleven fixed, 
calibrated sweep rates. . .20, 50, 100, 200, 500, milli- 
microseconds/cm, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, and 50 /xsec/cm are 
available. 

Trigger Selection — A five-position front-panel 
switch selects a trigger, external or internal of either 
positive or negative polarity. The marker position is 
used when time markers are desired. 

Trigger Amplitude — A signal of 100-v to 3-kv am- 
plitude is required for both internal triggering and trig- 
gering with an external signal. 

Sweep Mode — When the switch is in the single- 
sweep position, pressing the RESET button arms the 
sweep circuit. The sweep then can be triggered inter- 
nally, by MANUAL TRIGGER, or by an external trigger. 




c 



( ii 



98 




3/59 



I 



I 



TYPE 507 OSCILLOSCOPE 




» 



r 



POWER SUPPLY 

Low Voltage — The low-voltage power supply is 
separate from the indicator unit, supplying power to it 
by an interconnecting cable. All dc supplies are elec- 
tronically regulated to ensure stable operation ove/ line- 
voltage variations from 1 05 to 1 25 v. 




High Voltage — Accelerating potentials for the crt 
are obtained from an oil-filled oscillator-type supply, 
all voltages electronically regulated to ensure stable op- 
eration for both load and line changes. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — The Type 507 uses the new 
Tektronix T507P crt. A PI 1 phosphor is normally fur- 
nished. PI, P2, and P7 are available as optional phos- 
phors. Some other phosphors are available upon re- 
quest. 

Accelerating Potential — With its 24- kv accelerat- 
ing potential and high-speed sweeps, the Type 507 is 
well suited to single-sweep applications involving tran- 
sients of very short duration. 

Time Markers — Markers are available as a function 
of the MICROSECONDS/CM switch for convenient cali- 
bration of the sweep. The 0.05-^sec time mark is avail- 
able at sweep speeds from 0.02 /xsec/cm to 0.2 fxsec/ 






-M^Mmi 







cm, 0.5-/xsec from 0.5 ^sec/cm to 2 ^sec/cm, 5-/;.sec 

from 5 jusec/cm to 20 /isec/cm, and 10-jUsec at 50 

/.isec/cm. These are useful as references when photo- 
graphing pulses. 

Trip Pulse For Manual Triggering — This is in- 
tended for use in triggering a trip-pulse generator. A 
pulse of approximately 700-v amplitude and 5-/xsec 
width is available at the output connector. Pulse ampli- 
tude and width may be affected somewhat by the 
length of the cable used. 

Connectors — Standard UHF connectors for Signal In, 
Signal Out To Delay Line, Signal In From Delay Line, 
Trip Pulse Out, and External Trigger In are located at 
the rear of the instrument. 6.3 v ac at 1 amp is avail- 
able through a front-panel pin jack. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares, 6 vertical and 10 hori- 
zontal, for convenience in making time and amplitude 
measurements. This graticule is removable. Illumination 
is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Trigger amplifier 2 6AU6 

Trigger limiter 6CL6 

Trigger amplifier 6CL6 

Trip-pulse generator 2D2T 

Trigger lockout 2D21 

Coupling diode 6X4 

Multivibrator 2 6CL6 

Duty-cycle limiter 6AN8 

Positive gate-out CF 6BQ7A 

Voltage setting CF 6AS5 

Unblanking amplifier 2 6CL6 

Unblanking CF 12BH7 

Sweep decoupling diode 6X4 

Sweep boot-strap 2 1 2BH7 

Boot-strap CF 1 2BH7 

Sweep clamp 2 6CL6 

Marker rate multivibrator 6BQ7A 

Trigger CF & voltage setting CF 6BQ7A 

Marker generator & amplifier 6AN8 

Marker amplifier 6CL6 

Clamp diode 6AL5 

Voltage-setting CF 12AU7 

Negative sweep amplifier 6AG7 

DC restorers 6AL5 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 1X2 

Regulator amplifier 12AU7 

High-voltage time delay 6C4 

High-voltage filament oscillator 6AQ5 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Cathode-ray tube T507P1 1 

Regulator amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Series regulator . 6AU5 

Low-voltage rectifiers 2 6X4 

Voltage reference 5651 

Series regulator 6080 



I 



3/59 




99 



TYPE 507 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation assures 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — Indicator unit: 16%" high, 13" wide, 
23%" deep. Power supply unit: IOV2" high, 13" 
wide, 1 iy% " deep. 

Weight — Indicator unit: 50 pounds. Power supply 
unit: 39 pounds. Scope-Mobile: 35 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 600 watts. 

TYPE 507 $3000. 

Includes: 1 — Type 500A Scope-Mobile 

1 — Common bus ground connector 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-010) 



1 — Interconnecting power cable (012-032) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Optional Phosphors 

PI 1 phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P2, ?7 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




a 



l t 



100 




3/59 



I 



I TYPE 51 7A OSCILLOSCOPE 




for High-Speed Pulse Application 



r 



Excellent Transient Response 

7-millimicrosecond risetime. 



Sweep Range 

0.01 ,asec/cm to 20 ^.sec/cm. 

Single Sweep Operation 

Lockout-Reset Circuitry for one shot recording 



Vertical Deflection Factor 

0.05 v/cm. 



24-kv Accelerating Potential 

Writing Rate — 1 100 cm/ju.sec. 

Recorded on 35 mm TRI-X film at f 1 .9 with 4.2 to 1 
reduction, developed 26 minutes in D-19 at 68 °F. 
Trace density 0.1 above film fog. 

Sweep-Displacement Error 

Less than 2% of 8 cm. 

Signal-Displacement Error 

Less than 2% of 2 cm. 

Full 4-cm x 8-cm Deflection 

Highly Mobile 

Indicator unit and power supply mounted on 
Scope-Mobile. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 51 7A Cathode-Ray Oscilloscope is 
a wide-band high-voltage instrument for the observation 
and photographic recording of very-fast-rising wave- 
forms having low duty cycle. With its risetime of 7 milli- 
microseconds, 24-kv accelerating potential, and high- 
speed sweeps, the Type 51 7 A is especially well suited 
to single-sweep applications involving transients of very 
short duration. Use of the new Tektronix metallized 
cathode-ray tube, T517P, increases the maximum verti- 
cal deflection to a full 4 cm and improves the linearity 
of the horizontal sweep. Basic vertical deflection factor 
of the Type 51 7 A is 0.05 volts/cm. 

The indicator and power-supply units are mounted on 
a Type 500 Scope-Mobile, making the Type 517A a con- 
venient, mobile unit. If desired, the indicator and power- 
supply units can be easily removed from the Scope-Mo- 
bile for bench use. 




VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Distributed Amplifier — A 5-stage distributed am- 
plifier is used to derive a transient-response risetime of 
7 millimicroseconds. 

Sensitivity — Basic deflection factor is 0.05 v/cm with 
24-kv accelerating potential. A front-panel variable- 
attenuator control is provided to adjust the sensitivity. 

Input — The input of the vertical amplifier is connected 
through a coaxial connector directly to the 1 70-ohm first- 
stage grid line. 



I 



3/59 




101 



TYPE 51 7A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 




Arrow indicates 1100cm//isec writing-rate point on 100-mc damp- 
ed oscillation, displayed on single 0.01 /isec/cm sweep of Type 51 7A 
Oscilloscope with T517P11 crt. Recorded on 35-mm TRI-X film at 
fl.9 with 4.2 to 1 reduction, developed 26 minutes in D-19 at 68°F. 

Cathode-Follower Probe — To provide higher input 
impedances, a cathode-follower probe and three capaci- 
tive attenuator heads are supplied with the Type 517A. 
The input impedance of the probe alone consists of 12 
megohms paralleled by approximately 5 jujui. Each at- 
tenuator head will present a different input capacitance, 
decreasing with higher attenuation ratios. Each attenua- 
tor head is adjustable over a ten-to-one range by means 
of a screwdriver adjustment in the nose of the head, 
making the following deflection factors and attenuator 
ranges available: 

Deflection Factor of Type 517A 
at 24-KV Accelerating Potential 

0.05 to 0.1 v/cm 

0.1 to 0.2 v/cm 

0.2 to 4 v/cm 
2 to 40 v/cm 

20 to 400 v/cm 

Step Attenuator — A separate 170-ohm step attenu- 
ator is furnished with the Type 517A. The attenuator 
uses 2% precision resistors, and covers the range of 1 to 
64 db in 1-db steps. It is rated at 0.25 w. Also furn- 
ished is a 170-ohm coaxial cable, 42" long. 

Auxiliary Power — A front-panel socket is provided 
to supply power for a cathode-follower probe or an aux- 
iliary amplifier stage connected close to the circuit under 
observation. 6.3 v dc at 1 amp and 1 20 v regulated dc 
at 10 ma are available. 

Signal Delay — Approximately 65 millimicroseconds 
of delay cable is incorporated in the vertical amplifier. 
This delay, along with an inherent 55 millimicroseconds 



Scope Input 
Probe Body Alone 
Probe with Attenuator I 
Probe with Attenuator II 
Probe with Attenuator III 



Total Attenuation 
at CRT 

1:1 to 2:1 

2:1 to 4:1 

4:1 to 80:1 

40:1 to 800:1 

400:1 to 8000:1 




delay in the amplifier, permits the sweep to start before 
the signal reaches the vertical deflection plates. 

Direct Input CRT — An aperture in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the crt deflection 
plates for observation of extremely-fast transients. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — The basic sweep wave- 
form is generated by a boot-strap circuit with an inverter 
stage for balanced deflection. Eleven fixed, calibrated 
sweep rates accurate within 2 % ... 1 0, 20, 50, 1 00, 200, 
500 millimicrosecond/cm, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 /xsec/cm are 
available at 24 kv accelerating potential; and 5, 10, 25, 
50, 100, 250 millimicrosecond/cm, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5, 10 /.<sec 
per cm at 1 2 kv. 

Single-Sweep Operation — Lockout-reset circuitry 
provides for one shot recording. After a single sweep is 
triggered, the sweep circuit is automatically locked out 
until manually reset. When reset, the sweep will fire on 
the next trigger received, then automatically lock out 
until the operator presses the reset button. 

Trigger Selection — A front-panel switch selects a 
trigger from an observed signal of either polarity, an ex- 
ternal trigger source of either polarity, or the internal 
trigger generator. 

Trigger Requirements — The Type 51 7A uses a dis- 
tributed amplifier in the trigger circuitry to handle fast- 
rise trigger signals. An internal trigger giving a 2-mm 
deflection will trigger the Type 517A. External trigger 
requirements are 0.3 to 15 v. 

Trigger-Rate Generator — Internal trigger-rate 
generator is continuously variable from 15 to 15,000 
cycles in three ranges with accuracy within 5% of full 
scale. Two cathode-follower outputs are available. . . 
20 v at 50 ohms internal impedance and 60 v at 200 
ohms internal impedance. Risetime is approximately 
0.15 /(.sec. 



A 45 millimicrosecond pulse, initial risetime one 
millimicrosecond, displayed with a sweep time of 10 
millimicroseconds per centimeter. Note amplifier rise- 
time and freedom from ringing and overshoot. 








c 



( il 



102 




3/59 



I 



I TYPE 517A OSCILLOSCOPE 




Automatic Duty-Cycle Limiter — The maximum duty 
cycle of the sweep system is automatically limited to 
about 30% to avoid exceeding the dissipation limits of 
some of the sweep circuit components. 

POWER SUPPLY 

Low Voltage — The low-voltage power supply is sep- 
arate from the indicator unit, supplying power to it by an 
inter-connecting cable. All dc supplies are electronically 
regulated and heaters in the indicator unit are regulated 
by a saturable-reactor method to insure stable operation 
over line-voltage variations from 105 to 125 v. 

High Voltage — Accelerating potentials for the crt 
are obtained from an oil-filled oscillator-type supply, all 
voltages electronically regulated to insure stable opera- 
tion for both load and line changes. A front-panel 
switch on the indicator unit changes the accelerating 
voltage from 24 kv to 12 kv by changing the sampling 
voltage in the regulator circuit. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A pulse-type calibrator is 
used in the Type 51 7 A and is available at the front- 
panel through a coaxial connector. The output voltage is 
continuously variable from 0.15 v to 50 v peak full scale 
in 6 ranges with accuracy within 4% of full scale. Fre- 
quency is approximately 25 kc. 

Horizontal-Position Vernier — In addition to the 
normal horizontal-position control, a vernier control cali- 



r 





brated in millimeters provides accurate measurements 
over a range of 1 cm (24-kv accelerating potential) for 
use in measuring risetimes, etc. 

Metallized Cathode-Ray Tube — The Type 517A 
uses a new Tektronix crt, T517P. The T517P is a 5" flat- 
faced metallized precision tube with helical post-acceler- 
ating anode. It provides a full 4-cm x 8-cm viewing area 
when operated at 24-kv accelerating potential. Position 
of the high-voltage connector permits bringing the tube 
face flush with the panel. A PI 1 phosphor is normally 
furnished. PI, P2, or P7 can be furnished instead if 
desired. Some other phosphors are available on special 
order. 

Output Waveforms — In addition to the two trigger- 
rate generator outputs and calibrator output, a +GATE 
waveform of approximately 30 volts amplitude is avail- 
able. Its duration is approximately equal to the sweep 
being generated. Risetime is 0.03 ,usec, from a cathode- 
follower source impedance of 200 ohms. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge- lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares, 4 vertical and 8 hori- 
zontal, for convenience in making time and amplitude 
measurements. Illumination is controlled by a front- 
panel knob. 

Cathode-Ray Tube Alignment — A molded nylon 
handle on the crt socket facilitates realignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 



I 



3/59 




103 



TYPE 517A OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

First distributed amplifier 6 6AK5 

Second distributed amplifier 6 6AK5 

Third distributed amplifier 7 6CB6 

Phase inverter stage 3 6CB6 

Driver amplifier 1 2 6CB6 

Output amplifier 24 6CB6 

Internal trigger coupling 6CB6 

Trigger phase-splitter 6J6 

Trigger amplifier 6 6AK5 

Trigger limiter 6AG7 

Trigger switch 6AG7 

Coupling diode 6X4 

Lockout CF and Indicator amplifier 12BH7 

Sweep Lockout 2D21 

Multivibrator 2 6AG7 

Duty-cycle limiter 6AN8 

Sweep clamp 2 6AG7 

Bootstrap cathode followers 2 12BH7 

Decoupling diode 6X4 

Positive sweep out CF 1 2BH7 

Sweep inverter 6AG7 

Voltage regulator CF 1 2AU7 

Negative sweep clamp 6AL5 

Sweep out dc restorer 6AL5 

Unblanking amplifiers 2 6AG7 

Voltage regulator CF 6AS5 

Unblanking cathode follower 6J6 

+ Gate out cathode follower 6J6 

Cal multivibrator 1 2AU7 

Clipper 6J6 

Cal voltage adjust CF 6J6 

Cal out CF 6J6 

Trigger rate phantastron generator 6BH6 

Trigger coupling and recharging CF 1 2AU7 

Plate catcher 1 2AU7 

Blocking oscillator 12AU7 

Output cathode followers 2 1 2AU7 

Astigmatism and probe voltage CF 12AU7 

Low-voltage rectifiers 4 6X4 

Rectifier 5R4GY 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparator 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series regulators 2 6AU5 

Series regulators 6 6AS7 

Heater voltage control diode 2AS-15 

Heater-regulator amplifier 6AU5 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 1X2 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Regulator amplifier 12AU7 

Series regulator 2 6AU5 

High-voltage time delay 6C4 

High-voltage rectifier filament oscillator . . 6AQ5 



Astigmatism and probe power CF 1 2AU7 

Cathode-ray tube T517P1 1 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation assures 
safe operating temperature. 



Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — Indicator unit: 18%" high, 13" wide, 
27" deep. Power supply unit: 9%" high, 13" wide, 
19%" deep. 

Weight — Indicator unit: 76 pounds. Power supply 
unit: 72 pounds. Scope-Mobile: 35 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 1250 watts. 

Type 51 7A Cathode-Ray Oscilloscope. . . .$3500 

Includes: 1 — Type 500A Scope-Mobile 

1 — PI 70CF cathode-follower probe 

1 — Bl 70A step attenuator 

1 — PI 70 coaxial cable 

1 — H510 viewing hood 

1- — BE510 bezel 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-010) 

1 — Interconnecting power cable (012-032) 

1 — Instruction manual 



Optional Phosphors 

PI 1 phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P2, P7 optional No extra charge 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




c 



( il 



104 




3/59 



I 



I 



STRUMENT 




TYPE 581 CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 



r 



3.5-Millimi 



Fast-Rise Vertical Amplifier 

Passband — DC to approximately 100 
MC. 

Sensitivity — Basic deflection factor 0.1 
v/cm with Type 80 Plug-In Preampli- 
fier and P80 Probe. 

Versatility — Designed for plug-in pre- 
amplifiers. 



High-Speed Sweeps 

Range — 0.05 /x,sec/cm to 2 sec/cm in 
24 calibrated steps. 

Magnifier — 5-x, extends calibrated 
range to 0.01 Aisec/cm. 

Triggering — Preset or manual stability 
control, with amplitude-level selec- 
tion. 



1 0-K V Accelerating Potential 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 581 is a new laboratory oscillo- 
scope with many of the capabilites needed for rapid 
advancement of the electronic art. Its 3.5-millimicro- 
second risetime, 0.1 v/cm sensitivity, and 0.01 Atsec/cm 
sweep time are excellent features for modern high- 
speed pulse applications. Although the Type 581 has 
these unique features, it also has the slow sweeps, ver- 
satile triggering, and dc-coupled vertical deflection sys- 
tem needed for most general-purpose laboratory work. 
Versatility is further improved by the plug-in vertical 
preamplifier feature. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The dc-coupled main vertical amplifier of the Type 
581 consists of a two-section distributed amplifier, a 
balanced, fixed delay line, and a twin-pentode output 
stage. This system is designed for plug-in preamplifiers, 
and a preamplifier must be plugged in to operate the 
Type 581. 

Plug-In Preamplifier and Probe 

The Type 80 Plug-In Preamplifier and Type P80 Probe 
equip the Type 581 for fast-rise applications at sensitiv- 
ities up to 0.1 v/cm. Risetime is 3.5 m/xsec, passband 
is dc to approximately 100 mc. Vertical positioning is 
controlled with a front-panel knob. The probe is a 



Risetime 




cathode-anode follower type with an input capacitance 
of less than 10 fjifii and input resistance of 100 kilohms. 
Five snap-on attenuator heads are supplied with the 
probe, providing deflection factors of 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, and 
5 v/cm. Approximate input capacitances and resis- 
tances are: 5 /x/xf, 200 kilohms at 0.2 v/cm; 2.5 /a/at, 
500 kilohms at 0.5 v/cm; 1.5 /A/if, 1 megohm at 1 v/cm; 
1.5/A/xf, 2 megohms at 2 v/cm; 1 .5 fifxi, 5 megohms at 
5 v/cm. Adapters are available for coupling the probe 
directly to a coaxial cable. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The sweep generator used in the Type 581 is the Mil- 
ler runup type, faster but otherwise similar to that used 
in the Tektronix Type 541. The horizontal amplifier is 
the same type as that used in the Tektronix Type 541. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-four direct-read- 
ing calibrated sweep rates are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50ju,sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2 sec/cm. In addi- 
tion, a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for con- 
tinuous adjustment between steps and extends the 
slow sweeps to 5 sec/cm. An indicator light warns the 
operator when the sweep is uncalibrated. Calibration 
accuracy of the fixed sweeps is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — 5-x magnifier increases the cali- 
brated sweep time to 0.01 ^sec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 



I 



5/59 




104 A 



TYPE 581 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep 
output amplifier by a factor of five. Any one-fifth of 
the magnified sweep can be displayed on the screen by 
rotating the HORIZONTAL POSITION control. Accuracy 
is within 5% of the displayed portion of the magnified 
sweep. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the cathode-ray tube, 
assuring uniform bias for all sweep speeds and repeti- 
tion rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control and preset stabil- 
ity control. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be internal or the line fre- 
quency ac-coupled, or external either ac-coupled or dc- 
coupled. The triggering point can be on either the ris- 
ing or falling slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stabil- 
ity control is preset to the optimum triggering point and 
requires no adjustment. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause a 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 20 v. 

Single-Sweep Operation — Lockout- reset circuitry 
provides for one-shot recording. After a single sweep 
is triggered, the sweep circuit is automatically locked out 
until manually reset. When reset, the sweep will fire on 
the next trigger received, then automatically lock out 
until the operator presses the RESET button. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step atten- 
uator and variable attenuator makes the horizontal de- 
flection factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to 
approximately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to approxi- 
mately 240 kc. Input impedance is approximately 47 
li/xf paralleled by 1 megohm. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — The Type 581 uses the Tek- 
tronix Type T581 cathode-ray tube. The T581 is a 5" 
flat-faced metallized lumped-constant traveling-wave 
tube with helical post-accelerating anode. It provides 
a linear 4-cm x 10-cm viewing area. For best results 
over the wide sweep range of the Type 581, a P2 screen 
is normally furnished with the instrument. Accelerating 
potential is 10 kv. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Each 
cabinet side is held in place by two quick-opening 
fasteners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 



Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 1 25 v, and for current-demand differences. Reg- 
ulated dc is supplied to heaters in the plug-in preampli- 
fiers and probe by a transistorized regulator circuit. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen direct-reading fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millivolts, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided by the sin- 
gle-knob control. Accuracy is within 3%. Square-wave 
frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate voltage 
of the same duration as the sweep, and a 150-v sweep- 
sawtooth waveform are available at front-panel bind- 
ing posts via cathode followers. 

Beam Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show the direction of the crt electron beam when 
the spot is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making measure- 
ments in time and amplitude. Illumination of the grat- 
icule is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON-TUBES AND SEMICONDUCTORS 

Vertical input amplifiers 7 6DJ8 

Beam position indicator amplifiers 6DJ8 

Driver amplifiers 5 6DJ8 

Output amplifier 6939 

Trigger amplifiers 2 6CY5 

Trigger CF 6DJ8 

Trigger amplifiers 2 6EW6 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Stability 6AU6 

Hold-off and unblanking CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 6DJ8 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Gate-out and sawtooth-out CF 6DJ8 

Dual-trace blanking and 

trigger amplifiers 6DJ8 

Sweep generator 6CL6 

Sweep generator CF 6DJ8 

External horizontal and dc level CF .... 6DJ8 

External horizontal amplifier 6DJ8 

Horizontal input and driver CF 6DJ8 

Horizontal amplifier and CF 2 6DJ8 

Sweep start compensator 6CL6 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 1 2AU7 

Voltage rectifiers 16 1 Nl 566 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparator amplifiers 2 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 




<: 



( ii 



104B 




5/59 



I 



I 



TYPE 581 OSCILLOSCOPE 



r 




i 



Series regulators 2 6080 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Regulator 1 2AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Cathode-ray tube T581 P2 

Type 80 Plug-In Unit 

Voltage regulator 6AU6 

Voltage regulator 6DJ8 

Probe 
Cathode-anode follower 6688/E1 80F 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation main- 
tains safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, \6y A " high. 

Weight — 61 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 640 watts maximum. 

Type 581 , without plug-in units $1 375 

Includes: 2 — Binding post adapters (0T3-004) 
1 — Test lead (012-031) 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 



5/59 




Type 80 Plug-In Preamplifier $50 

Includes: 1 — Instruction manual 

Type P80 Probe $1 00 

Includes: 5 probe attenuator heads — 2-x, 5-x, 10-x, 20- 
x, 50-x. 

Note: Both Preamplifier and probe are neces- 
sary to operate the Type 581 . 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Probe Adapter — probe to Type BNC connector (013- 

018) $5.00 

Probe Adapter — probe to Type N connector (013-016) 

$4.00 

Probe Adapter — probe to Type UHF connector (013- 
017) $4.00 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge. 

Several other phosphors can be furnished on special 
order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifica- 
tions and other special information required on pur- 
chase orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



104C 



I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 



I 



NEW 



STRUMENT 




I 



r 



TYPE 585 CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 
3.5-Millimicrosecond Risetime, Sweep Delay 



Fast-Rise Vertical Amplifier 

Passband — DC to approximately 100 
MC. 

Sensitivity — Basic deflection factor 0.1 
v/cm with Type 80 Plug-In Preampli- 
fier and P80 Probe. 

Versatility — Designed for plug-in pre- 
amplifiers. 

Sweep Delay 

Triggered (jitter free) — delayed sweep 
is started by signal under observa- 
tion. 

Conventional — delayed sweep is start- 
ed by delayed trigger. 

Range — 1 ^sec to 10 sec, continuously 
adjustable [2 fxsec/cm tol sec/cm). 

Two Time-Base Generators 

TIME BASE A — 0.05 jusec/cm to 2 sec/ 
cm in 24 calibrated steps, continu- 
ously variable from 0.05 ftsec/cm to 
5 sec/cm. 5-x magnifier increases 
calibrated range to 0.01 /^sec/cm. 
Single-sweep provision for one-shot 
applications. 

TIME BASE B — Also functions as delay 
generator. 18 calibrated steps from 
2 ju.sec/cm to 1 sec/cm. 

10-KV Accelerating Potential 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 585 has a second time-base generator 
which also functions as a sweep-delay generator, but it 
is otherwise similar to the Tektronix Type 581. In addi- 
tion to the applications covered by the Type 581 (high- 
speed pulse, and most general-purpose laboratory 
work) the Type 585 is especially suited to applications 
involving sweep delay. The unusual versatility of this 
new oscilloscope is enhanced by the simplicity of opera- 
tion fostered by functional panel layout and color-cor- 
related controls. 

APPLICATIONS 

In addition to the usual applications for a versatile 
DC-to-100 MC oscilloscope, sweep delay makes it possi- 
ble to: 

1. Make accurate incremental measurements along a 
complex waveform. 

2. Display separate channels of a PTM system, with 
effects of time jitter removed, determining pulse 




I 



5/59 




amplitude and shape under conditions of modula- 
tion. 

3. Measure pulse-to-pulse intervals and amount of 
jitter on computer signals or any train of pulses. 

4. Make accurate time-difference measurements be- 
tween pulse-in and pulse-out through an amplify- 
ing system. 

5. Display any selected individual line of a television 
composite signal. 

6. Measure time displacement, wave shape, and am- 
plitude of individual channels in a telemetering 
system. 

7. Utilize effective calibrated sweep magnification up 

to the highest practical limit. 
Plus many more-specialized applications. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The dc-coupled main vertical amplifier of the Type 
585 consists of a two-section distributed amplifier, a 
balanced, fixed delay line, and a twin-pentode output 



104E 



TYPE 585 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



stage. This system is designed for plug-in preamplifiers, 
and a preamplifier must be plugged in to operate the 
Type 585. 

Plug-In Preamplifier and Probe 

The Type 80 Plug-In Preamplifier and Type P80 Probe 
equip the Type 585 for fast-rise applications at sensi- 
tivities up to 0.1 v/cm. Risetime is 3.5 m/xsec, passband 
is dc to approximately 100 mc. Vertical positioning is 
controlled with a front-panel knob. The probe is a 
cathode-anode follower type with an input capacitance 
of less than 1 (x[xf and input resistance of 100 kilohms. 
Five snap-on attenuator heads are supplied with the 
probe, providing deflection factors of 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, and 
5 v/cm. Approximate input capacitances and resist- 
ances are: 5 fifxi, 200 kilohms at 0.2 v/cm; 2.5 /x/xf, 
500 kilohms at 0.5 v/cm ; 1.5 ^f, 1 megohm at 1 v/cm; 
1.5 li/xf, 2 megohms at 2 v/cm; 1.5 /n/xf, 5 megohms at 
5 v/cm. Adapters are available for coupling the probe 
directly to a coaxial cable. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The Type 585 has two time-base generators. TIME 
BASE A is identical to the time-base generator in the 
Tektronix Type 581. TIME BASE B functions as a delay 
generator. The signal to be observed can be displayed 
on either time base in the following ways: TIME BASE 
B normal, TIME BASE B with trace brightening during 
the period that TIME BASE A is running, TIME BASE A 
delayed by TIME BASE B, TIME BASE A normal, and 
TIME BASE A single sweep. 

TIME BASE A Calibrated Sweeps — Twenty-four 
direct-reading calibrated steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 
0.2 ,0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 1 0, 20, 50 jusec/cm, 0.1 , 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 
5, 10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2 sec/cm. In ad- 
dition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for 
continuous adjustment between steps and extends the 
slow sweeps to 5 sec/cm. An indicator light warns the 
operator when the sweep is uncalibrated. Calibration 
accuracy of the fixed sweeps is within 3%. 

Single Sweep — (TIME BASE A only) A RESET push 
button arms the sweep to fire on the next trigger to ar- 
rive. After firing once, the sweep is locked out and can- 
not fire again until rearmed by pressing the RESET 
button. The READY light indicates when the sweep is 
armed to fire on the next trigger. 

TIME BASE B Calibrated Sweeps — Eighteen direct- 
reading calibrated steps are provided: 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50 jusec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, and 1 sec/cm. A sweep-length control 
adjusts the sweep length from 4 cm to 1 cm for the pur- 
pose of changing the sweep repetition rate. Variable 
sweep repetition rate makes TIME BASE B useful as a 
repetition -rate generator over the range of 0.1 cycles 
to 40 kc. 



104F 




Sweep Magnifier — 5-x magnifier increases the cal- 
ibrated sweep time to 0.01 /xsec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 
tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep 
output amplifier by a factor of five. Any one-fifth of 
the magnified sweep can be displayed on the screen by 
rotating the HORIZONTAL POSITION control. 5-x mag- 
nification is obtained on all ranges, for both time bases. 
Accuracy is within 5% of the displayed portion of the 
magnified sweep. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is provided 
for the unblanking waveforms, assuring uniform bias on 
the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and repetition 
rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control and preset stabil- 
ity control. Triggering facilities are the same for both 
time bases. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be internal or the line 
frequency ac-coupled, or external either ac-coupled or 
dc-coupled. The triggering point can be on either the 
rising or falling slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no adjustment. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause a 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 20 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step attenu- 
ator and variable attenuator makes the horizontal de- 
flection factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to 
approximately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to approx- 
imately 240 kc. Input impedance is approximately 47 
[x/xi paralleled by 1 megohm. 

SWEEP DELAY 

Sweep delay for TIME BASE A over the range of 1 fx- 
sec to 10 sec is derived from TIME BASE B by means of a 
pick-off circuit. A delayed trigger is generated at the 
pick-off point, which can be adjusted to any point on 
the sawtooth waveform generated by TIME BASE B. The 
DELAY-TIME MULTIPLIER, a ten-turn calibrated control, is 
used in conjunction with the TIME/CM switch for TIME 
BASE B to select the pick-off point and indicate the 
amount of delay. Accuracy of the fifteen calibrated 
time/cm steps from 2 //,sec/cm to 0.1 sec/cm is within 
1%. Accuracy of the remaining three steps, 0.2, 0.5, 
and 1 sec/cm, is within 3%. For extreme accuracy 
any of the steps can be adjusted to an external stand- 
ard. Incremental accuracy of the ten-turn calibrated 
control is within 0.2 %€ if \-, " 



5/59 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

c 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 



I 



TYPE 585 OSCILLOSCOPE 




r 



Triggered Operation — When the triggering con- 
trols of TIME BASE A are adjusted so that the delayed 
trigger from TIME BASE B arms the sweep but does not 
start it, the next signal to arrive will start the sweep. 
Thus the delayed sweep is actually started by the signal 
under observation, resulting in a steady display even 
when time jitter or time modulation is present in the 
signal. 

Conventional Operation — When the triggering 
controls of TIME BASE A are adjusted to permit the 
delayed trigger to start the sweep, the delayed sweep 
starts precisely at the pick-off point, its start delayed 
the amount of time indicated by the TIME BASE B time/ 
cm switch and the DELAY-TIME MULTIPLIER. Any time 
modulation or time jitter on the signal will be magnified 
in proportion to the amount of sweep expansion, how- 
ever jitter introduced by the delay and pick-off circuitry 
is less than one part in 20,000, making extremely large 
magnifications practical. 

Trace Brightening — When the signal is displayed 
on TIME BASE B with the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch 
in the "B" INTENSIFIED BY "A" position, the unblanking 
pulse of TIME BASE A is added to that of TIME BASE B. 
Therefore the period of operation of TIME BASE A ap- 
pears as a brightened portion on the display. This trace 
brightening serves to indicate both the point-in-time 
relationship between the delayed sweep and the orig- 
inal display, and the degree of magnification that will 
be achieved when the display is transferred to TIME 
BASE A. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — The Type 585 uses the Tek- 
tronix Type T581 cathode-ray tube. The T581 is a 5" 
flat-faced metallized lumped-constant traveling-wave 
tube with helical post-accelerating anode. It provides 
a linear 4-cm x 10-cm viewing area. For best results 
over the wide sweep range of the Type 585, a P2 
screen is normally furnished with the instrument. Ac- 
celerating potential is 10 kv. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Each 
cabinet side is held in place by two quick-opening 
fasteners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125v, and for current-demand differences. Reg- 
ulated dc is supplied to heaters in the plug-in preampli- 
fier and probe by a transistorized regulator circuit. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen direct-reading fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millivolts, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided by the 
single-knob control. Accuracy is within 3%. Square- 
wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 



I 



5/59 




Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate voltage 
of the same duration as the sweep, and a 150-v sweep- 
sawtooth waveform are available from TIME BASE A at 
front-panel binding posts via cathode followers. A 20-v 
positive gate voltage from TIME BASE B and a delayed 
trigger are also available at front-panel connectors. 

Beam Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show the direction of the crt electron beam when 
the spot is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge- lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making measure- 
ments in time and amplitude. Illumination of the grat- 
icule is controlled by a front-panel knob. 



ELECTRON TUBES AND SEMICONDUCTORS 

Vertical Amplifier 

Vertical input amplifiers 7 6DJ8 

Beam Position indicator amplifiers 6DJ8 

Driver amplifiers 5 6DJ8 

Output amplifier 6939 

Trigger amplifiers 2 6CY5 

Trigger CF 6DJ8 

Time-Base A Generator 

Trigger amplifier 2 6EW6 

Trigger shaper 2 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 6DJ8 

Unblank and hold-off CF 6DJ8 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6DJ8 

Lockout multivibrator 6AU6 

Hold-off CF and lockout multivibrator . . 6DJ8 

Delayed-trigger amplifier 6AU6 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Miller runup 6CL6 

Runup CF 6DJ8 

Time-Base B Generator 

Trigger amplifier 6DJ8 

Trigger shaper 6DJ8 

Stability CF and hold-off CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator and CF 6DJ8 

Sweep-gating multivibrator 6AU6 

Unblanking CF and gate CF 6DJ8 

Disconnect diodes . . 12AL5 

Miller runup 1 2AU6 

Runup CF and hold-off CF 6DJ8 

Horizontal Amplifiers and Delay 

Input and driver CF 6DJ8 

Sweep amplifiers and CF 2 6DJ8 

Current booster 6CL8 



104G 



TYPE 585 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



External-input amplifier 6DJ8 

Delay trigger 6DJ8 

Delay pick-off 2 6AU6 

Delay-trigger CF and current control .... 6DJ8 

Power Supplies 

H.V. regulator amplifier 12AU7 

H.V. oscillator 6AU5 

H.V. rectifiers 5 5642 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Series regulators . 2 6080 

Rectifiers 16 1 Nl 566 

Miscellaneous 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 12AU7 

Alternate-trace sync amplifier 

and trace blank 6DJ8 

Cathode-ray tube T581 P2 

Type 80 Plug-In Unit 

Voltage regulator 6AU6 

Voltage regulator 6DJ8 

Probe 
Cathode-anode follower 6688/E180F 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle-fin- 
ished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 

Weight — 65 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 725 watts maximum. 

Type 585, without plug-in units $1675 

Includes: 2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 
1— Test lead (01 2-031 J 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — Instruction manual 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 



Type 80 Plug-In Preamplifier $50 



Includes: 1 — Instruction manual 



Type P80 Probe $1 00 

Includes: 5 probe attenuator heads — 2-x, 5-x, 10-x, 20-x, 
50-x. 

Note: Both Preamplifier and Probe are necessary to 
operate the Type 585. 



Recommended Additional Accessories 

Probe Adapter — probe to Type BNC connector (013- 
018) $5.00 

Probe Adapter — probe to Type N connector (013- 

016) $4.00 

Probe Adapter — probe to Type UHF connector (013- 

017) $4.00 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge. 

Several other phosphors can be furnished on special 
order. 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 







( il 



104H 




5/59 



I 



I 




V 




J 




«■» *r ^ *J 



\ 



TELEVISION OSCILLOSCOPES 



f 



i 



I 




c 



( i 



I 



I TYPE 524AD OSCILLOSCOPE 



Television Cathode-Ray 
Oscilloscope 




t 



Frequency Response 

Normal — dc to 10 mc from 0.15 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

2 cycles to 10 mc from 15 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 
Flat — within 1 % from 60 cycles to 5 mc. 
IRE — meets IRE standards for level measurements. 

Transient Response — 0.035-jusec risetime. 

Sweep Range 

Continuously variable, 0.1 fxsec/cm to 0.01 sec/cm. 

Time Markers 

Five markers — 0.05 jusec, 0.1 /xsec, 1 .0 juisec, 200 pips 
per television line, and 40 pips per television line. 



Sweep Delay 

Permits detailed observation of any portion of a 
single television line. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking 

Variable Duty-Cycle Amplitude Calibrator 

New Cabinet Design 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 524AD Oscilloscope is a self-con- 
tained instrument with the characteristics desirable for 



I 



2/59 




107 



TYPE 524AD OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



maintenance and adjustment of television transmitter 
and studio equipment. The Type 524AD will prove it- 
self invaluable in enabling the engineer to observe any 
portion of the television picture — from complete frames 
to small portions of individual lines. 

Features contributing to the versatility of this oscillo- 
scope include — accurate time markers to facilitate sync- 
pulse timing, normal response of dc to 10 mc, flat re- 
sponse within 1 % from 60 cycles to 5 mc for color-tele- 
vision work, variable-duty-cycle amplitude calibrator, 
and two steps of sweep magnification, 3x and lOx, for 
detailed observations. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — The main vertical 
amplifier has a passband of dc to 10 mc for deflection 
factors from 0.15 v/cm to 50 v/crn. Low- frequency re- 
sponse is 3 db down at 2 cycles when the AC-DC switch is 
in the AC position. An ac-coupled preamplifier switched 
in by the VOLTS/CM control provides additional deflec- 
tion factors from 0.015 v/cm to 0.15 v/cm. A variable 
attenuator control fills in between steps and provides 
continuously variable adjustment from 0.01 5 v/cm to 
50 v/cm. The vertical amplifier is factory adjusted for 
optimum transient response. Risetime is less than 0.035 
[j.sec and the input impedance is 1 megohm paralleled by 
approximately 45 mxf. 

Frequency Response — A switch on the access panel 
selects the desired bandwidth of the vertical amplifier. 
The NORMal position provides a passband of dc to 
10 mc. The FLAT position provides a vertical-amplifier 
response flat within 1 % from 60 cycles to 5 mc. About 



5% overshoot will occur on extremely sharp waveforms 
when the switch is in the FLAT position; however, TV 
signals within the 5 mc passband are not affected. Re- 
sponse of the amplifier meets the IRE standards for level 
measurements when the access-panel switch is in the IRE 
position. EXTernal position provides ac-coupled external 
connections to the vertical-deflection plates, bypassing 
the main vertical amplifier but retaining the function of 
the vertical-position control. 

Two Signal Inputs — Two coaxial connectors with 
more than 50-db isolation are controlled by a front-panel 
switch. Each input can be either ac or dc-coupled to the 
vertical amplifier. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity is reduced by a factor 
of 10 by use of a lOx attenuator probe supplied with 
the instrument. The probe presents an input impedance 
of 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 15 ^ju/f. 

Delay Network — A 0.25 jusec signal-delay network 
is incorporated in the vertical amplifier to permit obser- 
vation of the waveform that triggers the sweep. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Sweeps — The Type 524AD has a con- 
tinuously variable, linear, triggered time base covering 
the range of 0.1 jusec/cm to 0.01 sec/cm in five fixed- 
range steps. Dual sweep-time multiplier dials cover the 
range between steps. Calibration accuracy is within 5%. 

DC-Coupled Unblanlcing — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the cathode-ray tube 
assuring uniform bias for all sweep speeds and repeti- 
tion rates. 





c] 




108 




2/59 



I 



I TYPE 524AD OSCILLOSCOPE 




r 



Sweep Delay — Detailed observation of any portion 
of the television picture is accomplished by continuous 
sweep delay from to 25 milliseconds. After the de- 
sired delay, the sweep is triggered by one of the line 
sync pulses. The sweep delay is adjustable with a 3- 
turn potentiometer through about 1 Vi fields, and oper- 
ates at the frame rate of 30 cycles so only consecutive 
lines of one field are observed at any time. A field-shift 
button permits switching to the corresponding interlaced 
lines in the other field. 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is obtain- 
ed by increasing the drive to the sweep-output amplifier 
by a factor of either 3 or 10. The center portion of the 
normal sweep is expanded equally to left and right of 
center. The 3-turn horizontal-position control has suf- 
ficient range to cover the entire magnified sweep. Ac- 
curacy is within 5%, 

Trigger Selector — Both normal and delayed sweeps 
can be triggered by an external signal of either polarity, 
or internally by either the positive or negative portion 
of the signal under observation, or by the power-line 
frequency. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to produce a one-half centimeter de- 
flection. External — a signal of 0.5 v to 50 v. Composite 
waveform — a signal large enough to produce a 1.5- 
centimeter deflection. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Calibrator — A variable-duty-cycle square- 
wave calibration voltage is continuously variable from 
zero to 50 volts in seven ranges. Full-scale calibration 
is accurate within 3%; variable control is linear within 
1 % of full scale. Square-wave frequency is approxi- 
mately 1 kc, but the frequency will vary somewhat as 
duty cycle is varied to 1 % or 99%. 

Time-Mark Generator — Time markers are inserted 
as intensification pips on the crt trace at time intervals 
of 0.025H, 0.005H, 1 .0 psec, 0.1 jusec, and 0.05 ^sec. 
Since H is 63.5 fxsec, 0.025H will give 40 pips per tele- 
vision line and 0.005H will give 200 pips per television 
line. These markers provide a means of accurately tim- 
ing the sync pulses of a composite signal. Pips spaced 
at 40 or 200 per television line are useful for adjusting 
both color and monochrome equipment. 

A phasing control permits markers to be positioned 
on any desired point of the waveform under observation. 

Output Waveforms — Positive and negative-gate 
waveforms of the same time duration as the sweep, and 
the sweep sawtooth waveform are available at front- 
panel connectors. 

Line-Indicating Video — When a picture monitor is 
connected to the coaxial connector at the rear of the cabi- 
net, the picture appearing on the monitor will be bright- 
ened during the time of the oscilloscope sweep. This 



technique is useful when it is desired to know what por- 
tion of the picture is being displayed on the oscilloscope. 

60-Cycle Sweep — A 60-cycle sweep with variable 
amplitude and phasing through approximately 150° is 
provided to facilitate bandwidth measurements with a 
video sweep generator. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A flat-faced 5ABP cathode- 
ray tube with 4-kv electronically-regulated accelerating 
potential is used in the Type 524 AD. A P-l phosphor is 
normally supplied although other phosphors are avail- 
able upon request. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Regulated Power Supply — All dc supplies are 
electronically regulated to insure stable operation over 
line variations between 105-125 v or 21 0-250 v, 50 to 
60 cycles. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeters. Illumination is controlled by a 
front-panel knob. A graticule marked for modulation 
measurements is also supplied with the instrument. 

Probe Power Socket — A front-panel socket will 
provide power for a cathode-follower probe or auxiliary 
amplifier circuitry. 6.3 v ac at 1 amp and 1 20 v regu- 
lated dc at 15 ma are available at the socket. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Preamplifier 2 6U8 

Cathode follower 1 2AT7 

Cathode-coupled amplifier 2 6CL6 

Cathode follower 6BQ7A 

Driver 2 6CL6 

Cathode follower, constant-current triode . 6BQ7A 

Output amplifier 6 6AG7 

Voltage regulator 6AS5 

Cal multivibrator 1 2AU7 

Cal clipper amplifier and CF 1 2AT7 

Trigger inverter and clamp diode 6BQ7A 

Sync amplifier 1 2BZ7 

Sync separator and coupling diode 12BZ7 

Phantastron 6BH6 

Trigger delay comparator 1 2BZ7 

Trigger amplifier 6AG7 

Coupling diode 6AL5 

Negative multivibrator 1 2BY7 

Positive multivibrator 1 2BY7 

Gate amplifier and astigmatism CF 12AU7 

Unblanking amplifier 12AT7 

Clamp tube 6AG7 

DC restorer 6AL5 



I 



2/59 




109 



TYPE 524AD OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Cathode follower 1 2AT7 

Decoupling diode and CF 12AT7 

Feedback amplifier 6U8 

Clamp and CF 1 2AT7 

Sweep-output amplifier 2 6AH6 

Sweep-output cathode follower 6BQ7A 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifier 4 6AU6 

Regulator series tube . 2 12B4 

Rectifiers 3 6X4 

Voltage-comparator amplifier 12AX7 

Regulator series tube 6AS7 

Regulator series tube 6AS5 

Time-mark pulse shaper and CF 6BQ7A 

Marker phase multivibrator 6U8 

Time-mark oscillator 6AK5 

Pulse amplifier 6BQ7A 

High-voltage regulator amplifier 1 2AU7 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

High-voltage rectifier 3 5642 

Cathode-ray tube 5ABP1 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 25" long, 13" wide, 16 3 / 4 " high. 
Weight — 61 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 500 watts. 

Price $1 250 



Includes: 1 — 10X attenuator probe 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 
1 — TV RMA style graticule (331-009) 
1 — Viewing hood (016-001) 
3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Special Models 

Rack Mounting Add $45 

Since special models require additional manufacturing 
time, please check with your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
Representative for exact delivery schedules. 

Optional Phosphors 

PI crt phosphor normally furnished. 

P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type 500A Scope-Mobile $100.00 

P500CF Cathode-Follower Probe has input impedance 
of 40 megohms paralleled by 4 /A/xf and gain of 0.8 to 
0.85. With lOx attenuator head, input impedance is 10 
megohms paralleled by 2 ft/rf. Amplitude distortion is 
less than 3% on undirectional signals up to 5 v. .$64.00 

See Accessory Section of this catalog for 75-ohm co- 
axial cables, pads, and terminating resistors. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 




c] 



<■ 



no 




2/59 



I 



I TYPE 525 TELEVISION WAVEFORM MONITOR 




for Monochrome and Color Telecasters 



r 




Frequency Response 

FLAT — within 1 % between 60 cycles and 5 mc. 

LOW PASS — passes stair steps, eliminating high 
frequencies. 

HIGH PASS — passes high frequencies, eliminating stair 
steps. 

IRE — meets IRE standards for level measurements. 

Excellent Linearity 

Insures accurate color signal linearity measurements. 

Automatically-Synchronized Sweeps 

Both field and line rates. 

Keyed Clamp-Type DC Restorer 
Gain Stability Within 1 % 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 525 Television Waveform Monitor 
displays the composite video waveform with the preci- 
sion required for all television broadcasting. Exacting 
demands of the color-television broadcaster for an aceu- 



2/S9 




rate display of signal linearity, level, and bandwidth 
are fulfilled with the Type 525. 

Special features of the Type 525: Four vertical-ampli- 
fier response characteristics, automatically-synchronized 
sweeps at line or field rate, bridging, or terminating, or 
differential signal inputs, keyed dc restorer, stable gain 
characteristics. Simplicity of controls aids in easy monitor 
operation. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Frequency Response — A response selector switch 
selects any one of four characteristics: IRE, with high- 
frequency cutoff about 2 mc in accordance with IRE 
standards for level measurements; FLAT, within 1 %, be- 
tween 60 cycles and 5 mc; LOW PASS, passes the stair 
steps but eliminates the high frequencies; HIGH PASS, 
with increase in gain adjustable to 5x, excludes the stair 
steps but passes the high frequencies for linearity tests. 

Sensitivity — The basic deflection factor of the vertical 
amplifier is 0.015 v/cm. A three-step attenuator, 1 x, 2x, 
5x, and variable gain control can adjust the waveform to 
fill the graticule. 

Stability — Electronic regulation of all dc power, and 
use of current stabilization in the amplifier, maintains 



m 



TYPE 525 TELEVISION WAVEFORM MONITOR I 



stability and constant gain. Minimum adjustment of the 
monitor is required after it is once set. Gain stability is 
within 1 % over a ten-hour period. 

Linearity — The vertical amplifier linearity is well 
above the requirements for highly accurate color-tele- 
vision video signal linearity measurements. Signals can 
be expanded to the equivalent of 35 cm, with any 7 cm 
accurately displayed on the screen. 

DC Restorer — A clamp circuit, keyed by a pulse de- 
rived from the sync-separator circuit, restores the dc level 
of the display to the tip of the sync pulse at each line- 
frequency pulse. The restorer can be switched in or out 
as desired. 

Vertical Input Connectors — All input connectors 
are located at the rear of the instrument. The vertical 
deflection system has push-pull input to permit two 
single-ended signals to be applied to the monitor at the 
same time. They can be independently selected, rapidly 
compared, or applied differentially, to cancel out in- 
phase unwanted signals, by a front-panel switch. Each 
input is paralleled with another coaxial connector to 
permit the monitor to bridge or terminate the video cir- 
cuit. The 75-ohrn terminating resistors are supplied with 
the instrument. 



HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Sync Separator — A sync-separator circuit receives 
the composite video signal either internally from a point 
on the vertical amplifier, or through an external-trigger 
connector located at the rear of the instrument. External 
triggering requires a signal of at least 0.5-v amplitude. 

Field and Line Speeds — The sweep will synchronize 
automatically with either line or field pulses. Sweep fre- 
quencies correspond to 7875 cycles for line and 30 cy- 
cles for field frequencies. A front-panel switch selects 
one or the other sweep frequency. 

Horizontal Rate, Magnifier — The variable HORI- 
ZONTAL RATE control adjusts the sweep-time rate so 2, 
3, or 4 lines or fields can be displayed at one time. A 
three-position switch selects accurate magnification of 
the sweep by lx, 5x, or 25x. Magnification expands the 
portion of the sweep that is centered, equally to right 
and left of screen center. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — The calibrator provides 
pulses with a duty cycle of about 75%, and with ampli- 
tudes between .015 volts and 1.5 volts, peak-to-peak, 
continuously adjustable in four ranges, 0.05, 0.15, 0.5, 
and 1.5 volts. Accuracy is within 2% of full scale on all 
ranges. The continuously-adjustable interpolating con- 
trol is linear within 1 %. 



Cathode-Ray Tube — The T52P, a Tektronix err, is 
used in the Type 525. The T52P is a precision 5" flat- 
faced tube with a helical post-accelerating anode, pro- 
viding 8 cm of linear vertical deflection. 4-kv acceler- 
ating potential provides a bright trace. PI phosphor is 
provided, although other phosphors are available upon 
request. 

Regulated Power Supply — DC power supplies are 
regulated to maintain constant dc voltages for changes 
in load, and for ac input voltages between 105 and 125 
volts, or 210 and 250 volts, 50 to 60 cycles. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-illuminated grati- 
cule is marked in percentage, to +100 and — 40. Each 
centimeter division equals 20%. Illumination is con- 
trolled by a front-panel knob. 

External Time Markers — A binding post, located 
at the rear of the instrument, is available for applying 
external time markers to the crt cathode. 

Accessibility — The Type 525 cabinet is designed for 
standard rack mounting. Chassis is attached to the cab- 
inet with a slide-out mounting that permits it to be tilted 
vertically, providing easy access to all components. 

Internal Adjustments — Internal-adjustment con- 
trols, which may require readjustment occasionally, are 
mounted on the left of the chassis near the front, easily 
accessible to the operator from his position in front of 
the instrument by sliding the monitor partly out of the 
case. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input cathode followers 1 2AT7 

Vertical phase splitter amplifier 2 6CB6 

Cathode followers 6BQ7A 

Preamplifier 2 6CL6 

Preamplifier output CF 6BQ7A 

Cathode followers 6BQ7A 

Cathode followers 6BQ7A 

Keyed-clamp diodes 2 6AL5 

High-pass amplifier 6BQ7A 

Cathode followers • 6BQ7A 

Output amplifier 2 6CL6 

Internal trigger inverter 6U8 

External trigger inverter 6U8 

Sync-separator and clamp 6U8 

Keying-pulse pickoff and shaper 6U8 

Keying-pulse shaper and shaper-splitter . . 6BQ7A 

Disconnect and clamp diode 6AL5 

Clamp diode and unblanking CF 6BQ7A 

Phantastron sweep generator 6AS6 

Cathode followers 6BQ7A 

Sweep amplifier 6BQ7A 

Cathode followers 6BQ7A 

Sweep output amplifier 6BQ7A 

Cal multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Cal multivibrator and amplifier 6BQ7A 







c i 



112 




2/59 



I 



I 




r 



■ 



TYPICAL COLOR-TV WAVEFORMS AS VIEWED ON THE 
TYPE 525 TELEVISION WAVEFORM MONITOR 




Fig. 1 — Color-bar waveform with FLAT vertical response. 



Fig. 3 — Fig. 1 waveform with HIGH-PASS response. 



Fig. 5 — Same waveform as Fig. 4 with LOW-PASS response. 



Fig. 7 — Horizontal-sync pulse with color burst — FLAT vertical 
response. 




Fig. 2 — Same waveform as Fig. 1 with LOW-PASS response. 






yen 





Fig. 6 — Fig. 4 waveform with HIGH-PASS response. 





Fig. 8 — Same as Fig. 7 with sweep magnified 5 times. 
Photos taken through the courtesy of KPTV, Portland, Oregon. 



6/59 




1 13 



TYPE 525 TELEVISION WAVEFORM MONITOR I 



Calibrator clamp and CF 6BQ7A 

Voltage reference tube 5651 

Comparator 1 2AT7 

Comparator 6U8 

Regulator amplifier and CF 6U8 

Series regulator 1 2B4 

Series regulator 6080 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

Voltage reference CF and regulator 12AT7 

Comparator 6U8 

High-voltage rectifiers 3 5642 

Cathode-ray tube T52P1 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Cabinet designed to mount in a relay rack. 
Chassis slides forward out of the cabinet and tilts up for 
convenience in servicing. 

Shock Mount — High-gain stages of the vertical ampli- 
fier are shock mounted to reduce vacuum-tube micro- 
phonics. 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is maintain- 
ed by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy cabinet and chassis. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 8-23/32" high, 19" wide, 20%" rack 
depth, 22 y*" overall. 

Weight — 54 pounds. 

Power Requirements— 105-125 or 21 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 380 watts. 

Type 525 $1 100 

Includes: 1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 
2 — 75-ohm termination resistors 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

PI crt phosphor normally furnished. 

P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Special Models 

Type 525MOD1 1 1 — Equipped with intensifier for 
vertical-blanking-interval test signal. Additional circuit- 
ry provides for displaying the two or three lines of the 
vertical blanking interval that are used to carry trans- 
mission test signals. The cathode-ray tube is unblanked 



only during the test-signal period. Sweep speed is 
automatically increased to a maximum sweep duration 
of approximately 60 ^asec so that a single line of the 
test signal can be displayed over the full screen width. 
Sweep repetition rate is consequently increased to 
15.75 kc for maximum brightness. The start of the un- 
blanking period is adjustable between 13 and 21 lines 
after the beginning of the vertical blanking interval; 
thus including all lines suitable for carrying test signals. 

Type 525MOD1 11 $1 145 

Modification Kit K525-111, for making above modi- 
fication to existing instruments $35.00 





Fig. 9 — Two-line test signal displayed at field 
sweep rate with 25-times sweep magnification. 
Vertical amplifier is set at FLAT response, (flat from 
60 cycles to 5 mc) . 




C] 



Fig. 10 — Same test signal displayed with intensi- 
fier turned on. Sweep duration 60 /isec at line 
rate, vertical amplifier set at FLAT response. 




Fig. 11 — Same test signal displayed with vertical 
amplifier switched to LOW PASS response. Sweep 
duration 70 usee ai half the line rate. 




Fig. 12 — Cross-modulation check — same test sig- 
nal displayed with vertical amplifier switched to 
HIGH PASS response. Shows relative amplifications 
at the three luminance levels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory, t Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



( i 



114 




6/59 



I 



I 




TYPE 526 VECTORSCOPE 
for the N.T.S.C. Color-Television Signal 



r 




Phase Accuracy — ± 1 .5° by vector presentation, ± 1 c 
by null technique. 

Phase Resolution — Better than 0.1 ° at 3.58 mc. 

Saturation Measurements — ±2% on graticule, 
closer when comparing two signals. 

Interfield Signal Key — Permits easy display of test 
signals during vertical blanking time. 

Linear Time Base — Operates at line rate, synchronized 
by horizontal sync pulse. 

Burst Brightening — Positive identification of burst 
packet. 

Push-Pull Synchronous Demodulators — DC-Coupled 
to crt. 

Self-Checking Circuitry 

Subcarrier Regenerator 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 526 Vectorscope greatly reduces 
the time and effort involved in making extremely-ac- 
curate relative phase and amplitude measurements of 
chrominance information in the N.T.S.C. color signal. 
Electronically-switched dual signal channels facilitate 
matching equipment such as encoders, cameras, etc. 

The Type 526 presents either a vector display of the 
demodulated chroma signal, or a display of the demod- 
ulated chroma signal on a linear time base. DC- 
Coupled signal circuits permit monitoring program sig- 
nals as well as industry test signals such as 75% sat- 
urated color bars, interfield test signals, linearity stair 
step, and the Bell Kelly Set tests for differential phase 
and amplitude. A built-in subcarrier regenerator facili- 
tates operation remote from the subcarrier source. 



VECTOR PRESENTATION 

The vector presentation is a graphic display for 
operational measurements with a color-bar, interfield- 
test signal, other industry test signals, or with program 
material. Signal circuits are dc-coupled, preventing 
changes in chroma signal composition from affecting 
the positioning of the display. 

Through a time sharing arrangement, the signal from 
an internal 3.59-mc test oscillator can be fed through 
the signal circuits. This signal will form a circle of 
controllable amplitude when quadrature-phasing and 
amplifier-gain-balance controls are properly adjusted, 
and will match the circle inscribed on the graticule when 
positioning and test-circle-amplitude controls are prop- 
erly adjusted. A test circle matched with the grati- 
cule circle verifies the accuracy of the vector dis- 
play. The test circle can also be used to verify the ac- 
curacy of the complimentary-color relationships. Phase 
measurements accurate within ±1.5° can be made 
using the vector display. Accuracy of saturation meas- 
urements will be within ±2% on graticule, closer when 
comparing two signals. 

LINEAR-SWEEP PRESENTATION 

Phase measurements are simplified by displaying the 
demodulated chroma signals vertically on a linear hori- 
zontal sweep, which is terminated by the horizontal 
sync pulse and restarts just prior to the burst packet. 
Using the null technique, differential phase can be meas- 
ured with an accuracy of ±0.5°. Resolution is 0.1° at 
3.58 mc, or 75 /x/xsec. A signal magnifier can be used 
to expand the vertical deflection approximately 5 times. 



I 



6/59 




115 



TYPE 526 VECTORSCOPE 



I 




Fig. 1 — Vector display of encoder out- 
put with 75%-saturated color-bar test 
signal. Test-circle alignment with each 
other and with scribed graticule circle 
verifies accuracy of Vectorscope. 




Fig. 4 — Output of a well-adjusted en- 
coder displayed on the Vectorscope. 
The test circle was turned off for this 
photograph. 




Fig. 7 — Dual vector display. Electronic 
switching of Vectorscope inputs presents 
signals from two encoders for direct 
comparison measurements. 




Fig. 2 — Same as Fig. 1 except that 
Vectorscope amplifier-balance control 
is out of correct adjustment. Test-circle 
distortion indicates horizontal gain is 
greater than vertical gain. 




Fig. 5 — Demodulated color-bar signal 
displayed on linear sweep. Burst packet 
at left end of trace is nulled out, 
indicating correct phasing of burst at 
180°. The signal channel not in use 
provides a reference trace on the screen 
at zero signal level. 




Fig. 8 — Line-sweep display of same sig- 
nals as in Fig. 7. Phase displacement 
is indicated by difference in amplitude. 
Note that burst packet from only one 
encoder is nulled out. 




Fig. 3 — Same as Fig. 1 except that 
Vectorscope quadrature control is out of 
correct adjustment, as indicated by the 
misalignment of the two test circles. 
Note red and magenta are displaced 
in opposite direction to green and cyan. 




Fig. 6 — Same signal as Fig. 5 with 
Vectorscope vertical magnifier turned 
on. DC-Coupled system permits detec- 
tion of subcarrier presence during black 
and white bars, indicated by departure 
from zero reference. Need for adjust- 
ment of encoder carrier balance is in- 
dicated. 




Fig. 9 — With blue bar nulled out, its 
compliment, yellow, should also be null- 
ed out. Picture above indicates that 
either the encoder lacks complimentary 
relationships, or that differential-phase 
distortion is present. If complimentary 
relationship is restored when Y signal 
is removed, trouble is the latter. 



116 




6/59 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

a 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 

i 



TYPE 526 VECTORSCOPE 





Fig. 10 — Test circle adjusted to pass 
through blue also passes through yel- 
low. If relative amplitudes change as Y 
signal is switched from off to on, dif- 
ferential-amplitude distortion is present. 




Fig, 13 — Same conditions as in Fig. 12 
except Bell Kelly Set signal has passed 
through an amplifier and Vectorscope 
gain is set at approximately half of 
maximum with magnifier turned off. 
Differential-phase distortion contributed 
by amplifier is measured at 3.1 ° with 
the precision phase control of the Type 
526. 

DUAL DISPLAYS 





Fig. 11 — Oscilloscope display of Bell 
Kelly Set test signal which is used to 
measure both differential-phase distor- 
tion and differential-amplitude distor- 
tion. 




Fig. 12 — Line-sweep display of same 
signal fed directly into Vectorscope, 
with gain control at maximum and 
magnifier on. Lower line is reference, 
upper line is the phase-demodulated 
3.58-mc information contained in signal. 
Lack of differential-phase distortion is 
evidenced by straight line. 

BFiMjinii,-; 




Fig. 14 — Vectorscope line-sweep dis- 
play of Bell Kelly Set signal with 
asynchronous demodulation (burst-con- 
trolled oscillator free running). Gain 
control is set at approximately half of 
maximum and magnifier is turned off. 
Lack of differential-amplitude distortion 
is evidenced by lack of variation in 
amplitude. 



Fig. 15 — Same conditions as Fig. 14 
except signal has passed through an 
amplifier. Differential-amplitude dis- 
tortion contributed by the amplifier is 
measured at 30% using maximum 
amplitude as reference. 



f 



I 



Two input channels, each with its own gain control, 
are electronically switched at about a 500-cycle rate 
permitting the display of two different signals simulta- 
neously for direct comparison. 

When using the vector display, an internally gener- 
ated reference signal (test circle) can be fed into either 
channel A or B to calibrate the instrument, or both 
channel A and channel B signals can be displayed to- 
gether for comparison measurements. The signal into a 
portion of the broadcast plant can be compared direct- 
ly with the signal out to measure any phase and/or 
amplitude distortion contributed by the equipment. The 
independent gain controls of each channel of the Vec- 
torscope produce virtually no phase-shift effects, and 
have a range of over 40 db. Also, the outputs of any 



6/59 




two portions of the broadcast plant can be directly com- 
pared for matching purposes. 

Either signal channel can be turned off while the 
other remains in use, providing a zero reference point 
in the form of a sharply defined spot in the center of 
the display. Any drift in the Vectorscope circuits will 
affect the position of the spot and is therefore easily 
detected and corrected. 

When using the linear-sweep display, turning off one 
channel while the other remains in use provides a zero 
reference line against which signals can be nulled. This 
technique eliminates the possibility of measurement 
errors due to parallax. 

PHASE MEASUREMENT 

Phase measurements are made by demodulating the 
chroma signal with a subcarrier signal which can be 



117 



TYPE 526 VECTORSCOPE 



shifted in phase relative to burst phase in the signal. 
High accuracy is obtained with the 20-turn precision 
calibrated phase shifter. This control is a two-speed 
illuminated dial with direct readout in degrees and 
tenths of degrees. It has a range of 0° to 200°, and 
the 180° point can be verified within the instrument. 
Random phase shifts in the subcarrier signal due 
to cable length can be cancelled out with a push- 
button operated phase-shift network covering 0° 
to 330° in twelve steps. A fine-phase control ( ±20°) 
provides for variable adjustment between steps, and 
fine phase adjustment when using the burst-controlled 
oscillator. 

INTERFIELD-SIGNAL KEY 

When the INTERFIELD SIGNAL KEY Switch is in the 
ON position, the cathode-ray tube is gated on only 
during the 3 or 4 lines occupied by the interfield signal. 
Video clutter is thus eliminated from the display. 

BURST BRIGHTENING 

The burst amplifier in the burst-controlled oscillator 
circuit is keyed on during the first 3 /xsec of the linear 
sweep. During the 3-/xsec interval the crt trace is bright- 
ened for positive identification of the burst packet. 
Trace brightening during the burst-sampling interval al- 
so facilitates adjustment of burst-amplifier gating. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

DC-Coupled Signal Circuits — DC-Coupling from the 
push-pull synchronous demodulators to the cathode-ray 
tube prevents changes in chroma signal composition from 
affecting the positioning of the display, making possible 
the detection and measurement of color carrier present 
during blanking time. Carrier-balance corrections can 
be made even while on the air, because the vector dis- 
play shows the direction and magnitude of the re- 
quired adjustments. 

Video Inputs — Channel A and channel B inputs are 
designed for high-impedance loop-through operation 
and are compensated for 75-ohm line impedance (R = 
3 3 megohms, C= 1 jU/xf ) . Input stages are cathode 
followers. Sufficient gain is provided to allow use of 
a compensated probe rather than loop-through input. 

Composite video, sync negative, 1 .0-volt peak- 
to-peak permits internal synchronization, eliminating the 
need for a signal at the sync input connector. When 
using external sync, channels A and B can receive non- 
composite video or chroma. 

Sync Input — 1 .0-volt sync-negative composite video 
or negative-going composite sync, 3.5 v to 8 v, can be 
used. If the interfield-signal keying feature is not re- 
quired, horizontal-drive pulses can be used to synchro- 
nize the Type 526. Input is high-impedance loop- 
through type, compensated for 75-ohm line impedance 
(R=) megohm, C = 25 fipf) . 

External Subcarrier Input — High-impedance com- 
pensated loop-through connector for 75-ohm coaxial 



cable (R=l megohm, C=20/x/i.f). Input has buffer- 
amplifier stage and requires a signal level of 2 volts 
peak-to-peak minimum. 

Vertical Signal Output — The demodulated vertical 
signal is available at a binding post, dc-coupled, for 
feeding remote indicators. 

Trace Intensification Input — A jack (PL- 55) is pro- 
vided for external trace-brightening pulses. Internal 
blanking circuitry is disconnected when an external sig- 
nal is being applied. Signal required for trace bright- 
ening is an ac-coupled positive-going 20-volt pulse, 
which can be obtained from the -f* GATE terminal of 
any Tektronix Oscilloscope that is being triggered by 
the vertical-signal output of the Type 526. This type of 
trace brightening is useful for determining the time limits 
over which a phase shift is occurring. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A special Tektronix cathode- 
ray tube, the T526, is used in the Type 526. It is a 5" 
flat-faced monoaccelerator tube with similar vertical and 
horizontal sensitivities, excellent linearity. Accelerating 
potential is 4 kv. A PI phosphor is normally furnished, 
with P2, P7, and PI 1 as optional phosphors. Some 
other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 

Regulated Power Supplies — The self-contained 
low-voltage and crt-high-voltage power supplies are 
electronically regulated against changes in load and 
line-voltage fluctuations between 105 and 125 volts. 

Accessibility — The Type 526 is designed for stand- 
ard rack mounting. Chassis attaches to rack with slide- 
out mounting that permits it to be tilted vertically, pro- 
viding easy access to all components. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Chassis mounts directly to standard rack 
on slide-out rails. 

Ventilation — Self-contained fan provides ample fil- 
tered cooling air to keep the instrument at a safe 
operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 8% " high, 19" wide, 1 8 T / 2 " rack 
depth. 

Weight — 45 lbs. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 1 25 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cycles, 340 watts. 

Type 526 $1 800 

Includes: 3 — 75-ohm Terminations 

1 — 3-conductor power cord 
1 — Instruction manual. 

EXPORT MODELS 

The Type 526 can be ordered factory-tuned for any 
subcarrier frequency between 3.5 mc and 4.5 mc. Inter- 
polation of phase-measurement values obtained from 
precision delay-line control may be necessary in some 
cases, but instrument accuracy will not be affected. 

Price f.o.b. factory 



o 



c] 



C il 



118 




6/59 



I 



I 




I 



I 

I 
I 










I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

r 
i 



RACK-MOUNTING OSCILLOSCOPES 



I 




:'. 



( i 



I 



I TYPE RM15 OSCILLOSCOPE 




r 



Rack-Mounting 5-Inch Oscilloscope 







"%\ 






INIINSitT MliGMATISM SCAU IUUM 

'& W w ' * 

rrpi? rm is osc/uoscop* 







^ 



i 



Frequency Response — DC to 15 mc. 
Transient Response — 0.023-^sec risetime. 

Vertical Deflection Factor 

9 calibrated steps from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm, continuously variable. 

Sweep Range 

22 calibrated steps from 0.2 /isec/cm to 2 sec/cm. 
0.2 /xsec/cm to 6 sec/cm, continuously variable. 
Accurate 5-x magnifier increases calibrated rate to 
0.04 jusec/cm. 

Triggering 

Amplitude-level selection with preset or manual sta- 
bility control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM15 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
51 5A Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in any 
of seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM15 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 51 5A Oscillo- 
scope. Please refer to the Type 515A Section for com- 
plete electrical specifications. Controls and terminals 
are located for maximum convenience in rack-mounted 
operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 



5/59 




Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alumi- 
num cabinet. 

Dimensions — 8 % " high, 19" wide, 23" rack depth. 
Please see page 132 for complete dimensions. 

Weight — 43 pounds. 

Type RM15 (50 to 60 cycle supply) $875 

Type RM15MOD101 (50 to 400 cycle supply) $910 

Includes: 1 — Probe ( 10-x atten.) 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Green filter (378-514) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Set, mounting hardware 

1 — Pair, guide rails (351-006 

1 — Instruction manual 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Supporting Cradles — for rear slide support when the in- 
strument is to be mounted in a backless rack. Two cra- 
dles with necessary mounting hardware, Tek 426-063 
Price 7.50 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



121 



TYPE RM16 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Rack-Mounting 3-Inch Oscilloscope 







Rack Height Only 7 Inches. 

Frequency Response 

DC to 10 mc at 0.1 v/div to 125 v/div. 

2 cycles to 1 mc at 0.01 v/div to 0.1 v/div. 

Transient Response 

Risetime — 0.035 /isec. 

Sweep Range 

22 calibrated sweep rates from 0.2 /j.sec/div to 2 sec/ 
div, continuously variable from 0.2 /jsec/div to 
6 sec/div. Accurate 5-x magnifier increases cali- 
brated rate to 0.04 /isec/div. 

Triggering 

Amplitude-level selection with preset or manual sta- 
bility control, and fully-automatic triggering. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM1 6 is a mechanically rearranged Type 31 6 
Oscilloscope for mounting in a standard 1 9-inch rack. The 
instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out tracks. It can 
be pulled forward and tilted for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM16 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 316. Please 
refer to the Type 316 Section for complete electrical 
specifications. Controls and terminals are located for 
maximum convenience in rack-mounted operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 



Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alum- 
inum cabinet. 

Dimensions— 19" wide, 7" high, 17%" rack depth. 
Please see page 1 32 for complete dimensions. 
Weight — 44 pounds. 

Type RM16 (50 to 60 cycle supply) $825 

Type RM16MOD101 (50 to 400 cycle supply) $860 

Includes: 1 — Probe (10-x atten.) 

— Binding-post adapter (013-004) 

— Green filter (378-509) 

— 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

— Set, mounting hardware 

— Pair, guide rails (351-017) 

— Instruction manual 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Supporting Cradles — for rear slide support when the in- 
strument is to be mounted in a backless rack. Two era- 
dies with necessary mounting hardware, Tek 426-064 
Price 6.50 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




C 



( i 



122 




5/59 



I 



I TYPE RSI 6 OSCILLOSCOPE 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

r 



Special Model Rack-Mounting 3 Inch Oscilloscope 






Rack Depth Only 1 1 % Inches 
Electrical Characteristics the Same as RM1 6 
GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RSI 6 is a two unit model of the Type RM16 
for racks with limited depth. The power-supply unit has 
a built-in fan for forced-air ventilation. The indicator 
unit requires a minimum of 50 cfm of cooling air from a 
separate source to prevent overheating when operated 
continuously. Both units bolt directly to the rack; do not 
have slide-out mounting. A 60" inter-unit power cable 
is furnished, 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the RSI 6 are the same 
as described for the Tektronix Type 316. Please refer to 
the Type 316 Section for complete electrical specifica- 
tions. Controls and terminals are located for maximum 
convenience in rack-mounted operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RSI 6 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 316. Please 
refer to the Type 316 Section for complete electrical 
specifications. Controls and terminals are located for 
maximum convenience in rack-mounted operation. 



Construction — Aluminum chassis and cabinets. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panels, etched alu- 
minum cabinets. 

Dimensions — Indicator unit — 7" high, 19" wide, 
11%" deep; Power Supply — 7" high, 19" wide, 5!/ 2 " 
deep. 

Weight — Indicator unit 20 pounds; Power Supply 18 
pounds. 

Type RSI 6 $875 

Includes: 1 — Probe (10-x atten.) 

1 — Binding-post adapter (013-004) 

1 — Green filter (378-509) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Inter-unit power cord (012-035) 

1 — Set, mounting hardware 

1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 

and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



5/59 




123 



STRUM E NT 



I 



TYPE RM17 Rack-Mounting Daylight Oscilloscope 





9-KV Accelerating Potential 

Bright trace — Easily readable in bright areas. . .even 
at low sweep repetition rates. 

High Reliability 

New frame-grid dual triodes insure excellent stability 
and reliability. 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier 

Passband — DC to 10 MC at 0.1 to 125 v/div. 
Passband — 2 CPS to 10 MC at 0.01 to 0.1 v/div. 
Risetime — 0.035 /j.sec. 

Wide Sweep Range 

22 Direct-reading calibrated sweep rates from 0.2 
^sec/div to 2 sec/div. 

5-x Magnifier increases the calibrated sweep rates to 
0.04 ^sec/div. 

Continuously variable sweep rates from 0.04 /xsec/div 
to 6 sec/div. 

Easy Triggering 

Automatic triggering eliminates readjustment in most 
applications. 

Preset or manual stability control for complete trig- 
gering versatility. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM17 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
317 Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM17 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 317 Oscillo- 
scope. Please refer to the Type 317 Section for com- 
plete electrical specifications. Controls and terminals 
are located for maximum convenience in rack-mounted 
operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and two-piece 
cabinet. Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alu- 
minum cabinet. 

Dimensions — 7" high, 19" wide, I7%" rack depth. 
Please see page 132 for complete dimensions. 

Weight — 40 pounds. 

Type RM1 7 ( 50 to 60 cycles ) $875 

Type RM17MOD101 (50 to 400 cycles) 910 

Includes: 1 — Probe ( 1 0-x atten.) 

— Binding-post adapter (013-004) 

— Green filter (378-509) 

— 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

— Pair, guide rails (351-017) 

— Set, mounting hardware 

— Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



c 



<i 



124 




5/59 



I 



I 



PROVED INSTRUMENT 




r 



TYPE RM31A RACK-MOUNTING OSCILLOSCOPE 



Easy Operation 

Single knob control for Sweep 
Range, Amplitude Calibrator, and 
Horizontal Display. 

Increased Vertical Response 

Passband and Risetime with Type K 
unit, dc to 15 mc, 0.023 ,asec. 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.1 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 5-x 
magnifier increases calibrated rate 
to 0.02 /j.sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability controls, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

1 0-KV Accelerating Potential 

Bright display at low repetition rates. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier 
6-cm Linear Vertical Deflection 
Balanced Delay Network. 




tfH KM3IA OSCItlOSCOPE 



% 



I 






ft 



tm ca mug. in tma 

•to f &i!*t iwtei 



w*»wi< ^^HF— ("WWM 



i 



n«rrtt*l» «r 



■Ebl 






C» 



W 



ammitum um«*to* 






o 



ft $ 







•. 



» ® $ 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM31A is a mechanically rearranged Type 
531 A Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM31A are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 531 A Oscillo- 
scope. Please refer to the Type 531 A Section for com- 
plete electrical specifications. Controls and terminals 
are located for maximum convenience in rack-mounted 
operation. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 



Dimensions— 14" high, 19" wide, 22 Vi" rack depth. 
Please see page 1 32 for complete dimensions. 

Weight — 80 pounds. 
Type RM3TA, without plug-in units $1095 



Includes: 2 — Probes (10-x atten.) 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Set, mounting hardware 

1 — Instruction manual 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



5/59 




125 



TYPE RM32 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



RACK-MOUNTING 5-INCH OSCILLOSCOPE 



Designed for Extra Dependability 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier 

Passband with wide-band plug-in 

units — dc to 5 mc. 
Risetime with wide-band plug-in 

units — 0.07 /xsec. 



8-cm Linear Vertical Deflection 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.2 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier 
Vertical Beam-Position Indicators 

DC-Coupled Unblanking 






rrpf RM37 05CIUOSCOPE 




o 









HOfi/cwiAi cinnM 




o 



*6aii 



&; 



9 



Q @ ° 



c 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM32 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
532 Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked In 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM32 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 532 Oscillo- 
scope. Please refer to the Type 532 Section for com- 
plete electrical specifications. Controls and terminals 
are located for maximum convenience in rack-mounted 
operation. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 



Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 14" high, 19" wide, 22 Vz" rack depth. 
Please see page 132 for complete dimensions. 

Weight — 70 pounds. 



Type RM32, without plug-in units 

Includes 



$975 



2 — Probes (10-xatten.) 

2 — Binding post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Set, mounting hardware 

1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 



Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 






°i 



126 




5/59 



I 



I 



STRUMENT 




TYPE RM33 RACK-MOUNTING OSCILLOSCOPE 



r 



Easy Operation 

Sweep Magnification — 2, 5, TO, 20, 
50, and 1 00 Times. 

Preset Triggering — Eliminates trig- 
gering adjustments in most ap- 
plications. 

24 Calibrated Direct-Reading Sweep 
Rates — Sweep range 0.02 psec/ 
cm to 15 sec/cm. 

Single-Sweep Operation — Lockout- 
Reset Circuitry for one-shot re- 
cording. 

High Writing Rate — 10-kv accelerat- 
ing potential assures bright trace 
for operation in single-sweep ap- 
plications, and with low sweep 
repetition rates. 

Versatility 

Nine available Plug-In Preamplifiers 

— Wide Band, Dual Trace, Low 
Level, Differential and others for 
specialized applications. 

High Performance 

DC-to-15 MC Main Vertical Amplifier 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The RM33 is a mechanically rearranged Type 533 
Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch rack. 
The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out tracks. 
It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in any of 
seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM33 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 533 Oscillo- 
scope. Please refer to the Type 533 Section for com- 
plete electrical specifications. Controls and terminals 
are located for maximum convenience in rack-mounted 
operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, and blue wrin- 
kle-finished cabinet. 




Dimensions — 19" wide, 14" high, 22 V 2 " rack depth. 
Please see page 132 for complete dimensions. 

Weight — 80 Pounds. 

Type RM33, without plug-in units $1200 

Includes: 2 — Probe (10-xaften.) 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — Green filter (378-514) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Set, mounting hardware 

1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



5/59 




127 



PROVED I 



ENT 



i 



TYPE RM35A RACK-MOUNTING OSCILLOSCOPE 



™ 



Easier Operation 

Simplified panel layout. 
Color-correlated controls. 

Two Kinds of Sweep Delay 

Triggered (jitter free) — delayed sweep 
is started by signal under observa- 
tion. 

Conventional — delayed sweep is start- 
ed by delayed trigger. 

Greater Calibrated Delay Range 

1 jtisec to 1 sec, continuously adjust- 
able (2 jusec/cm to 1 sec/cm). 

DC-to-15 MC Vertical Amplifier 

All Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-In Pre- 
amplifiers can be used for signal- 
handling versatility. 

Two Time-Base Generators 

TIME BASE A — 0.1 /xsec/cm to 5 sec/cm 
in 24 calibrated steps, continuously 
variable from 0.1 /^.sec/cm to 12 sec/ 
cm. 5-x magnifier increases cali- 
brated range to 0.02 /isec/cm. 
Single-sweep provision for one-shot 
applications. 

TIME BASE B — Also functions as delay 
generator. 18 calibrated steps from 
2 ju,sec/cm to 1 sec/cm. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM35A is a mechanically rearranged Type 
535A Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM35A are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 535A Oscillo- 
scope. Please refer to the Type 535A Section for com- 
plete electrical specifications. Controls and terminals 
are located for maximum convenience in rack-mounted 
operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Alumrnum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 




.-■■-" - ■ (UK Mtm uw * 




Dimensions— 14" high, 19" wide, 22%" rack depth. 
Please see page 1 32 for complete dimensions. 
Weight — 84 pounds. 

Type RM35A, without plug-in units $1500 

Includes: 2 — Probes (10-x atten.) 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 

1 — 3 -conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Set, mounting hardware 

1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



128 




5/59 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 

i 



I 



PROVED INSTRUMENT 



TYPE RM41A RACK-MOUNTING OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Easy Operation 

Single knob control for Sweep 
Range, Amplitude Calibrator, and 
Horizontal Display. 

Excellent Transient Response 

Main-unit vertical-amplifier risetime 
— 10 millimicroseconds. 

Wide Range of Vertical-Amplifier 
Characteristics 

Instant convertibilty through inter- 
changeable plug-in preamplifiers. 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.02 /j.sec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

1 0-kv Accelerating Potential 

Full 4 cm x 10 cm Linear Deflection 

Balanced 0.2 /xsec Delay Network 




r 



PWATHT VIMKM 



'H«NNII * 






MCDt ' • OWT 



i: 



« 



TVPF CA PIUGM UNIT 



&Q) 



KAMITT VflBcAl 



MM MM! W'.I'H** 









«^ • 


* ( 








• ©^ 


=^ ® 







f*K«ftf«»tt.. (IV(» 




IxntNAi Hmh 



MOWHMWAI *1«M** 



9 -O 



IBKMKf won 




w. 



.• ■> 



<¥) 



© 



r 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM41A is a mechanically rearranged Type 
541 A Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM41A are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 541 A Oscillo- 
scope. Please refer to the Type 541 A Section for com- 
plete electrical specifications. Controls and terminals 
are located for maximum convenience in rack-mounted 
operation. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 



Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 14" high, 19" wide, 22 y 2 " rack depth. 

Please see page 132 for complete dimensions. 

Weight — 80 pounds. 

Type RM41A, without plug-in units $1300 

Includes: 2 — Probes (10-xatfen.) 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 
— Test lead (012-031) 
— Green filter (378-514) 
— 3-eonductor power cord (161-008) 
— Set, mounting hardware 
— Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



5/59 




129 



STRUM E NT 



I 



TYPE RM43 RACK-MOUNTING OSCILLOSCOPE 



e ft 







Easy Operation 

Sweep Magnification — 2, 5, 10 r 20, 
50, and 100 Times. 

Preset Triggering — Eliminates trig- 
gering adjustments in most ap- 
plications. 

24 Calibrated Direct-Reading Sweep 
Rates — Sweep range 0.02 /xsec/ 
cm to 15 sec/cm. 

Single-Sweep Operation — Lockout- 
Reset Circuitry for one-shot re- 
cording. 

High Writing Rate — 10-kv accelerat- 
ing potential assures bright trace 
for operation in single-sweep ap- 
plications, and with low sweep 
repetition rates. 

Versatility 

Nine available Plug-In Preamplifiers 
— Wide Band, Dual Trace, Low 
Level, Differential and others for 
specialized applications. 

High Performance 

DC-to-30 MC Main Vertical Amplifier 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The RM43 is a mechanically rearranged Type 543 
Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch rack. 
The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out tracks. 
It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in any of 
seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM43 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 543 Oscillo- 
scope. Please refer to the Type 543 Section for com- 
plete electrical specifications. Controls and terminals 
are located for maximum convenience in rack-mounted 
operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, and blue wrin- 
kle-finished cabinet. 





100 Ki 



r/PE HM43 QSOUOSCOPt 



\ ... 
|A ■)[**: ■■■■.- 




(1 



Dimensions— 19" wide, 14" high, 22 \' 2 " rack depth. 
Please see page 132 for complete dimensions. 

Weight — 80 pounds. 
Type RM43, without plug-in units $1375 



Includes: 2 — Probe ( 1 0-x atten.) 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 
— Test lead (012-031) 
— Green filter (378-514) 
— 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
— Set, mounting hardware 
— Instruction manual 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifica- 
tions and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. {Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



<< 






130 




5/59 



I 




I 



r 



PROVED I 



ENT 



TYPE RM45A RACK-MOUNTING OSCILLOSCOPE 



% 



Easier Operation 

Simplified panel layout. 
Color-correlated controls. 

Two Kinds of Sweep Delay 

Triggered (jitter free) — delayed sweep 
is started by signal under observa- 
tion. 

Conventional — delayed sweep is start- 
ed by delayed trigger. 

Greater Calibrated Delay Range 

1 ju,sec to 10 sec, continously adjust- 
able (2 ^sec/cm to 1 sec/cm). 

DC-to-30 MC Main Vertical Amplifier 

12-mjusec risetime with Type K Pre- 
amplifier. 

AM Tektronix Type A to Z Plug-In Pre- 
amplifiers can be used for signal- 
handling versatility. 

Two Time-Base Generators 

TIME BASE A — 0.1 /isec/cm to 5 sec/cm 
in 24 calibrated steps, continuously 
variable from 0.1 ^sec/cm to 12 sec/ 
cm. 5-x magnifier increases cali- 
brated range to 0.02 ^sec/cm. 
Single-sweep provision for one-shot 
applications. 

TIME BASE B — Also functions as delay 
generator. 18 calibrated steps from 
2 jusec/cm to 1 sec/cm. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM45A is a mechanically rearranged Type 
545A Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM45A are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 545A Oscillo- 
scope. Please refer to the Type 545A Section for com- 
plete electrical specifications. Controls and terminals 
are located for maximum convenience in rack-mounted 
operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 




*■ WWOiWKi ifyfcf. 

O C) O 



AMI", ■[.!(. | 'AUM4&3* 



LXuvtuut muLtiriit* 




© ® 



KomioNTm orct>LM 



» fc & $ 3 & 



© © © 



J> 



.:. . .;■ ■...; 



© i 



Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 14" high, 19" wide, 22 V 2 " rack depth. 
Please see page 132 for complete dimensions. 
Weight — 84 pounds. 

Type RM45A, without plug-in units $1650 

Includes: 2 — Probes (10-xatten.) 

2 — Binding-post adapters (013-004) 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — Green filter (378-514) 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Set, mounting hardware 

1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



5/59 




13! 



I 



MOUNTING DIMENSIONS 



17 ± 



I 




TEKTRONIX RM INSTRUMENTS 



RM 30/40 OSCILLOSCOPES 



TOP VIEW 



(INSTRUMENT INSIDE) 



TYPICAL RELAY 
RACK CHANNEL 



CRADLE 




(INSTRUMENT INSIDE) 




SIDE VIEW 
(INSTRUMENT OUTSIDE AND PARTLY ROTATED) 



SIDE VIEW 
(INSTRUMENT OUTSIDE AND PARTLY ROTATED) 



INST. 


A 


B 


c 


D 


E 


F 


G 


R 


RM15 


22 5 /u 


1% 


8Y4 


30 Va 


10 3 /s 


8% 


97,6 


13 3 / 4 


RM16 


1 7 9 /l6 


1% 


7 


21 Vi 


9V 4 


8V8 


7Vi6 


12% 


RM17 


1 7 9 /l6 


1% 


7 


21 y 2 


9V 4 


8!4 


7VU 


12 3 /s 


127 


21 Vi 


1% 


8 3 /4 


29 y 4 


9 5 / 8 


5 7 /s 


9/u 


12 3 /4 



I 
I 
I 
I 

I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



132 




5/59 



I 



r 



I 













CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACERS 



r 



i 



I 




( 



( i 




TYPE 570 CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACER 



Pictures Dynamic Electron-Tube Characteristics 



r 



Displays Family of Curves on CRT Screen 

Four to twelve characteristic curves per family. 

Plots All Important Characteristics 

Plate current against plate or grid voltage. 
Screen current against plate or grid voltage. 
Grid current against plate or grid voltage. 

Positive-Bias Curves 

Plots up to 8 positive-bias curves per family, 
(up to 12 negative-bias curves) 

Calibrated Controls 

Accurate current and voltage readings directly from 
the crt screen. 

Wide Display Range 

I 1 current ranges from 0.02 ma/div to 50 ma/div. 
9 voltage ranges from 0.1 v/dlv to 50 v/div. 

II series-load resistors from 300 ohms to 1 megohm. 
7 grid-step values from 0.1 v/step to 1 v/step. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 570 Characteristic-Curve Tracer 
presents an accurate graphic analysis of electron-tube 
characteristics under almost any conceivable operating 
conditions. Circuit design can now be tailored to more 
closely fit the operating characteristics of available 
tubes. Tubes can be selected faster and more accurately 
for circuits requiring other than average electron-tube 
characteristics. Two-socket arrangement with front-panel 
switching permits rapid comparisons between two tubes, 
or two sections of the same tube. You can also make 
rapid comparisons with preselected curves outlined on 
a crt mask. Patch-cord connector system with socket- 
adapter plates gives you complete control of operating- 
condition setup. Various socket-adapter plates fur- 
nished and wide range of heater voltages available fit 
the requirements of practically all receiving-type 
electron tubes. 

The Type 570 is also an excellent tool for the instruc- 
tor in electronics, both in the classroom and in the 
laboratory. 



CATHODE-RAY-TUBE DISPLAY 

Vertical Axis — Concentric controls provide for se- 
lection of plate, screen, or grid current display; and se- 
lection of any one of eleven current-per-division values 
—0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, and 50 
ma/div. A graticule divides the screen into ten vertical 
divisions. Calibration accuracy is within 3%, permitting 
accurate current readings directly from the screen. 




Horizontal Axis — Either plate or grid voltage can 
be displayed on the horizontal axis, and nine voltage- 
per-division values are available — 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, and 50 v/div. Ten horizontal divisions are scrib- 
ed on the graticule. Calibration accuracy is within 3%, 
permitting accurate voltage readings directly from the 
screen. 

Positioning — Concentric controls provide for both 
vertical and horizontal positioning of the display. 



CRT DISPLAY 



HORIZONTAL 

VOLTS/DtV. 
PLATE GR io 

5 - 1 




I 



5/59 




135 



TYPE 570 CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACER 



GRID-STEP GENERATOR 

Family of Curves — A variable control is provided to 
adjust the number of curves in the display. As few as 
four and as many as twelve curves can be selected. A 
single family can be safely displayed with the tube un- 
der heavy overload conditions by means of a position on 
the STEPS/FAMILY control and a push button. With the 
STEPS/FAMILY control in the single-family position, 
pressing the button applies the selected conditions to 
the tube for only a fraction of second. Use of the SINGLE 
FAMILY push button permits observation or photography 
of tube characteristics under unusual conditions without 
danger of damage to the tube under test. 

The STEPS/SEC switch controls the switching-rate of 
the step generator. A 1 20 or 240-steps/sec rate can be 
selected. The extra 1 20-steps/sec position causes switch- 
ing to occur at the opposite end of the characteristic 
curve, for convenience when the area of interest is at 



GRID-STEP GENERATOR 



STEPS/SEC 

, STE PS/FAMILY 
S 240 >v 



ZERO 

BIAS 



VOLTS/STEP 
START ADJUST 




s~ 



CRT DISPLAY 



either end of the curves displayed. (When the Type 570 
is used with a 50-cycle supply frequency, the step/sec 
rate will be either 1 00 or 200.) 

Bias voltage applied to the grid of the tube under test 
is impressed in a series of steps to produce the number of 
curves desired in the display. The voltage difference be- 
tween steps is selected by a seven-position switch. Cali- 
brated switch positions are: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, and 
10 volts/step, accurate within 3%. Up to 150 ma peak 
grid current is available. A variable control is provided 
to adjust the starting point to a positive voltage, zero, or 
a negative voltage. Pressing the ZERO BIAS push button 
causes the display of the zero-bias curve only, to use as 
a reference in adjusting the starting point. As many as 
eight positive-bias curves can be included in the display. 



PLATE-SWEEP GENERATOR 

An eleven-position switch selects the desired series- 
load resistance for the plate circuit of the tube under test. 
Series-load values are: 300 ohms, Ik, 2k, 5k, 10k, 
20 k, 50 k, 100 k, 200 k, 500 k, and 1 megohm. Power- 
handling capacity of all load resistors is sufficient to dis- 
sipate the maximum power available in the plate circuit. 

The peak voltage applied to the plate through the 



PLATE-SWEEP GENERATOR 




PEAK VOLTS 

SO 100 



SERIES LOAD 

RESISTANCE OHMS 
20K 

10K 




OPERATING VniTAr-r*. 
series-load resistance is selected by an eight-position 
switch. Peak voltages are: 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 300, 
and 500 volts. 



OPERATING VOLTAGES 

Heater voltage is available in 17 fixed steps: 1.25, 
1.4, 2.0, 2.35, 2.5, 3.15, 4.2, 4.7, 5.0, 6.3, 7.5, 12.6, 
18.9, 25, 35, 50, and 117 volts ac. A control permits 
adjusting the selected heater voltage approximately 
±20% for simulating the effects of low or high line 
voltage. The variable control provides sufficient spread 



OPERATING VOLTAGES 



HEATER 

VARIABLE 
4.7 S -° 6.3 



3.1$ 



2.5 



2.35 



2.0 



13,9 




.300 




1.25 



CALIBRATED 



-DC 




100 



V > 




between steps to supply the proper heater voltage for 
practically all receiving -type vacuum tubes. Maximum 
power available from the heater transformer is 30 watts. 

Positive dc voltage is available in five calibrated steps: 
20, 50, 100, 200, and 300 volts, accurate within 3%. 
The positive voltage is also continuously variable from 
approximately 10 to 300 v. Up to 50 ma steady current 
is supplied. An adequate reserve is available for higher 
peak currents. 

Negative dc voltage is available, continuously vari- 
able from to — 100 v. The negative dc supply is cap- 
able of delivering up to 1 watt. 




( 



( i 



136 




5/59 



I 



I TYPE 570 CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACER 




r 



VOLTMETER 

The built-in voltmeter indicates the positive and nega- 
tive operating voltages in seven ranges: to 7, 14, 35, 
70, 140, 350, 700 volts. The voltmeter can be switched 
to show the percent of heater voltage indicated by the 
heater-voltage selector switch. 



ADAPTER PLATES 

Eight quick-changing adapter plates are furnished 
with the Type 570 — 2 with octal sockets, 2 with nine- 

- ISO DC DC GHO ^— v_ ^MT* -\-\ 

\ L ' J 

<© © © ^ ^ "■™ 

# ® *i # 




D 


w 


o 


£> 


/jbk 


• q 


® 


* 


'# 




pin miniature sockets, 2 with seven-pin miniature sockets, 
and 2 with pilot holes only. Plate receptacle holds any 
two adapter plates at the same time. Small banana jacks 
connect to each socket terminal. Three types of patch 
cords are also furnished, making it possible to connect 
any tube element to any voltage supplied by the 
instrument. 



OTHER FEATURES 

Tube-Socket Switching— The TEST POSITION switch 
in the center of the front panel is used to switch in either 
of two vacuum tubes during comparison tests. It has an 
OFF position for changing tubes and for establishing a 
reference trace on the screen. Control-grid potential 
drops to — 150 v in the off position. 

Safety Switch — The extremely flexible operational- 
setup facility of the Type 570 requires that potentially 
dangerous voltages be present at the patch panel. All 
voltages to the patch panel can be removed by a front 
panel switch for safety and convenience while changing 
the operation setup. A jewel light indicates when power 
is present at the patch panel. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic voltage regu- 
lation is used to compensate for line-voltage changes 



I 



4/59 




between 105 and 125 volts or 210 and 250 volts, and 
for variations in loading. AM voltages affecting calibra- 
tions are fully regulated. Heater, negative-dc, and 
peak-plate supplies are unregulated. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A Tektronix 5CAP cathode-ray 
tube is used in the Type 570. Accelerating potential is 
approximately 4 kv. PI phosphor is normally supplied. 
P2, P7, or PI 1 can be furnished instead if desired. Some 
other phosphors are available on special order. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Illuminated Graticule — The 10 x 10-division grati- 
cule is edge-lighted. Illumination of the graticule is 
controlled by a front-panel knob. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Split-load phase inverters and 

shaper amplifiers 2 6AN8 

Rectifiers 2 6AL5 

Cathode follower and step-control CF . . . . 12AT7 

Clamp and coupling diode 6AL5 

Grid-step generator 6AU6 

Step-generator cathode followers 1 2AT7 

Step multivibrator 6AN8 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Step CF and voltage regulator CF 12AX7 

Step amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Step amplifier 1 2AT7 

Cathode follower 6CL6 

Plate power-supply rectifiers 2 6AX4 

Rectifier diodes 6AL5 

Horizontal-deflection amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Horizontal-deflection amplifier CF 2 6AU6 

Horizontal-deflection output amplifiers . . . 6BQ7A 

Vertical-deflection amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Vertical-deflection output amplifiers 6BQ7A 

Variable dc-supply rectifier . 6AX5 

Fixed dc-supply rectifier 4 6X4 

Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifier and series regulator . . 6AN8 

Regulator amplifier 6AN8 

Series regulators 2 1 2B4 

Series regulator 6CD6GA 

Variable dc-supply CF 1 2AT7 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

Regulator amplifier and CF 12AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 2 5642 

Cathode-ray tube 5CAP1 



137 



TYPE 570 CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACER 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 16 V 2 " high, 13" wide, 24 y 2 " deep. 

Weight — 75 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 or 210-250 v, 50 or 
60 cycles, 400 watts maximum, 300 watts standby. 

Price $995 

Includes: 2 — 7 pin adapter plates (016-004) 
2 — 8 pin adapter plates (016-005} 
2 — 9 pin adapter plates (016-006) 
2 — Blank adapter plates (016-007} 
5 — Double patch cords black 6" (012-023) 
5 — Double patch cords red 6" (012-024) 
2 — Suppressor cords 100^6" (012-025) 
2— Suppressor cords 300 £2 6" (01 2-026) 



2 — Suppressor cords 1 k 6" (012-027) 
5 — Single patch cords black 6" (012-028) 
5 — Single patch cords red 6" (012-029) 
5 — 1/16 amp 3AG Fast-Bio fuses 
5 — 1/2 amp 3AG Fast-Bio fuses 
1 — 6U8 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

PI crt phosphor normally furnished. 

P2, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



Type 570 Characteristic-Curve Displays 



Fig. 1 — Plate current plotted 
against plate voltage for one tri- 
ode section of a 1 2AU7. Plate 
load is 5 k, peak plate-supply 
voltage is 500 v. Grid voltage is 
changed 5 v between curves, from 
— 35 v to zero. Vertical sensi- 
tivity is 5 ma/div, horizontal 
sensitivity 50 v/div. Calibrated 
controls permit accurate current 
and voltage readings directly 
from the screen. 





mxwzmzmw 



Fig, 2 — Same triode section of 
1 2AU7 with only 20-v peak plate 
supply and sensitivities increased 
to 0.2 ma/div vertical and 2 
v/div horizontal. Grid voltage 
is changed 2 v between curves, 
from — 14 v to zero. This is es- 
sentially a 25-times magnifica- 
tion of the lower left portion of 
Fig. 1, showing the operating 
characteristics at low plate-sup- 
ply voltage. 




SpMSSSHB! 




iimiiiiil 

■■■■■■■■SSI 
■■■■ ■■■■■! 

MI M 

■■■■■■■■■■I 

■ ■■■■ ■■■■■! 

Hill ■■■■■■ 
■■■■ H lllll 

■■im ■■■-■■' 



Fig. 3 — Screen current plotted 
against plate voltage with posi- 
tive grid bias on a 6AQ5. Plate 
load is 300 ohms, peak plate 
voltage is 100 v, screen-grid 
voltage is 1 00 v, with grid volt- 
age changing 2 v/step from 
+ 1 6 v to below zero. Vertical 
scale is 10 ma/div, horizontal 
scale 1 v/div. 



Fig. 4 — Typical 1 2AU7 Eg-lp 
curves. Plate load 5 k, peak 
plate-supply voltage 500 v, grid 
voltage changing 5 v/step from 
— 35 v to zero, vertical sensi- 
tivity 5 ma/div, horizontal sensi- 
tivity 5 v/div. 



Fig. 5 — Another family of curves 
with positive grid bias. Screen 
current is plotted against grid 
voltage. Operating conditions of 
the 6AQ5 are identical to Fig. 3, 
except horizontal sensitivity is 
2 v/div. 



Fig. 6 — Typical GERMANIUM DI- 
ODE curve. Inherent flexibility of 
the Type 570 permits accurate 
evaluation of diode characteris- 
tics and detailed examination of 
any part of the curve. Calibrated 
scales above are 0.2 v/div hori- 
zontal, 0.5 ma/div vertical, with 
zero points at center of screen. 




O 



<ii 



138 




4/59 



I 



TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 

Displays PNP and NPN Characteristics 



r 



20-AMPERE COLLECTOR DISPLAYS 

( 1 ampere average supply current) . 

2.4-AMPERE BASE SUPPLY 

Positive or Negative Collector Sweep 

Collector supply — to 20 v, 10 amperes 
— to 200 v, 1 ampere. 

Positive or Negative Base Stepping 

4 to 12 steps/family, repetitive or 
single family display. 

17 current/step positions, 1 ^a/step 
to 200 ma/step. 

5 voltage/step positions, with 24 dif- 
ferent driving resistances. 

Calibrated Display 

Vertical Axis — 
Collector current 
Base voltage 
Base current 
Base source voltage 

Horizontal Axis — 
Base current 
Collector voltage 
Base voltage 
Base source voltage 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 575 traces characteristic curves for 
both PNP and NPN transistors on the face of a cathode- 
ray tube. Equal steps of current, or equal steps of voltage, 
are applied to the transistor input. The voltage applied 
to the collector is swept from zero to a selected value on 
each input step. Seven different transistor characteristics 
are accurately plotted for examination and measurement. 
Vertical deflection is calibrated for collector current, base 
voltage, base current, and base source voltage. Horizon- 
tal deflection is calibrated for collector voltage, base 
voltage, base current, and base source voltage. The num- 
ber of steps per family is adjustable from 4 to 1 2, and the 
step/sec rate is 120 or 240. A repetitive display or a 
single family can be presented. Dissipation limiting re- 
sistors can be switched into the collector supply circuit. 
When equal steps of voltage are in use, series resistors 
can be switched into the step output circuit. 

Plug-in transistor receptacles are furnished with the 
Type 575 for convenience in rapid comparsion testing. 
Two receptacles for transistors with long leads, and two 
receptacles for transistors with pin connectors plug 
directly into the binding posts on the test panel. 




<VPt 575 ntANSBTOR CUHVC MACES 

c 



if I 




• * * * & • • & 




\^%/^ 




2»3 



w* 



CATHODE-RAY -TUBE DISPLAY 



Vertical Axis — A 24-position switch provides for se- 
lection of collector current, base voltage, base current, or 
base source voltage. Calibrated vertical deflection in 
current-per-division for collector current is selected from 
sixteen of the switch positions, 0.01 ma/div to 1000 
ma/div. Pushbuttons are provided for multiplying each 
current step by 2 and dividing by 10, increasing the cur- 
rent range to 0.001 to 2000 ma/div. Calibrated vertical 
deflection in volts-per-division for base voltage is se- 
lected from six other positions of the switch, 0.01 v/div 
to 0.5 v/div. Another position of the switch provides 
for vertical deflection by base current or base source 
voltage. Calibrated vertical deflection for base current 
and base source voltage is selected with the STEP 
SELECTOR switch. 

A vertical-position control and an amplifier-zero-check 
switch are provided. 

Horizontal Axis — A 19-position switch provides for 
selection of base voltage, collector voltage, base current, 
or base source voltage. Calibrated horizontal deflection 
in volts-per-division for base voltage is selected from six 
switch positions, 0.01 v/div to 0.5 v/div. Calibrated de- 
"TFection for collector voltage is selected from eleven other 



I 



4/59 




139 



TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 



I 



VERTICAL 



CURRENT os VOLTAGE 

PER DIVISION 




• 10 DIVISION* 



HORIZONTAL 

VOLTS/DIV 




BASt CURRENT OK 
: BASE SOURCE VOLTS ! 

v wirnl 
::■* SWITCH 



AMPLIFIER 
CALIBRATION 

una CHICK 




POSITION 



if) 



DC BAL. 



• 



-10 DIVISIONS 



positions, 0.01 v/div to 20 v/dtv. Another switch position 
provides for horizontal deflection by base current or base 
source voltage. Calibrated horizontal deflection for base 
current and base source voltage is selected with the STEP 
SELECTOR switch. 

A horizontal-position control and an amplifier-zero- 
check switch are provided. 

BASE STEP GENERATOR 

The Type 575 step generator produces input steps of 
constant current from 0.001 ma/step to 200 ma/step, 
and input steps of constant voltage from 0.01 v/step to 
0.2 v/step with a source impedance of one ohm. A po- 
larity switch provides for stepping the input in either the 
positive or negative direction. The number of steps per 
family is adjustable from 4 to 12, and a repetitive or 
single-family display can be presented. Either a 120- 
steps/sec or 240-steps/sec repetition rate can be select- 
ed. (When the Type 575 is used with a 50-cycle supply 
frequency, the step/sec rate will be either 100 or 200.) 



EM 




A switch is provided for grounding the transistor input 
for a zero voltage reference check, and opening the 
transistor input for a zero current reference check. The 
starting point of input current or voltage steps can be ad- 
iusted with the STEP ZERO control. 

When constant-voltage input steps are in use a resist- 
ance is inserted in series with the one-ohm source imped- 
ance of the step generator. This driving resistance can be 
selected from 23 values, 3.3 ohms to 22 kilohms. 



BASE STEP GENERATOR 



SHtt/FMHrLY 

^ 



IiR-l/TMnii POLAP rT sift 

SINGIE ^^^ 
fAMIt- I 



STEP SELECTOR 



SERIES RESISTOR 

33 22 




mo cueuiNt 






' 





. 




■ 






■ 








. 








■ 'p 



« 



COLLECTOR SWEEP 

The collector supply of the Type 57L consists of a 
variable transformer driving a power transformer whose 
secondary is tapped to give an output voltage of 0-20 
volts or 0-200 volts. This output is full-wave rectified 
using germanium rectifiers in parallel or series depend- 
ing upon the output-voltage range. The collector-supply 
primary is protected by a circuit breaker, set to trip 



. mmmrn 

iiiiiiiiii 

BBBBB9BBBB 
BBBBB1MBBB 

■BBBPBKIBBil 
521 



■BBBBrii 

Il^Jfll 

BBBBB3.1WIH 

tfllBftllllftiil 

BR.IB11B1 
■K1H1 ■■■ 

ruin i 
41 



Fig. 1 — PNP Transistor 

Collector current vs collector voltage 
with constant-current base steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 5 v with a 0.25- 
ohm load, base current is 50 ma/step. 
Vertical deflection is 1000 ma/div, hori- 
zontal deflection 0.5 v/div. 



Fig. 2 — NPN Transistor 

Base current vs base voltage with 
constant-current base steps. Collector 
sweep is to 1 v, base current 0.1 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 0.1 ma/ 
div, horizontal deflection 0.05 v/div. 
Dots represent equal increments of base 
current. Dynamic base impedance can be 
determined from this display. 



Fig. 3 — NPN Transistor 

Collector current vs base current with 
constant-current base steps. Collector 
sweep is to \ .5 v, base current 0.1 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 5 ma/ 
div collector current, horizontal deflec- 
tion 0.1 ma/div base current. Incre- 
mental and dc current gain can be de- 
termined from this display. 




<] 



<il 



140 




4/59 



I 



I TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 




r 



within 30 seconds at 1.2 ampere rms current but to hold 
on a rms current of 1 ampere. The turns ratio of the 
transformer for the 20-v range is such that a maximum 
peak current of 15 amperes is available with 1 ampere 
rms in the primary. Because the current pulses for tran- 
sistors are not sinusoidal nor of constant amplitude, and 
their duty cycle is dependent upon the characteristics 
of the device being tested, it is difficult to say what 
maximum collector-current curves can be plotted. Gen- 
erally, a family of collector-current curves can be plotted 
to 20 amperes or more when the transistors have a 
beta of 8 or greater. When checking diodes the wave- 
form of the current pulses is such that a curve of about 
15 amperes maximum can be drawn. 

The voltage applied to the collector is swept to a se- 
lected value on each input current or voltage step. A po- 
larity switch provides for sweeping the collector voltage 
in either the positive or negative direction. Peak collec- 
tor voltage is continuously adjustable from zero to 20 v, 
and from zero to 200 v. Maximum average current is 10 
amperes on the 0-to-20 v range, 1 ampere on the 0-to- 
200 v range. Any of fifteen load resistors from 0.35 
ohm to 100 kilohms can be inserted for limiting collector 
dissipation. 



COLLECTOR SWEEP 



PEAK VC 
RANGE 
0-20 0-200 



CiBCUtt BREAKER 



POLARITY 



# 

X!0 Xt 

V I 



m 




PEAK VOITS 
10 




DISSIPATION 
LIMITING RESISTOR 

APMOJUMATf LOAD *< • 

',0 * 
50 



NOTE 

lO DirifUIHl MAXIMUM rC.Wii D HMTION AND 

IQAO iiNl HHt K> !>»■■' UMttt 




SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM 

Shows basic operation of the Type 575 

Transistor-Curve Tracer. 






STEP 

GENERATOR 



^\ 



STEP 
AMPLIFIER 



Output 



^1 



1 



OTHER FEATURES 

Input Selection — A switch is provided for changing 
the test conditions from the common-emitter to the com- 
mon-base configuration. 

Comparison Tests — Two transistors can be rapidly 
compared by switching the test conditions from one to the 
other. 




Fig. 4 — PNP Transistor 

Collector current vs collector voltage with base 
grounded and constant-current emitter steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 1 20 v through a 5 k load re- 
sistor, emitter current 1 ma/step. Vertical deflec- 
tion is 1 ma/div, horizontal deflection 10 v/div. 



IHI 

ii fsmm 
ii z/j/m 

WWBMlk 
ii ZtfJiL 

mmmzvM 



»» 





Fig. 5 — PNP Transistor 
Collector current vs collector voltage with base 
grounded and constant-current emitter steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 1 .5 v, emitter current 200 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 200 ma/div, hori- 
zontal deflection 0.1 v/div. 



VERTICAL 
AMPLIFIER 




T 



VEBIICAL 

DEFLECTION 

PLATES 



























































































































































- 




z 








— j— j— 








^ 















coutera voltaci 



HGfclZONTAl 

DEFECTION 

PLATE* 



TRANSISTOR UNDER TEST 

IShowr* Pai NPN polarity, In 
grnundEd-Emilta' operation I 



I 



4/59 




141 



TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 



I 



Regulated Power Supply — Electronic voltage regu- 
lation is used to compensate for line-voltage changes be- 
tween 105 and 125 volts, and for variations in loading. 
All voltages affecting calibrations are fully regulated. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A Tektronix 5CAP cathode-ray 
tube is used in the Type 575. Accelerating potential is 
approximately 4 kv. PI phosphor is normally supplied. 
P2, P7, or PI 1 can be furnished instead if desired. Some 
other phosphors are available on special order. 

Illuminated Graticule — The 10 by 10-division grati- 
cule is edge-lighted. Illumination, focus, intensity and 
astigmatism controls are conveniently located on the 
front panel. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air circulation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 



Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, \6*A" high. 

Weight — Approximately 65 lbs. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 or 210-250 volts, 50- 
60 cycles, 410 watts maximum, 220 watts standby. 

Price $975 



Includes: 1 — Green filter (378-514) 

2 — 2N407 Transistors (151-003) 
2 — Long-lead transistor receptacles 
2 — Short-lead transistor receptacles 
1 — 3-conduetor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 




Fig. 6 — NPN Transistor 
Collector current vs collector voltage 
with constant-voltage base steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 2 v, base voltage 
0.02 v/step, vertical deflection is 5 ma/ 
div, horizontal deflection 0.2 v/div. 




Fig. 7 — NPN Transistor 
Base voltage vs collector voltage with 
constant-current base steps. Collector 
sweep is to 1 v, base current 0.1 ma/ 
step. Vertical deflection is 0.05 v/div 
base voltage, horizontal deflection 0.1 
v/div collector voltage. 




Fig. 8 — NPN Transistor 
Collector current vs collector voltage 
with constant-current base steps. Collec- 
tor sweep Is to 2 v, base current 0.01 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 0.5 ma/ 
div, horizontal deflection 0.2 v/div. 



assss 







Fig. 9 — NPN Transistor 
Same as Fig. 8 except base-current 
steps are 0.1 ma/step and vertical de- 
flection is 5 ma/div. 



O 



Fig. 10 — NPN Transistor 
Collector current vs base voltage with 
constant-voltage base steps. Collector 
sweep is to 1 .5 v, base voltage 0.05 
v/step with a 1 -ohm source impedance. 
Vertical deflection is 0.5 ma/div, hori- 
zontal deflection 0.05 v/div. 




Fig. 1 1 — NPN Transistor 
Same as Fig. 10 except base-voltage 
steps are 0.1 v/step with a 470-ohm 
source impedance. 



<i 



142 




4/59 



I 



I 



1 1> 


i 1 i 


i i 

i | 




i ■ i 




i' 


ii 



I 
I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 



SQUARE WAVE GENERATORS 



I 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
<: 

D 
D 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 



I TYPE 105 SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR 

Wide Frequency Range 



Risetime 

Less than 0.02 jusec into a terminated 93-ohm cable. 
As short as 13 millimicroseconds under suitable con- 
ditions. 



Frequency Range 

25 cycles to 1 mc, continuously variable. 



Frequency Meter 

Direct reading, accurate within 3% of full scale. 



Maximum Output 

15 v, approximately, into 93-ohm cable. 
More than 160 ma, peak-to-peak. 



r 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 105 Square-Wave Generator pro- 
duces square waves with flat horizontal portions, free of 
overshoot and ringing, over a wide frequency range. 
Square-wave current greater than 1 60 ma, peak-to- 
peak, available at the output terminal, permits a useable 
voltage swing across very-low impedance loads. Rise- 
time is less than 0.02 /j.sec into a terminated 93-ohm 
cable, and is approximately 13 millimicroseconds into a 
52-ohm cable terminated at both ends. 

Testing wide-band amplifiers with a square-wave gen- 
erator and an oscilloscope is a fast, efficient method 
both in the laboratory and in the television station. Such 
characteristics as transient response, bandwidth, and 
phase shift are quickly revealed. For examination of the 
high-frequency response a square wave having a rise- 
time faster than that of the amplifier being tested is re- 
quired. In addition, the test signal must be free of over- 
shoot and ringing. For examination of the low-frequency 
response a square wave having flat horizontal portions 
is required. The Tektronix Type 105 Square-Wave Gen- 
erator provides a suitable signal for both of these tests, 
making it possible to quickly and accurately test ampli- 
fiers, filters, etc., having passbands from a few cycles to 
20 mc. 

For an excellent discussion on the connection between 
bandwidth and frequency response, composition of rise- 
time and other details associated with square wave test- 
ing, see Vol. 18, Radiation Laboratory Series, "Vacuum 
Tube Amplifiers" (McGraw-Hill). 




CHARACTERISTICS 

Frequency Range — The frequency range is 25 cycles 
to 1 mc, continuously variable, in nine ranges — 100, 250 
cycles, 1, 2.5, 10, 25, 100, 250 kc, and 1 mc. Frequency 
is read directly on a meter accurate within 3% of full 
scale. 

Risetime — Less than 0.02 ftsec into a terminated 93- 
ohm cable; approximately 18 millimicroseconds when 
the 93-ohm cable is terminated at both ends; approxi- 
mately 13 millimicroseconds into a 52-ohm cable termi- 
nated at both ends. For higher output voltages larger 
output impedances can be used, with a corresponding 
increase in risetime. 





• ± 










—yf- 


. i j i 


H H 


1 n J 


Ml) 


1 .. 



Fig. I. 1 3-millimicrosecond risetime of the Type 105 displayed on 
0.02 fisec/cm sweep. Generator connected to vertical deflection 
plates of T54P crt, sensitivity 7 v/cm, with 52-ohm cable terminated 
at both ends. 



I 



2/59 




145 



TYPE 105 SQUARE -WAVE GENERATOR 



I 




Fig. 2. Sharp leading edge, square corner, and flat top of 1 -mc 
square-wave output of Type 105 displayed on 0.3 /isec/cm sweep 
Other conditions same as in Fig. 1. 

Output Amplitude — The output voltage is adjust- 
able from 10 to 100 v across the internal 600-ohm load. 
The maximum square-wave current available at the out- 
put is greater than 160 ma (peak-to-peak). With a 75- 
ohm terminated output coaxial cable, the maximum volt- 
age available is approximately 12 volts; with a 93-ohm 
cable, approximately 15 v. 

Sync Terminals — Provision is made to furnish an 
output synchronizing signal whose amplitude is indepen- 
dent of the square-wave output-control setting. A sync- 
input terminal permits the square wave to be synchro- 
nized with a frequency standard. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronically-regulated 
dc supplies insure stable operation over line variations of 
105-125 v, 210-250 v. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Multivibrator 2 6CB6 

Shaper amplifier 6AG7 

Driver amplifier 2 6AG7 

Output amplifier 3 6AG7 

Sync input amplifier 6CB6 

Sync coupling diode 6AL5 

Meter amplifier 6CB6 

Limiter and catching diode 6AL5 

Cathode follower voltage regulator 6J6 

Meter amplifier 6AL5 

Sync output CF 6J6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Rectifiers 4 5V4G 

Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 6AU5 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Forced-air ventilation assures safe oper- 
ating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched andized front panel, blue 
wrinkle-finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 1 6 V 2 " high, 10y 8 " wide, 14 7 / 8 " deep. 

Weight — 35 Vi pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 250 watts. 




Price $395 

Includes: 1 — P93, 93-ohm 42" coaxial cable 

1 — B93-R, 93-ohm terminating resistor 
1 — Binding-post adapter (013-004) 
1 — 3-eonductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Clip-lead adapter (013-003) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Currently Available Extras 

93-ohm cable and resistor normally furnished. 
If specified on purchase order, 52-ohm cable and re- 
sistor or 75-ohm cable and resistor will be supplied in- 
stead of 93-ohm cable and resistor. . . . no extra charge. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

When a Type 105 is used to check the transient response 
of the Type 5 1 3D Vertical Amplifier, the following acces- 
sories should be used to interconnect the two instruments. 

1— P52, 52-ohm 42" coaxial cable $4.00 

1 — B52-R, 52-ohm terminating resistor 8.50 

1_B52-L5, 52-ohm "L" pad, 5:1 ratio 8.50 

1 — B52-T10, 52-ohm "T" pad, 10:1 ratio 11.50 

A selection of terminating resistors, pads, and coaxial 
cables designed to be used with the Type 105 will be 
found in the Accessory Section of this catalog. Within 
certain technical limits, special terminating resistors and 
pads can be supplied upon request. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



(] 



<t 



146 




2/59 



I 



I TYPE 107 SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR 




I 



3 'Millimicrosecond Risetime 



Risetime 

Less than 3 millimicroseconds into a terminated 52-ohm 
cable. 



Frequency Range 

Approximately 400 kc to 1 mc, uncalibrated. 



Output Voltage 

0.1 to 0.5 v, approximately, when cable is terminated 
in 52 ohms. 



r 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 107 Square-Wave Generator is 
basically intended as a Test Accessory for Type 540- 
Series and Type 550-Series Oscilloscopes. For examina- 
tion of high-frequency response, a square wave having 
a risetime faster than that of the amplifier being tested 
is necessary. The Type 540-Series and Type 550-Series 
Oscilloscopes with the Type 53/54K or Type K Plug-In 
Preamplifier have a combination risetime of 14 milli- 
microseconds or better. The Type 107, with its risetime 
of 3 millimicroseconds, provides a suitable square wave 
for checking and adjusting the high-frequency response 
of the Type 540-Series and Type 550-Series Oscillo- 
scopes and Tektronix Wide-Band Preamplifiers. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Risetime — Less than 3 millimicroseconds when the 
output 52-ohm cable is terminated. 

Frequency Range — A front-panel control varies the 
frequency over an uncalibrated range of approximately 
400 kc to 1 mc. 

Output Voltage — When the output cable is termin- 
ated the output voltage range is approximately 0.1 v to 
0.5 v. If the cable is not terminated, the voltage range is 
0.2 v to 1 v. 

Output Trigger — An output trigger signal is available 
at a coaxial connector at the rear of the instrument. 




Waveform — Special design consideration has been 
placed on the shape of the positive portion of the wave- 
form. Therefore, only this portion should be used in tran- 
sient response testing. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Multivibrator 6BQ7A 

Amplifier 1 2BY7 

Shaper amplifier 1 2BY7 

Driver amplifier 1 2BY7 

Output amplifier 6AU6 

Rectifiers 2 6BW4 

Output voltage regulator OA2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Forced-air ventilation assures safe oper- 
ating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched panel, wrinkle-finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 11" long, 6%" wide, 10V 2 " high. 

Weight — 13 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 100 watts. 

Price $175 

Includes: 1 — P52, 52-ohm 42" coaxial cable 

1 — B52-R, 52-ohm terminating resistor 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



Z/59 




147 



I 




cl 






*l 



D 



I 

I 
I 



I 




I 

I 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

r 
i 








j 




y 








■ 




AUXILIARY AMPLIFIERS 



I 




<: 



i 



<ii 



i 



TYPE 121 PREAMPLIFIER 




Wide-Band Preamplifier 



r 



Voltage Gain 

0.01 to 100, continuously variable. 

Frequency Response 

5 cycles to 1 2 mc. 

Transient Response 

Less than 0.03-jusec risetime. 

Maximum Output Voltage 

1 v peak-to-peak in terminated 93-ohm cable. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 121 Wide-Band Preamplifier is a 
self-contained 3-stage ac-coupled amplifier especially 
well suited for increasing the sensitivity of wide-band 
oscilloscopes, and for other applications where a volt- 
age gain up to 100 is desired. Excellent output linearity 
is achieved on all input signals up to 0.01 v peak-to- 
peak at full gain. All plate circuits are operated on 
electronically-regulated dc supplies to provide stability 
against line-voltage fluctuations. To minimize the hum 
level, dc voltage is supplied to the heaters of the first 
two amplifier stages. In addition, the first three tubes 
are located on a shock-mounted chassis to minimize 
microphonic and drift effects. 

Power is available at the front panel for a cathode- 
follower probe such as the Tektronix P170CF or P500CF. 
If the P500CF is to be used, input terminal 4 of the probe- 
power socket should first be checked to make certain that 
it is grounded. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Gain — Continuously variable from 0.01 to 
100 with four fixed calibrated ranges. . .0.1, 1, 10, 
and 100. Noise level at the output is 5 mv peak-to-peak 
maximum at full gain, with the input grounded. 

Frequency Response — Primary emphasis has been 
placed on transient response. Risetime is less than 
0.03 /j.sec; passband is 5 cycles to 1 2 mc. 

Output Voltage — 1 v peak-to-peak maximum in a 
terminated 93-ohm cable, permitting linear amplification 
of any input signal up to 0.01 v peak-to-peak at full gain. 
Phase inversion in the Type 1 21 results in the positive por- 
tion of the input signal causing a negative def lecton at the 
output terminal. Output is via a cathode follower so a 
long separation of the preamplifier and oscilloscope, or 
other instruments, is possible. 

Probe Power — 20-100 v dc plate and 6.3 dc heater 
supplies are available at a front-panel connector for 
cathode-follower probe or special preamplifier use. 




Regulated Power Supplies — Electronically-regu- 
lated dc supplies insure stable operation over line varia- 
tions of 105-125 v. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 20 /xfxi. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, blue 
wrinkle-finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 5 % " wide, 1 1 Vi " high, 15" deep. 

Weight — 1 8 V2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 80 watts. 

Price $280 

Includes: 1 — P93B output cable 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1— Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. { Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



2/59 




151 



' 



I 



• 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

<: 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 

i 



TYPE 122 PREAMPLIFIER 




Low-Level Preamplifier 



Voltage Gain 

High position — approximately 1000. 
Low position — approximately 100. 



Frequency Response 

0.16 cycles to 40 kc maximum. 



Noise Level 

4 /jtv rms maximum, 



Output Voltage 

Maximum 20 v (peak-to-peak) 



Input Selection 

Single ended or differential. 



r 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier is a 
compact 3-stage battery-operated amplifier extending 
the usefulness of the oscilloscope into the microvolt re- 
gion. The Type 122 is especially useful in biological re- 
search and other applications requiring the amplification 
of microvolt signals. 

The Type 122 can be used with any dc-coupled oscil- 
loscope, increasing its sensitivity by a factor of either 
1000 or 100. When used with the Tektronix Type 512 
Oscilloscope, sensitivity is increased to 5 juv/cm; with the 
Tektronix Type 360 indicator, sensitivity is increased to 
50 /xv/cm. If the Type 122 is used with an ac-coupled 
oscilloscope, the overall low-frequency response will be 
limited to that of the oscilloscope. 

Shock mounting, careful bypassing, and use of battery 
heater and plate-supply voltages reduce microphonics, 
noise, and hum to a low level. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Frequency Response — Maximum passband is 0.16 
cycles to 40 kc, with 5 high-frequency 3-db cutoff points 
. . . 50, 250 cps, 1, 10, and 40 kc; and 4 low-frequency 
3-db cutoff points. . .0.2, 0.8, 8, and 80 cycles. Corres- 
ponding low frequency time constants are I, 0.2, 0.02, 
and 0.002 seconds. High and low-frequency cutoff 
points are controlled by separate switches so a variety of 
frequency response characteristics can be obtained. 




Rejection Ratio — 80 to 100 db for in-phase signals 
from 5 cycles to 40 kc; maximum signal input is 10 v. 

Voltage Gain — A toggle switch selects either a gain 
of 100 or 1000. 

Signal Output — For a maximum signal input of 
0.02 v (peak-to-peak) in high-gain position and 0.2 v 
(peak-to-peak) in low-gain position, maximum signal 
output is 20 v peak-to-peak. The output dc level is ad- 
justable to zero for use on dc oscilloscopes. Output is 
via a cathode follower with impedance approximately 
1000 ohms. 

Input Impedance — With single-ended input, the im- 
pedance is 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 
50 fifxi. Impedance for differential input is 20 megohms 
paralleled by approximately 50 /xfif. 

Noise Level — Depending on the setting of the fre- 
quency response controls, the noise level is 1 to 4 micro- 
volts rms with the input terminals grounded. 



I 



2/59 




153 



TYPE 122 PREAMPLIFIER 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input amplifier . . selected 1 2AX7 

Second stage amplifier selected 12AU7 

Third stage amplifier and CF out selected 12AU7 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 10 s / 8 " high, 4 '/ 2 " wide, 7" deep. 

Weight — 5 Vi pounds. 

Power Requirements — Battery powered through a 
standard octal plugr + 1 35 v at 5 ma, — 90 v at 4 ma, 
and 6.3 v at 9 amp. The battery cable furnished with 
the instrument is designed to be used with five 45-volt 
dry-cell batteries and one 6.3-volt storage battery. Bat- 
teries are not included with the Type 122. 

Type 122 $125 

Includes: 1 — W122 battery cable (012-009) 
1 — CON3P input plug 
1 — P93 output cable 
1 — Instruction manual 




4 



■ .< ■-. Mm . 



»?"W»;^ 



Type 122 Rack Mount — fits into standard 19" re- 
lay rack. Type 122 mounted horizontally on a panel 
Vs " thick, with input connector at left side of panel. 
Height, 5V 4 ". 

Type 1 22 Rack Mount $1 30 





Type 122 Frame Mount — fits vertically into special 
adapter frame FA160, or can be mounted in an existing 
support. 

Type 1 22 Frame Mount $1 30 

Currently Available Extras 

Extra long battery cables, similar to Type VV122, can 
be ordered as special items. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type FA160 Adapter Frame adapts Type 122 Frame 
Mount to rack mounting. Mounts in standard rack and 
holds four of any combination of Type 1 22 Preamplifiers, 
Type 360 Indicators, and Type 1 60-Series Units . . . $5.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



O 



«fc 



154 




2/59 



I 



TYPE 123 PREAMPLIFIER 




Miniature Low-Level 




r 



Compact 

3y 8 " high, 1 V 2 " wide, 2-3/16" deep. 

Weighs only 1 ounces. 

Voltage Gain 

Accurately set at 100 times. 

Passband 

Within 2% from 15 cycles to 6 kc. 
Within 3 db from 3 cycles to 25 kc. 

Maximum Input Signal 

0.1 v peak-to-peak. 

Hum-Free Low-Level Amplification 

Powered by miniature batteries. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 123 Preamplifier is a compact, 
light-weight, battery-operated amplifier for use in appli- 
cations where a gain of 100 without additional hum sig- 
nal is desired. Passband is 3 cycles to 25 kc. Etched 
wiring, miniature tubes and small batteries are combined 



in a unit about the size of 2 king-size cigarette pack- 
ages. Where reduced high-frequency response is per- 
missible, ground-loop hum pickup can be virtually elim- 
inated by mounting the Type 1 23 close to the circuit 
under observation. Coaxial connectors permit the Type 
123 to be connected directly to an oscilloscope or other 
instrument, and at reduced high-frequency response, in 
a connecting cable, or even for use as a probe. Shock- 
mounted chassis reduces the effects of microphonics, shift, 
and drift. 

Applications of the Type 1 23 are confined to the audio 
range,- for example, observing hum levels, transducer pre- 
amplifier, and other low-level applications where a gain 
of 100 is desired. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Gain — Gain is 100, adjustable with screw- 
driver calibration control. 

Passband — Within 3 db from 3 cycles to 25 kc. 
Within 2% from 15 cycles to 6 kc. 

Battery Powered — A small mercury cell supplies the 
filament voltage and a miniature 30 v battery is the 
source of plate voltage. Life of the mercury cell is ap- 
proximately 100 hours. Low plate current, 75 microamps, 
assures plate-supply battery life of more than 100 hours. 

Noise Level — The maximum noise level with the in- 
put grounded is less than 7.5 microvolts, rms. 

Output Signal Level — DC level of output is approxi- 
mately + 15 v. 

Maximum Input Signal — Maximum input signal for 
linear amplification is 0.1 v, peak-to-peak. 

Input Impedance — 10 megohms. 

Effective Output Impedance — 31 kilohms. 

Vacuum Tube Complement — Two Type 512AX 
sub-miniature filament-type pentodes. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy cover and etched-wir- 
ing chassis. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel. 

Dimensions — 3%" high, 4 Vs " including coaxial con- 
nector; 1 V2 " wide; 2-3/16" deep, 3 % " including coaxial 
connector. 

Weight — 10 ounces. 

Power Requirements — One 1 .345 v mercury cell and 
one 30 v miniature battery, included with the instrument. 

Price $50 

Includes: I — Mercury cell 
1 — B battery 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



2/59 




T55 



I 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

c 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 



I 




I 

I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 










mmu«m,JtJBm 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

■ 



SPECIAL INSTRUMENTS 




c 



<i 



TYPE 130 L,C METER 




Direct-Reading Inductance and Capacitance Meter 

frequency of the variable oscillator in the Type 130. 
This frequency is beat againist a 140-kc fixed oscillator. 
The difference frequency is shaped and counted, caus- 
ing meter deflection proportional to the difference fre- 
quency. The direct-reading meter is calibrated in micro- 
henries and micromicrofarads. 

Small actual and stray capacitances have very little 
effect on inductance measurements made with the Type 
130. For instance, the meter reading will be affected 
less than 1 % on inductance measurements where the 
actual and stray capacitances are as great as 50 /.(,/xf. 

Load Resistance Limits — The following loads will not 
appreciably alter the indication: 

Capacitance, 0.1 megohm shunt. 
Inductance, 20 k shunt, 10 ohms series. 
A table included in the instruction manual provides 
corrections for greater loads. 




wmsmm 



r 



Guard Voltage 

Permits measuring an unknown capacitance while 
eliminating the effects of other capacitances from 
the measurements. 

Five Ranges 

Microhenries — to 3, 10, 30, 100, 300. 
Micromicrofarads — to 3, 10, 30, 100, 300. 

Accuracy 

Within 3% of full scale. 

Coarse and Fine Zero Adjust 
4 V 7 " Meter 

APPLICATIONS 

Saves engineering time in circuit development work 
by providing quick inductance and capacitance readings 
even while circuit changes are being made. Aids in cor- 
rect placement of critical components and leads. 

Guard circuit produces a voltage of the same ampli- 
tude and phase as the voltage at the UNKNOWN ter- 
minals, but isolated from the frequency determining 
portions of the rest of the circuit. This permits separation 
of the capacitance to be measured from other capaci- 
tances and strays. Accurate measurements of direct 
inter-electrode capacitance in vacuum tubes can be 
made with ease. 

The Type 1 30 can also be used for component testing, 
sorting, and color-code checking on a production basis. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The unknown value to be measured will determine the 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Fixed oscillator 6U8 

Buffer amplifier 6U8 

Variable oscillator 6U8 

Buffer amplifier 6U8 

Mixer 6BE6 

Bistable multivibrator 6U8 

Guard circuit cathode follower 6BH6 

CF clamp and diode clamp 6BQ7A 

Rectifier 6X4 

Voltage regulator OA2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, blue 
wrinkle-finished cabinet. 

Size— 7" wide, 10!/ 2 " high, 1 3 / 4 " deep. 

Weight — 9 lbs. 

Power Requirements — 105-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 40 watts. 

Price $200 

Includes: 1 — P93C probe (010-003) 
1 — W130R lead (012-015) 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — W130B lead (012-014) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type F30 Production Test Fixture. Speeds sorting and 
testing of capacitors and inductors $3.00 

Type S30 Delta Standards, for calibration of Type 130 
L,C Meters $22.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



2/59 




159 




<] 



( i 



I 




TYPE 160-SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS 




•3 



• 



» 







«fc • -1«& 



■ now. mi «Hi«m '•' • : * 



The Tektronix Type 160-Series produces timed pulses 
of adjustable duration, amplitude and repetition rate, 
providing a convenient and flexible system of sequence 
control. By using several instruments together, complex 
waveform patterns can be obtained. Applications of the 
Type 160-Series are numerous ... various combinations 
are being used for nerve stimulation in neurophysical 
experiments, timed gating devices for complex equip- 
ment, component testing, biophysical and geophysical 
applications. The Type 360 Indicator unit, described in 
the oscilloscope section, takes the place of an auxiliary 
oscilloscope and can be used to measure the response 
time and nature of the response to an electrical pulse 



generated by the Type 160-Series instruments. 

The Type 1 60A Power Supply will supply power to 
one Type 360 Indicator unit along with a combination 
of four to six generators. The Type 161 or Type 163 
Pulse Generators can be used to gate one or more Type 
162 Waveform Generators, and the Type 162 can be 
used to trigger several Type 161 or Type 163 Pulse 
Generators. By using combinations of the generators, a 
wide variety of waveforms can be produced. 

The Type 160-Series is adaptable to rack mounting by 
means of a Tektronix accessory, the Type FA160 Mount- 
ing Frame. Any combination of four instruments can be 
placed in the frame at any one time. 






r 






Some of the waveform combinations possible with Tektronix Type 1 60-Series Waveform Generators 



I 



2/59 




161 



TYPE 160-SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS I 



TYPE 160 A POWER SUPPLY 



Large Load Capacity 

+ 300v dc, unregulated. 

+ 225 v dc, regulated, at 225 milliamps. 

+ 150 v dc, regulated, at 15 milliamps. 

+ 80 v dc, unregulated. 

— 1 70 v dc, regulated, at 1 25 milliamps. 

6.3 v ac, unregulated, at 20 amps. 



Electronic Voltage Regulation 



Four Output Terminals 

Conveniently located at rear of chassis. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 160A Power Supply provides the 
required voltages and currents for one Type 360 Indica- 
tor unit and a combination of four to six generators. As 
many as seven Type 161, or seven Type 162, or five 
Type 163, or five Type 360 units can be supplied by one 
Type 1 60A. 

The currents listed above for the +225 and —170 
volt supplies are available only with series regulator ex- 
ternal shunt resistors as provided in the individual units. 

The output terminals consist of four octal sockets, con- 
veniently located at the rear of the chassis. Each socket 
is capable of supplying power to two generators. Two 
20-inch 8-conductor inter-unit power cables are sup- 
plied. 

Electronic voltage regulation compensates for line- 
voltage variations between 105 and 125 v, and for cur- 
rent-demand differences of generators connected to the 
power supply. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Rectifiers 3 5V4 

Amplifier 6AU6 

Amplifier and series regulator 6AW8 

Series regulator 6080 

Series regulator 2 1 2B4 

Amplifier and cathode follower 6U8 

Voltage reference 5651 





a 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Forced air cooling. 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA 160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 4 Vs" wide, 12%" high, 13%" deep. 

Weight — 21 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 350 watts max. 

Price $175 

Includes: 2 — Wl 60-20 connecting cables (012-016) 
1 — Set mounting screws and cup washers 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



<i 



162 




2/59 



I 




TYPE 160-SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS 



f 



TYPE 161 PULSE GENERATOR 



Output Waveforms 

Fixed-amplitude positive gate. 
Variable-amplitude positive or negative pulse. 

Output Characteristics 

Duration — calibrated, continuously variable, lOftsec 

to 0.1 sec. 
Delay — continuously variable, to 1 00 % of triggering 

sawtooth waveform. 
Risetime — less than 0.5 ^.sec, overshoot less than 5%. 

Amplitude 

Gate — fixed, 50 v positive, peak-to-peak. 
Pulse — calibrated, continuously variable, to 50 v, 
peak-to-peak. 

Cathode-Follower Outputs 

Trigger Requirements 

Positive pulse, 3-volt peak-to-peak minimum. Nega- 
tive-going positive sawtooth, with a minimum rate 
of change of 1 5 v/sec. Maximum repetition rate, 
50 kc. 

Power Requirements 

— 170 v dc at 17 ma. 
+ 225 v dc at 22 ma. 
6.3 v ac at 1 .1 amps. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 161 Pulse Generator produces 
calibrated rectangular output pulses of adjustable dura- 
tion and amplitude when the required trigger voltage is 
received from an external source. A Tektronix Type 162 
Waveform Generator is an excellent source for either 
the negative-going positive sawtooth or positive pulse 
necessary to trigger the Type 161. 

When triggered by a negative-going sawtooth, the 
time of occurrence of the output pulse and gate can be 
adjusted to any point throughout the duration of the 
sawtooth. A calibrated control indicates the output de- 
lay as a fraction of the triggering sawtooth duration. 
Pulse and gate width in milliseconds, and pulse ampli- 
tude in volts are also indicated by calibrated controls. 

When a positive pulse is used to trigger the generator, 
the same output waveforms are available, and the delay 
control functions as a triggering-level control. 

Voltages necessary to operate the Type 161 can be 
obtained from a Tektronix Type 1 60A Power Supply. As 
many as seven 161 units can be powered by a single 
Type 160A unit. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 




Comparator 

Regenerative amplifier 



12AU7 
12AT7 



Coupling diode and one-half 

monostable multivibrator 12AT7 

Second-half multivibrator and 

positive pulse amplifier 1 2AT7 

Negative pulse amplifier 6J6 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA 160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched chassis. 

Dimensions— 4 %" wide, 12y 4 " high, 7V deep. 

Weight— 3 V 2 lbs. 

Price $125 

Includes: 1— W1 60-10 connecting cable (012-017) 
1 — Set mounting screws and cup washers 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



2/59 




163 




TYPE 160-SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS 



TYPE 162 WAVEFORM GENERATOR 



Output Waveforms 

Positive pulse, positive gate, and negative-going 
positive sawtooth. 

Output Characteristics 

Repetition Rate — 0.1 cycles to 10 kc for recurrent op- 
eration. 

Duration — pulse, 10 fisec to 0.05 sec, gate and saw- 
tooth, 100 /jLsec to 1 sec. 

Amplitude 

Pulse and gate — 50 volts positive from ground. 
Sawtooth — decreases uniformly with time from + 150 
volts to approximately +20 volts. 

Risetime 

Pulse — 1 /xsec, approximately, minimum. 

Cathode-Follower Outputs 

Trigger Requirements 

Positive pulse — 1 2 volts peak-to-peak minimum. 

Sine wave — 6 volts rms, frequency between 5 cycles 
and 50 kc. At frequencies below 5 cycles, the pro- 
duct of rms voltage times frequency must exceed 1 0. 

Gate — 8 volts, peak-to-peak minimum. 

Triggering Means 

Externally derived electrical pulse or gate, front-panel 
push button, or automatic recurrent operation. 

Power Requirements 

— 170 v dc at 7 ma. 
+ 150 v dc at 1 ma. 
+ 225 v dc at 28 ma. 
6,3 v ac at 1 .7 amps. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 162 Waveform Generator pro- 
vides three types of positive waveforms of adjustable 
duration and repetition rate: pulse, gate and negative- 
going sawtooth. Generation of the waveform can be 
initiated by means of an externally derived electrical 
impluse, or by front-panel push button. The Tektronix 
Type 161 or 163 Pulse Generator is an excellent source 
for the triggering signal. 

The output pulse and gate waveforms have an ampli- 
tude of 50 volts with a minimum risetime of approxi- 
mately one microsecond. The sawtooth waveform is a 
positive voltage decreasing uniformly from +150 volts 
to +20 volts. Waveform duration is measured by a 
calibrated control and the shortest pulse duration is ap- 
proximately 1 ju,sec. 

The Type 162 is designed to operate as a delay gen- 
erator in conjunction with the Type 161 or Type 163 
Pulse Generator and to supply a sweep voltage for the 
Type 360 Indicator unit. It is useful for initiating chains 
of events electrically, and for controlling the duration of 
their occurrence and repetition rate. When generating 
waveforms recurrently it functions as a stable repetition- 
rate generator. 

Voltages necessary to operate the Type 162 can be 



obtained from a Type 160A Power Supply. As many as 
seven Type 162 units can be powered by a single Type 
160A unit. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Regenerative trigger 1 2AU7 

Trigger amplifier and one-half multivibrator 12AU7 

Multivibrator and pulse and gate shaper . . 12AU7 

Phantastron 6BH6 

Pulse and gate amplifier and sawtooth 

cathode follower 1 2AU7 

Pulse and gate cathode follower and 

catching diode 1 2AU7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Dimensions— 4 y 8 " wide, 12y 4 " high, 7V 2 " deep. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched chassis. 

Weight— 3 y 2 lbs. 

Price $125 

Includes: 1 — Wl 60-1 connecting cable (012-017) 
1 — Set mounting screws and cup washers 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




c] 



I 



( i 



164 




2/59 



I 





r 



TYPE 160-SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS 



TYPE 163 FAST -RISE PULSE GENERATOR 



Output Waveforms 

Variable-amplitude positive pulse. 
Fixed-amplitude positive gate. 

Output Characteristics 

Risetime — less than 0.2 /xsec (without load capaci- 
tance) . 

Decay Time — 0.2 to 0.5 jusec (without load capaci- 
tance) . 

Overshoot — can be adjusted to zero. 

Duration — calibrated, continuously variable, 1 /xsec to 
1 0,000 /xsec. 

Delay — continuously variable, to 100% of triggering 
sawtooth duration. 

Amplitude 

Pulse — calibrated, continuously variable, to 25 v, 

peak to peak. 
Gate — fixed, 25 v, peak to peak. 

Cathode-Follower Output 

Pulse — from arm of variable cathode resistor. 
Gate — from top of same resistor. 

Trigger Requirements 

Positive pulse, 2 v peak to peak minimum. 
Negative-going sawtooth; must include dc bias suffi- 
cient to keep voltage positive. 

Power Requirements 

— 1 70 v dc at 26 ma.. 
+ 225 v dc at 45 ma. 
6.3 v ac at 3.6 amp. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 163 Pulse Generator produces rec- 
tangular pulses of less than 0.2 tisec risetime when the 
required trigger voltage is received from an external 
source. A Tektronix Type 162 Waveform Generator is an 
excellent source for either the negative-going sawtooth 
or positive pulse necessary to trigger the Type 163. 

When triggered by a sawtooth voltage the time of oc- 
currence of the output pulse and gate can be adjusted to 
any point throughout the duration of the sawtooth. Out- 
put delay is indicated as a fraction of the triggering 
sawtooth duration by a calibrated control. Pulse and 
gate width in microseconds and pulse amplitude in volts 
may be read directly from calibrated controls. 

The Type 163 can be operated up to 50% duty cycle 
at the minimum time setting on any range. Correspond- 
ingly higher duty cycles are obtained at higher multiplier 
control settings. The maximum repetition rate is 500 kc 
when a pulse of 1 -itsec duration is generated. 

Voltages necessary to operate the Type 163 may be 
obtained from a Tektronix Type 1 60A Power Supply. As 
many as five Type 163 units can be powered by a single 
Type 1 60A unit. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Comparator and pulse amplifier 6U8 

Regenerative trigger amplifier 6U8 

Disconnect diode and charge diode 6AL5 

Monostable multivibrator 2 1 2BY7 

Output cathode follower 6BQ7A 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodired panel, etched chassis. 

Dimensions — 4 y 8 " wide, 12%" high, 7V 2 " deep. 

Weight— 3 V 2 lbs. 

Price $125 

Includes: 1 — W1 60-10 connecting cable (012-017) 
1 — Set mounting screws and cup washers 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type FA160 Mounting Frame adapts Type 160 Series to 
rack mounting. Holds four Type 160-Series Units. .$5.00 

Type FAP160 Blank Panel, 4%* x 12y 4 ", covers open- 
ings in frame-mounted sets of Type 160-Series instru- 
ments $3.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



2/59 




165 




C] 



v i 



I 



I TYPE 360 INDICATOR 




r 



i 



Vertical Passband 

DC to 500 kc. 



Calibrated Vertical Attenuator 

Deflection Factor — 0.05 v/div. 



Waveform Requirements 

50-v positive unblanking pulse, and a sawtooth of 
either polarity with amplitude from 110 to 150v 
and extreme voltage limits at — 90 v and + 170 v. 



Power Requirements 

+ 300 v dc unregulated at 20 ma. 
+ 225 v dc regulated at 35 ma. 
— 170 v dc regulated at 23 ma. 
6.3 v ac at 3 amps. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 360 Indicator contains a 3" flat- 
faced crt, accelerating voltage supply, vertical amplifier 
with a deflection factor of 0.05 v/div and a calibrated 
vertical attenuator. It is designed to be powered by a 
Tektronix Type 160 or Type 160A Power Supply and to 
receive its sweep and unblanking voltages from a Tek- 
tronix Type 162 Waveform Generator or from any Tek- 
tronix oscilloscope; it can, however, be operated from any 
source of the proper voltages and waveforms. A Type 360 
is well adapted to take the place of a bulkier general pur- 
pose oscilloscope in single monitoring applications; or 
several can be used along with Tektronix Type 160 Units 
as building blocks in a complex sequence-control and 
monitoring system. Several Type 360 Indicators can be 
driven by a single Type 162 Unit, and a simple Type 
161 -Type 162 hookup provides calibrated sweep delay. 
For low-level applications a Tektronix Type 122 Pream- 
plifier provides a deflection factor of 50 microvolts/div. 
A single Type 1 60A can supply power to five Type 360 
Units. Three Type 360 Units can be powered by a Type 
160 (predecessor to Type 160A) Power Supply. 




VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Amplifier — Frequency response of the 
calibrated vertical amplifier is dc to 500 kc. An AC-DC 
switch is provided to insert a blocking capacitor in the 
input when ac-coupling is desired. 

Calibrated Attenuator — Four positions. .0.05, 0.5, 
5, and 50 v/div. A variable control fills in between steps, 
making the attenuation continuously variable from 0.05 
v/div to 500 v/div. 

Signal Input — A front-panel coaxial connector is pro- 
vided for the input signal. Input impedance is 1 megohm 
paralled by by approximatley 40 ju^f. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Input Waveforms — A sawtooth waveform of either 
polarity can be used to drive the horizontal amplifier. 
The sawtooth waveform can have an overall amplitude 
from 1 1 to 150v with the extreme voltage limits at 
— 90 v and + 1 70 v. A 50-volt positive pulse waveform 
having the same time duration as the sweep waveform 



2/59 




167 



TYPE 360 INDICATOR 



is necessary for unblanking the crt. The Type 162 Wave- 
form Generator, any Tektronix oscilloscope, or any other 
source of waveforms at the necessary dc levels is re- 
quired to supply the horizontal deflection system of the 
Type 360 Indicator. 

Horizontal Calibration — A screwdriver adjustment 
provides a means of calibrating the sweep. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — Accelerating potential of 1.8 
kv is supplied to the 3WP crt. A P2 phosphor is normally 
furnished, but others are available upon request. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The external unblanking 
waveform is dc-coupled to the grid of the crt, assuring 
uniform bias for all sweeps and repetition rates. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in 1 0-horizontal, 8-vertical quarter-inch divi- 
sions. Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Vertical output amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Voltage setting CF and horizontal amplifier 6AN8 

Horizontal feedback amplifier 6AU6 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

High-voltage regulator 1 2AT7 

High-voltage rectifiers 2 5642 

Cathode-ray tube 3WP2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 4 Va " wide, 1 2 V 4 " high, 16" deep. 

Weight — 9 pounds. 

Price $250 

Includes: 1 — 1 OX attenuator probe 

1 — W160-20 connecting cable (012-016) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



< 



c 



°i 



168 




2/59 



I 




TYPE 126 POWER SUPPLY 



for Type 360 Indicator 
and Type I 60-Series Generators 



Output Voltages 



-+- 300 v dc, unregulated. 
+ 225 v dc, regulated, 45 ma maximum. 
+ 1 50 v dc, regulated, 5 ma maximum. 
— 1 70 v dc, regulated, 30 ma maximum. 
6.3 v ac, unregulated, 4 amps maximum, 



Small — Adds only 2V 2 " in height to Type 360 Indi- 
cator. 



Electronic Voltage Regulation 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 126 Power Supply supplies the re- 
quired voltages and currents necessary to power one 




r 




■ 




Type 360 Indicator or any one of the Type 1 60-Series 
Waveform Generators. The Type 1 26 mounts beneath 
the unit to be powered, and includes a cabinet to house 
both the Type 1 26 and the powered unit. 

A Type 126 Power Supply combined with a Type 360 
Indicator makes a practical, compact slave unit for any 
Tektronix oscilloscope. (The oscilloscope has the neces- 
sary sweep sawtooth and unblanking pulse for the Type 
360 Indicator available at front-panel connectors.) 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Rectifiers 2 6BW4 

Regulator amplifier 6AU6 

Regulator amplifier and 

voltage regulator CF 6AN8 

Series regulators 2 1 2B4 

Voltage reference 5651 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle 
cabinet. 

Dimensions — 4 y 8 " wide, 1 5 V2 " deep, cabinet height 
14%". 

Weight — IOV2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 50 watts. 

Price $1 00 

Includes: 1 — Instruction manual 

Prices f.o.b. factory. [ Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



2/59 




169 




« 



c 



<k 



I 



I 



TYPE 180A TIME-MARK GENERATOR 




r 



■ 



Versatile Timing Source 



14 Time-Mark Intervals 

Two per decade from 1 jxsec to 5 sec, available sep- 
arately or in combinations as a timing comb. 



Three Sine-Wave Frequencies 

5 mc, 10 mc, and 50 mc. 



Six Trigger-Rate Frequencies 

1, 10, 100 cycles, 1, 10, 100 kc. 



Accuracy Within 0.03 % 

Stability of 2 ppm over a 24-hour period. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 180A Time-Mark Generator is a high-quali- 
ty source of time markers, sine waves and trigger im- 
pulses. Fourteen time markers, 3 sine-wave frequencies 
and 6 trigger-rate frequencies provide instrument versa- 
tility for a large number of applications in the labora- 
tory or on the production line. With its frequency 
accuracy of 0.03% and stability of 2 ppm, the Type 
1 80A is an ideal calibrating source for oscilloscope 
sweeps, oscillators, and counters. It can also be used as 
a time-measuring instrument and as a trigger-rate gen- 
erator. Markers can be presented separately or mixed 
into a timing-comb combination. 




Timing comb formed by a combination of 100, 

500 /(.sec, 1 , and 5 msec markers. 




CHARACTERISTICS 

Time Markers — Time markers occur at intervals of 
1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 500 fjaec, 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 500 milli- 
sec, 1 sec and 5 sec. Markers are available separately 
and simultaneously through banana jacks, or mixed into 
a timing combination through a push-button arrange- 
ment and available at a coaxial connector. 

Sine Waves — Push-button switches connect the sine- 
wave frequencies of 5 mc, 10 mc or 50 mc to the output 
connector. Output is approximately 3 volts. 

Trigger-Rate Generator — Trigger-rate frequencies 
of 1, 10, 100 cycles, 1,10, and 100 kc are derived from 
the dividing multivibrators. Output is through a front- 
panel coaxial connector. 

Stability — All outputs are derived from a 1-rnc crys- 
tal-controlled oscillator with a frequency tolerance of 
about 0.03%. The 1-mc crystal is mounted in a temp- 
erature-stabilized oven. Stability is within 2 parts per 
million over a 24-hour period. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronically-regulated 
dc supplies insure stable operation over line variations 
from 1 05-1 25 v, 50-60 cycles. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Oscillator and Cathode follower 

Frequency multipliers 3 



6AN8 

6DK6 



2/59 




171 



TYPE 180A TIME-MARK GENERATOR 



I 



Nominal Voltage, Impedance and Risetime Values 





Open Circuit 
Voltage 


Impedance at 
Half-Voltage 


Risetime 


Open Circuit 
Voltage 

(jacks) 


Impedance 


Markers 


3 volt minimum 


390 Q or less 


varies from 

0.05 /isec at 1 ju.sec 

to 1 /xsec at 5 

seconds 


25 volts 
minimum 


390 Q at 1 /xsec to 
680 Q at 5 seconds 


Trigger 
Pulses 


6 volt minimum 


56 n or less 


0.07 jisec at 100 kc 
to 0.25 jxsec at 1 cps 






Sine 
Waves 


3 volt minimum 
across 52-ohms 












Cathode follower and buffer 6AN8 

Divider multivibrators 14 5965 

Coupling diode and clamp 13 6AL5 

Marker cathode follower 13 1 2AU7 

Series regulator 6080 

Series regulator 2 1 2B4 

Regulator amplifier 2 6AU6 

Difference amplifier 6AN8 

Voltage reference . . 5651 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation assures 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and 3-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, blue 
wrinkle-finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 10" wide, 14" high, 17" deep. 



Weight — 31 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 240 watts. 

Price $575 

Includes: 2 — P93 output cables 

1 — Clip-lead adapter (013-003) 

1 — 3-eonductor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



<: 



<i 



172 




2/59 



I 



I TYPE 181 TIME-MARK GENERATOR 

A Portable, Accurate Time-Mark Source 



f 



Five Time-Mark Intervals 

1, 10, 100, 1000, and 10,000 microseconds, plus 
10-mc sine wave. 



Small Size 

8 % " high, 5 % " wide, 1 7 V 2 " deep. 



Low Weight 

Only 1 7 } /z pounds. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 181 provides accurate markers that can be 
displayed on an oscilloscope for sweep calibration or 
comparison time measurements. All six outputs are 
available at a common coaxial connector through use of a 
selector switch. The five time-markers are also available 
separately at front-panel binding posts for convenient 
utilization as trigger impulses, or for other purposes. 

All outputs are derived from a 1 -mc crystal-controlled 
oscillator with a frequency tolerance of about 0.03% 
and after initial warmup, a short time stability of about 
0.005 % per hour. For applications requiring greater 
stability, a directly interchangable cyrstal is availible as 
an accessory. This plug-in crystal is mounted in a tem- 
perature-controlled oven, and provides a stability of 2 
parts per million over a 24-hour period. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 



Nominal Output Values 



Marker 

0.1 ju,sec 

1 jxsec 

1 /xsec 

1 00 ^sec 

1 000 /xsec 

10,000 fisec 



Amplitude 
2v 
2 v 
2 v 
2v 
2 v 
2v 



Risetime 
sine wave 
0.05 /isec 
0.1 3 ju.sec 
0.2 /xsec 
0.4 jusec 
0.4 fisec 



Impedance 
150 ohms 
80 ohms 
80 ohms 
80 ohms 
80 ohms 
80 ohms 



Regulation — DC voltages are electronically regu- 
lated. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 

volts, 50 to 60 cycles, 100 watts. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Oscillator 6AU6 

Shaper and multiplier 6AN8 

Buffer and amplifier 6AN8 

Disconnect and limiting diodes 4 6AL5 

Frequency dividers 4 6BQ7A 

Output CF 2 1 2AU7 



TYPE 181 TIME-MARK GENERATOR 



i — 

WJ1HII IftlCTM 



MStC 
[ 





Rectifier 6AX5 

Rectifier 6X4 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Series regulators 2 1 2B4 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Size — 8 % " high, 5 % " wide, 1 7 Y 2 " deep. 
Weight — 17% pounds. 

Type 181 $240 

Includes: 1 — P93 output cable 

1 — W130B lead (012-014) 

1 — W130R lead (012-015) 

1 — 3-conduetor power cord (161-008) 

1 — Instruction manual 

Type 181, with Type C0181A Crystal-Oven Com- 
bination installed, $260 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type C0181A Crystal-Oven Combination — A 1-mc 
crystal mounted in a temperature-stabilized oven. Di- 
rectly interchangeable with standard crystal. Plugs into 
crystal socket of the Type 181 — no wiring changes 
necessary. Provides a frequency stability of 2 ppm over 
a 24-hour period $27.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



I 



2/59 




173 



TYPE RM181 TIME-MARK GENERATOR 



I 



Rack-Mounting Time-Mark Source 




GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM181 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
181 Time-Mark Generator for mounting in a standard 
19-inch rack. The instrument is fastened to the front of 
the rack by four screws. It requires only 5% inches of 
rack height. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM181 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 181 Time-Mark 
Generator. Outputs are: 1,10, 100, 1000, 10,000 micro- 
seconds, and a 10-mc sine wave. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction ■ — ■ Aluminum-alloy chassis. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 

Dimensions — 5V 4 " high, 19" wide, 9V 4 " rack depth 

(approximately 3" additional required for power cord), 
1 1" overall depth. 

Weight — 16% pounds. 



Type RM1 81 $265 

Includes: 1 — P93 output cable 

— W130B lead (012-014) 

— W130R lead (012-015) 

— Set mounting hardware 

— 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

— Instruction manual 

Type RM181, with Type C0181A Crystal-Oven Com- 
bination installed, $285 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type C0181A Crystal-Oven Combination — A 1-mc 
crystal mounted in a temperature-stabilized oven. Directly 
interchangeable with standard crystal. Plugs into crystal 
socket of the Type RM181 — no wiring changes neces- 
sary. Provides a frequency stability of 2 ppm over a 
24-hour period $27.00 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c 



<i 



174 




2/59 



I 



I TYPE 190A SIGNAL GENERATOR 



Constant -Amplitude Signal Generator 




r 




Output Frequency 

Continuously variable from 350 kc to 50 mc in 6 
ranges. Additional setting at 50 kc, variable over a nar- 
row band. Indication accurate within 2 per cent. 

Output Amplitude 

Continuously variable from 40 millivolts to 10 volts 
peak-to-peak in 7 ranges. Amplitude indication accurate 
within 10% of full scale. 

Amplitude Variation 

The load resistance should be at least 52 ohms. Load 
shunt capacitance should not exceed 10 ju/xf. The output 
amplitude varies less than ±2 per cent from 50 kc to 
30 mc; less than ±5 per cent from 30 mc to 50 mc. 

Harmonic Content 

Maximum harmonic content is not specified. The har- 
monic content of a typical instrument will not exceed 5 % . 



I 



2/59 




GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 190A supplies a constant-ampli- 
tude sine-wave signal over the frequency range of 350 kc 
to 50 mc. In addition, it supplies a 50-kc sine-wave out- 
put for reference purposes. Principal application of this 
instrument is the measurement of high-frequency response 
and other characteristics of wide-band amplifiers, atten- 
uators, and delay networks. 

The Type 190A is housed in an attractive new three- 
piece cabinet, designed for easy access to the interior of 
the instrument. All controls are located for maximum op- 
erator convenience. The attenuator is a separate unit, 
connecting to the main unit through a 36" cable. 

Peak-to-peak level of the output signal at the input to 
the attenuator is indicated on the amplitude meter. Out- 
put is maintained at a constant level by the control volt- 
age fed back from the sampling rectifier in the attenuator 
unit. This control signal varies the oscillator plate voltage 
through an electronic regulator circuit. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Oscillator 6C4 

Meter amplifier 1 2AU7 

Compensating diode 6AL5 

Sampling diode 6AZ5 

Voltage regulator OB2 

Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Series regulator 1 2AU7 

Power rectifier 5Y3G 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Size— 9y 4 " wide, 13y 2 " high, 11" deep. Attenuator 
unit— 2%" x 2y 4 " x 2". Connecting cable — 36" long. 

Weight — 24 pounds. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finshed cabinet. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v, or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 100 watts. 

Price $300 

Includes: 1 — Attenuator unit 

1 — 36" connecting cable 

1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-008) 

T — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



175 



I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 



I 

/-\. /-\. r\. .^s. r\. ^>l .o. ,^v .O. ^^ /*>. r\r* 

^ V V. V. V. ^ ^. V V \. ^s. ^ 




\t <^ v <?* v <r" \y <y* \/ <?* \/ <$* v 



I 



>s> i> v5N <£> 5> & <$?<& <$> & & <& 




ACCESSORIES 



r 
i 



I 




o 



( » 



I 



I 



MOBILE OSCILLOSCOPE TABLES 




r 



SCOPE-MOBILES 




Type 500/53A 

The Tektronix Type 500/53A Scope-Mobile is a stur- 
dy, mobile support for Tektronix 5" Oscilloscopes. Con- 
venient observation of the crt face is achieved by a 20- 
degree backward tilt of the top surface. The front panel 
has two supporting cradles to accommodate Tektronix 
Preamplifier Plug-In units. A drawer, felt-lined and 
operating on roller bearings, provides handy storage for 
probes, cables, manuals etc. An open shelf, 14%" 
wide, 12%" high, and 23 5 /s" deep, topped with tough 
linoleum, is located at the bottom. Power input and 
three convenience outlets are mounted at the rear. 
Total weight is 35 pounds. Dimensions are I 8 V2 " wide, 
39" high and 30" deep. 

Includes: 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-014) 

Type 500/53A $11 0.00 

Type 53A Scope-Mobile Panel — for Type 500A 
Scope-Mobiles. Converts the Type 500A to a Type 
500/53A by replacing the standard blank panel. 

014-005 10.50 




Type 500A 

The Tektronix Type 500A Scope-Mobile is identical 
to the Type 500/53A, except for the front panel. Aux- 
iliary equipment can be mounted behind the blank 
front panel in a space 13%" wide, and 8%" high for 
the first 5 V2 " of depth and tapering in height from this 
point, on a 20 degree angle to a minimum height of 
2 V2 " at a depth of 19%". It will usually be necessary 
to provide forced-air ventilation for the equipment com- 
partment. A fan kit, 040-161, is recommended for this 
purpose. 

Includes: 1 — 3-conduetor power cord (161-014) 

Type 500A $1 00.00 

Type 53 Scope-Mobile Panel — For Type 500 Scope- 
Mobiles only. Converts the earlier Type 500 model to 
a Type 500/53 by replacing the standard blank panel. 

014-004 10.50 



I 



6/59 




179 



MOBILE OSCILLOSCOPE TABLES 



I 




Scope-Mobile Fan Kit — for forced-air ventilation of 
the equipment compartment of the Type 500A Scope- 
Mobile. Contains motor, 5" blade, filter, and mounting 
hardware. 040-161 15.00 



Scope-Mobile Trays For Type 500A and 500/ 53A 

Scope -Mobiles 

Two sizes available. When installed on a Type 500A 
or 500/53A scope-mobile, each size furnishes a secure 
positioning mount for a type of Tektronix oscilloscope, 
smaller in size than those for which the Scope-Mobile 
was originally designed. Trays are installed with 2 self- 
tapping screws. Requires drilling of two #36 holes. 

436-01 7-for Type 51 5A Oscilloscopes Price 

436-016 for Type 502 Oscilloscope Price 




d 



1 



<J 



180 




6/59 



I 



I 



MODIFICATION KITS 




r 



i 



Type T 1 2 Amplifiers 

040-030 (Formerly K112-618-S1) Improves pre- 
amplifier stability and simplifies tube replacement. For 
Type 112 serial numbers 101 through 123 .... $8.80 

040-031 (Formerly Kl 12-61 8-S2) Same kit as 
above. For Type 112 serial numbers 124 through 
453 $8.80 

Type 1 80 Time-Mark Generators 

040-002 (Formerly K 180-438 & 444) Improves 
stability of high-frequency dividers, 100-kc trigger per- 
formance and marker phasing. For Type 180 serial 
numbers 101 through 163 $7.50 

040-003 (Formerly K180-553-1) Improves oscil- 
lator performance and permits precise frequency set- 
ting of crystal oscillator when zero-beating against a 
standard-frequency source. For Type 180 serial num- 
bers 108 through 138 $7.15 

040-004 (Formerly K 180-553-2) Same kit as above. 
For Type 180 serial numbers 139 through 
163 $7.15 

040-005 (Formerly K 180-553-3) Same kit as 
above. For serial numbers 164 through 293, except 
serial numbers 174, 192, 220, 253, 258, 261, 264, 266, 
270, 273, 274, 276, 292, 294 and299 $7.15 

040-006 (Formerly K 180- 1046) Further improves 
high-frequency divider stability. For serial numbers 294 
through 637. This modification kit will apply if Type 
180 uses 6U8 oscillator tube; it can be made on serial 
numbers below 294 if the two preceding mods are first 
installed No charge 

Type 310 Oscilloscopes 

040-195 Replaces the selenium type rectifier used in 
the Type 310 with a silicon type offering more reliabil- 
ity and longer life Price on request 

Type 316 Oscilloscopes 

040-151 Replaces 2 resistors in high-voltage supply 
circuit in order to change focus voltage for T32P crt; for 
serial numbers 101 through 269 with T31 P 
crts No charge 

Type 515 Oscilloscopes 

040-172 Permits automatic triggering, independent 
of the setting of the front panel stability control. All 
serial numbers $20.00 

040-173 Increases sensitivity of the vertical amplifier 
from 0.1 v/cm to 0.05 v/cm. All serial 
numbers $35.00 

Type 517 and 517A Oscilloscopes 

040-053 (Formerly K51 7-593) Increases reliability 
of bootstrap circuitry and simplifies maintenance. For 
serial numbers 101 through 560 No Charge 



6/59 




040-180 (Formerly K51 7- 1127-1) Cathode-ray 
tube change to T54PH. Increases vertical sensitivity to 
0.05 v/cm, increases vertical deflection to 4 cm, im- 
proves focus and sweep linearity. Includes T54P11H 
cathode-ray tube. For serial numbers 101 through 925 
except 921 $120.00 

040-107 (Formerly K517-1 127-2) Limits sweep duty 
cycle to 15% to avoid overloading sweep circuits. For 
serial numbers 101 through 925 except 921 . . $10.00 

040-165 Offers temperature protection to both the 
Indicator and Power Supply Units, especially when 
operating under high ambient temperature conditions. 
For serial numbers 101 through 1724 $45.00 

Type 524D and 524AD Oscilloscopes 

040-058 (Formerly K524-1010) Improved high- 
voltage supply. For serial numbers 101 through 
1429 $40.00 

040-060 (Formerly K524-579) Installation of 7" 
fan increases realiability. For serial numbers 101 
through 789 $18.00 

040-090 (Formerly K524-705) Reduces ripple in 
power supply. For serial numbers 101 through 
820 No Charge 

040-091 (Formerly K524-717) Prevents parastic 
oscillations in vertical amplifier. For serial numbers 101 
through 850 No Charge 

040-059 (Formerly K524-1021A) Front-panel pow- 
er receptable for P500CF cathode-follower probe. For 
serial numbers 101 through 1842 $5.00 

040-177 Replaces the selenium type rectifier used 
in the Type 524 with a silicon type offering more reli- 
ability and longer life. When ordering kits for serial 
numbers below 1069 please specify if Modification Kit 
K524-748, which relocates the selenium rectifiers, has 
been installed $22.00 

040-057 (Formerly K524-805) Converts vertical- 
amplifier response to flat within 1 % to 5 mc. Includes 
new access panel. For serial numbers 101 'through 
1399 $6 .5o 

Type 525 Oscilloscopes 

040-171 Permits observation of the Vertical Inter- 
field Test Signal. For all serial numbers except Type 
525Modl 1 1 instruments $35.00 

Type 531 and Type 541 Oscilloscopes 

040-118 (Formerly K531 Sweep Lockout) Single- 
sweep lockout reset feature for one-shot 
recording $25.00 

Type 532 Oscilloscopes 

040-147 (Formerly K532 Sweep Lockout) Same as 
for Type 531 and 541 $25,00 



181 



MODIFICATION KITS 



I 



040-158 Preset stability — Provides a way for easy 
sweep stability setting. For serial numbers 101 through 
5665 $1 2.00 

Type 531 and Type 535 Oscilloscopes 

040-149 (Formerly K53 1/535) Preset stability. 
Eliminates trigger-control readjustments in most applica- 
tions. For Type 531 serial numbers 101 through 607, 
for Type 535 serial numbers 101 through 
1074 $18.50 

040-152 (Formerly K530/K540-2) Preset stability. 
For Type 531 serial numbers 608 through 5453, for Type 
535 serial numbers 1075 through 5469 $5.00 

040-153 (Formerly K530/K540-2) Preset stability. 
For Type 531 serial numbers 5454 through 6019, for 
Type 535 serial numbers 5470 through 6044 . . $4.50 

040-154 (Formerly K530/540-3) Preset stability. 
For Type 531 serial numbers 6020 through 6710, for 
Type 535 serial numbers 6045 through 7552 . . $2.50 

040-150 (Formerly K53 1/535 HF SYNC) Improves 
operation of HF SYNC triggering mode. For Type 531 
serial numbers 101 through 651, for Type 535 serial 
numbers 101 through 1207 $1.50 

040-159 Maximum intensity modification to de- 
crease the possibility of burning the crt phosphor by 
installing an anxiliary intensity control to limit the 
front panel maximum intensity setting. For Type 531 
and Type 535 all serial numbers $5.00 

040-061 (Formerly K531-1099; K535-1100) Im- 
provement of time-delay reliability by rewiring the cir- 
cuit. For Type 531 serial numbers 101 through 765; 
Type 535 serial numbers 101 through 
1 282 No charge 

040-085 (Formerly K531-1105; K535-1107) Fur- 
ther improvement of time-delay circuitry by installation 
of a new relay. For Type 531 serial numbers 101 
through 1280; Type 535 serial numbers 101 through 
1703 $8.50 

040-097 (Formerly K53 1-1055; K535-1056) Im- 
provement in driver amplifier circuitry. Recommended 
in applications where minimum gain variations in re- 
spect to line-voltage changes are required. For Type 
531 serial numbers 101 through 592; Type 535 serial 
numbers 101 through 1058 $70.00 

040-160 Adds blanking to CRT cathode to eliminate 
switching transients when using Type 53C, Type 53/54 
C, or Type C-A plug-in unit. For Type 531 serial num- 
bers 101 through 593; Type 535 serial numbers 101 
through 1 059 $1 5.00 

Type 543 Oscilloscopes 

040-191 Improves reliability of 6DK6 tubes in 
distributed amplifier and provides better stability of the 
vertical amplifier. For serial numbers 101 through 
181 $1.80 



182 




Type 541 and Type 545 Oscilloscopes 

040-152 (Formerly K530/K540-1) Preset stability. 
Eliminates trigger-control readjustments in most applica- 
tions. For Type 541 serial numbers 101 through 5253, 
for Type 545 serial numbers 101 through 
5550 $5.00 

040-153 (Formerly K530/K540-2) Preset stability. 
For Type 541 serial numbers 5254 through 5414, for 
Type 545 serial numbers 5551 through 
5945 $4.50 

040-154 (Formerly K530/K540-3 ) Preset stability. 
For Type 541 serial numbers 5415 through 5942, for 
Type 545 serial numbers 5946 through 7400 . . $2.50 

040-159 Maximum intensity modification to de- 
crease the possibility of burning the crt phosphor by in- 
stalling an auxiliary intensity control to limit the front 
panel maximum intensity setting. For Type 541 and 
Type 545 all serial numbers $5.00 

040-191 Improves reliability of 6DK6 tubes in distri- 
buted amplifier and provides better stability of the verti- 
cal amplifier. For Type 541 serial numbers 6474 
through 7078, Type RM41 serial numbers 101 through 
149, Type 545 serial numbers 9292 through 1 1692, and 
Type RM45 serial numbers 101 through 291 ... .$1.80 

040-176 Replaces 10 kv high voltage transformer 
with a 1 2 kv transformer for greater intensity at fastest 
sweep speeds which will give a higher writing rate. For 
Type 541 and Type 545 instruments, all serial 
numbers $1 5.00 

Type 551 Oscilloscopes 

040-191 Improves reliability of 6DK6 tubes in distri- 
buted amplifier and provides better stability of the 
vertical amplifier. For Type 551 serial numbers 101 
through 291. Two kits required $1.80 

Type 500A and Type 500/ 53A Scopemobile 

040-161 Fan motor assembly provides forced-air 
ventilation to the equipment compartments of the Type 
500A and Type 500/53A Scopemobiles .... $15.00 

040-186 Converts the early Type 500 or Type 500/ 
53 Scopemobile to a three wire power 
receptacle $8.50 

The following 3-wire power cords are available but are 
not included in the 040-186 modification kit: 

8' 16 gauge Tek No. 161-010 $1.75 

20" 16 gauge Tek No. 161-014 $1.25 

Type P410 and Type P510A Probes 

040-180 Universal Probe Repair Kit for Tektronix 
P410 and P510A Probes contains a quantity of the 
electrical and mechanical parts that are most subject to 
failure. Instructions are included to facilitate repair 
procedures $8.50 

For a complete list of available modification kits, 
please call your Field Engineer or Representative. 



6/59 



< 



C 



I 



«il 



D 



I ACCESSORIES 




r 



i 



Operational Accessories 

PROBES 




P400-Series Low-Capacitance Probes — This series of 
low-capacitance probes preserves the transient response 
of Tektronix fast-rise instruments. The P400-Series probes 
are free of overshoot and ringing and have relatively 
uniform high-frequency response. With exception of the 
P450-L, these probes can be used on other instruments 
having input capacitances from 20 to 50 /.i/if. General 
physical characteristics of the P400-Series probe are 
identical to the P510A probe. Color-coding of the plastic 
nose indicates attenuation ratio. Probes have 42" cable 
with coaxial connector. Two interchangable Tektips — a 
straight tip and a hooked tip — each adding less than 
0.5 /t/jf to the input capacitance, and an alligator clip 
assembly are supplied with the probes. 

P405, P410, P420 10.50 

P450, P450-L, P41 00 1 2.50 

P400-SERIES PROBE SPECIFICATIONS 







INPUT IMPEDANCE 


DB 












Loss 


Voltage 










Ratio 


Resist. 


Capacitance 


at 


Rating 


Probe 


Atten. 


(Megfi) 


Minimum* Maximumf 


30 MC 


(max.) 


P405 


5:1 


5 


12 fifif 


19 fifif 


1-2 


600 


P410 


10:1 


10 


8w*f 


1 1 fifif 




600 


P420 


20:1 


10 


5.5 fifif 


7 fifif 




600 


P450 


50:1 


10 


3.5 fi/if 


3.5 fifif 




1000 


P450-L 


50:1 


10 


2.5 (iftf 






1000 


P4100 


100:1 


10 


2.5 fifif 


2.5 fifif 




1000 



When connected fo instruments with 20-fi/if input capacitance. 
"When connected to instruments with input capacitances up to 50 fifif. 

P400-Series Probes with Long Cables — Input capaci- 
tance and insertion loss are affected by cable length. 
With cables up to 12' in length, insertion loss is less 
than 3 db at 20 mc, and overshoot is less than 1 %. 

P400-SERIES PROBES with 8' CABLES 



Probe 


INPUT CAPACITANCE 


Tek 


Price 




Minimum Maximum 


Number 




P405 


21 fifti 


30 fifif 


010-013 


$12.50 


P410 


12 fifif 


15 fifif 


010-014 


12.50 


P420 


8 fifif 


9 fifif 


010-015 


12.50 


P450 


4 fifif 


4 fifif 


010-016 


14.50 


P450-L 


3 fifif 




010-017 


14.50 


P4100 


3 fifif 


3 fifif 


010-018 


14.50 



Prices for P400-Series Probes with other cable lengths 
available on request. 




P510A Attenuator Probe provides an attenuation of 
ten times when used with Tektronix oscilloscopes and am- 
plifiers. The P510A is small and streamlined, and pre- 
sents an input impedance of 10 megohms paralleled by 
14 ju/j.f. The probe is completely insulated — made of 
high-impact-strength fiberglass-reinforced alkyd — and 
has an internal brass shield. Two interchangeable Tek- 
tips — a straight tip and a hooked tip, and an alligator clip 
assembly are furnished. Probe has a 42" cable with co- 
axial connector, and is rated at 600 v maximum. 

P510A . 8.50 

P510A PROBES WITH LONG CABLES 

P5 10A probe cables ring at a period that depends on 
the cable length and, to a lesser degree, on the input 
capacitance of the oscilloscope used. Each particular 
cable length will be satisfactory only when zero trans- 
mission of the oscilloscope does not extend to a fre- 
quency that includes the resonant frequency of the 
probe. This difficulty has been eliminated in the P400- 
Series Probes. 

P510A with 6' cable, Tek 010-004 9.00 

P510A with 8' cable, Tek 010-005 9.50 

Prices for P510A Probes with other cable lengths avail- 
able on request. 




P170CF Cathode Follower Probe was developed for 
use with the Type 517 Oscilloscope. The cathode-fol- 
lower tube is a 5718 triode whose cathode load is the 
170-ohm termination of the preamplifier grid line in the 
Type 517. Plate and heater voltages for this tube are 
provided at a four-terminal socket on the panel of the 
oscilloscope. The signal is attenuated by 2 times when 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



6/59 




183 



ACCESSORIES 



I 



Operational 

using the P170CF. The input impedance of the probe 
will depend on the attenuator head being used, also 
since transit time in the cathode-follower tube is involv- 
ed, it will decrease appreciably at the higher frequen- 
cies. When the probe is used without an attenuator 
head, the input looks like 1 2 megohms shunted by 5 ,n./if. 
The probe cable is 42" long. Probe complete with 3 at- 
tenuator heads $86.00 

REPLACEMENT ATTENUATOR HEADS 

PAX-I Attenuator Head for P170CF, attenuation can 
be varied between 4 times and 40 times $11 -00 

PAX-II Attenuator Head for P170CF, attenuation can 
be varied between 20 times and 200 times $1 1 .00 

PAX-HI Attenuator Head for P170CF, attenuation can 
be varied between 200 times and 2000 times . . .$1 1.00 

P170CF can be used with the Type 513 Oscilloscope, 
but low-frequency response will suffer somewhat, de- 
pending on the attenuator head being used. It is neces- 
sary to terminate the 170-ohm cable at the oscilloscope 
input. B170R terminating resistor is designed for this. 
(See terminations.) A rectifier kit, KP170CF, is recom- 
mended for installation in Type 513 to rectify the 6.3 
volt heater supply. 

KP170CF DC Filament Kit for Type 513 $4.50 



Accessories 




P500CF Cathode-Follower Probe — Presents low ca- 
pacitance with minimum attenuation. Input impedance is 
40 megohms paralleled by 4 /i/xf, gain 0.8 to 0.85. In- 
put to probe is ac-coupled, limiting its low-frequency re- 
sponse to 5 cycles. Amplitude distortion is less than 3% 
on unidirectional signals up to 5 volts. lOx attenuator 
head is included with probe, and should be used on sig- 
nals exceeding a few volts to minimize amplitude distor- 
tion. With the attenuator head attached, the probe in- 
put impedance is approximately 10 megohms paralleled 
by 2 fi/xi. Probe output level is 1 1 v positive, making it 
necessary to use the ac-coupled position of the oscillo- 
scope AC-DC switch. Probe cable is 42" long . .$64.00 



A modification kit is available to equip the Type 524D 
oscilloscope with a front-panel connector to power the 
P500CF Probe. 

040-059 $5.00 

TYPE 128 PROBE POWER SUPPLY 




Type 128 Probe Power Supply for P500CF and 
P170CF cathode-follower probes. The Type 128 supplies 
the necessary plate and filament voltages for one or 
two probes, making it possible to use the cathode-fol- 
lower probes with oscilloscopes not equipped with a 
probe-power outlet. 

DC Output Voltages: 

+ 120 v regulated, at 25 ma 
Two +6.3 v unregulated, at 150 ma 
The two cathode-follower probe connections have 
separate +6.3 v dc voltage supplies. 

When a P170CF probe is to be used with an instru- 
ment other than the Tektronix Type 517, a 170-ohm 
terminating resistor is required. The B170R Terminating 
Resistor is recommended for this purpose. 

Ripple — Ripple on the 120v supply is not more than 
5 mv peak-to-peak, and not more than 75 mv peak-to- 
peak on the 6.3 v supplies. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 1 25 v or 21 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cycles, 25 watts using two P500CF probes. 

Dimensions — 4%" wide, 7%" high, 9" overall 
depth. 

Weight — 6 lbs. 

Includes: 1 — 3-conductor power cord. 

Type 128, Tek 015-006 $95.00 

Probe Power-Cable Extension — a 24" 3-conductor 
power-cable extension for Tektronix cathode-follower 
probes. Permits wider separation of the probe power 
source from the instrument signal input. 

012-030 $5.00 




a 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



V 



184 




6/59 



D 



I ACCESSORIES 



Operational Accessories 



TERMINATIONS, PADS, ATTENUATORS 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

f 

I 




B52-R 52-ohm terminating resistor, 1.5 w. . $8.50 

B52-L5 52-ohm "L* pad, 5 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B52-L10 52-ohm 'L' pad, 10 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B52-75L Minimum-loss pad, 52 ohms to 75 

ohms 1 1 .50 

B52-170L Minimum-loss pad, 52 ohms to 170 

ohms 11 .50 

B52-T10 52-ohm T pad, 10 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 11.50 

B75-R 75-ohm terminating resistor, 1.5 w. . 8.50 

01 1-023 75-ohm terminating resistor for Type 

525, 0.5 w 4.00 

B75-L5 75-ohm 'L' pad, 5 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B75-L10 75-ohm T pad, 10 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B75-T10 75-ohm T pad, 10 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 11.50 

B93-R 93-ohm terminating resistor, 1.5 w. . 8.50 

B93-L5 93-ohm T pad, 5 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B93-L10 93-ohm 'L' pad, 10 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B93-52L Minimum-loss pad, 93 ohms to 52 

ohms, 1 .5 w 11 .50 

B93-T10 93-ohm T pad, 1 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 11.50 

B170-R 170-ohm terminating resistor, 1.5 w. . 8.50 





016-012 Fan Base for Type 310, and Type 310A 
Oscilloscopes. Provides filtered, forced-air ventilation 
to assure safe operating temperature when the Type 
310 or Type 31 0A Oscilloscope is being used continu- 
ously over long periods, or in hot or limited ventilation 
areas. The fan base tilts the oscilloscope to a conven- 
ient viewing angle. For use on 105-125 v, 50 to 60 
cycle only $25.00 

016-013 Fan Base Same as above except it is for use 
on 210-250 v, 50 to 60 cycles only $25.00 




437-031 Plug-In Preamplifier Storage Cabinet — 
Mounts in standard rack, holds three Tektronix Plug-In 
Preamplifiers. Dimensions: 19" wide, 8 % " high, 9%" 
deep. Price, without plug-in units $25.00 





JHH| *" ' ' 



g 






B170-A 



170-ohm 7r-attenuator, using 2% pre- 013-001 Production Test Fixture, for use with the 

cision resistors, 1 to 64 db in 1 db steps, Type 130 L,C Meter. Speeds sorting and testing of 

0.25 w $45.00 capacitors and inductors $3.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. 



5/S9 




185 



ACCESSORIES 



Operational Accessories 




BE510 Bezel, for mounting camera on Tektronix 5" 
oscilloscopes. Dimensions — 5% " square; ring % " deep, 
diameter 5%" outside, 5 Vs " inside. Die-cast construc- 
tion, wrinkle finish, felt lined 4.50 




COT 81 A Crystal-Oven Combination — A 1 -mc crystal 
mounted in a temperature-stabilired oven. Directly in- 
terchangeable with standard crystal. Plugs into crystal 
socket of the Type 181 — no wiring changes necessary. 
Provides a frequency stability of 2 ppm over a 24-hour 
period 27.00 






HC 310 Collapsible Viewing Hood, for Tektronix 3" 
Oscilloscopes. It is made of black acrylic plastic with 
handy fastening arrangement. Tek no. 016-010. .3.50 




Deflection Plate Connector, for Type 530, 540, 530A, 
and 540A-Series Oscilloscopes. A convenient means 
of making a connection directly to the cathode-ray tube 
vertical deflection plates. Function of the vertical posi- 
tioning control is retained. The connector is designed 
for use with a 52-ohm cable. 

For instruments with serial numbers below 5001 , 
013-006 5.00 

For instruments with serial numbers 5001 and above, 
013-007 5.00 




c 



H310 Viewing Hood, for Tektronix 3" Oscilloscopes. 
Includes molded rubber eye-piece and spun-aluminum 
light shield 4.50 




H510 Viewing Hood, for Tektronix 5" Oscilloscopes. 
Includes molded rubber eye-piece and aluminum light 
shield 4.50 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



C J 



186 




5/59 



I 



I ACCESSORIES 



I 




Operational Accessories 




FA160 Mounting frame. Holds four of any 
combination of Type 122, Type 360, 
and Type 160-Series units. Mounts to 
standard instrument rack $5.00 




Cradle-mount for rack mounting cabinet-type oscillo- 
scopes. Each cradle-mount consists of a cradle (or 
"shelf") to support the instrument in any standard 19" 
relay rack, and a mask to fit over the regular instru- 
ment panel. Tek blue wrinkle finish. 

040-182 For Type 524, Type-530 series and Type- 
540 series instruments all serial numbers above 5000 
( 1 mask, 1 cradle) $45.00 

040-183 For Type 507 and Type 551 instruments 
( 2 masks, 2 cradles) $85.00 

040-193 For Type 180A, Type 1 90A and Type 515A 
instruments ( 1 mask, 1 cradle) $45.00 

040-194 For Type 502 instruments (1 mask, 1 cra- 
dle) 45.00 



COAXIAL CABLES 

P52 Coaxial cable, 52 ohms nominal imped- 
ance, 42" long $4.00 

P75 Coaxial cable, 75 ohms nominal imped- 
ance, 42" long 4.00 




P93 Coaxial cable, 93 ohms nominal imped- 
ance, 42" long $4.00 

P93A Coaxial output cable, 93 ohms, 42" 

long, terminated with variable attenuator 13.50 

P93B Coaxial output cable, 93 ohms, 42" long, 

terminated with Vi-watt 93-ohm resistor 5.00 

PI 70 Coaxial cable, 170 ohms nominal imped- 
ance, 42" long 9.50 




040-065 Blank Plug-in Skeleton . . 

MISCELLANEOUS 



$15.00 




013-003 Adapter, binding post $2.00 

013-004 Adapter, binding post 2.00 

013-009 Binding Post Adapter with ground terminal, 
% " spacing $3.00 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



5/59 




187 



I 






J 









I 



ACCESSORIES 




Test Accessories 
Type P Plug-In Test Unit 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type P is a special-purpose rest unit for Tek- 
tronix convertible oscilloscopes. You plug it in instead of 
of a plug-in preamplifier, and use the step function it 
generates to adjust the oscilloscope main vertical ampli- 
fier and delay network. By this procedure you can stand- 
ardize the transient response of a number of like oscillo- 
scopes. A Type A to Z Plug-In Preamplifier will exhibit 
identical transient-response characteristics in like oscillo- 
scopes that have been standardized with the Type 
P, 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Risetime of the step function generated by the Type 
P is less than 4 millimicroseconds- Polarity can be 
either positive or negative, and amplitude is continuously 
adjustable from to 3 major graticule divisions. Repe- 
tition rate is 240/sec. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum- a Hoy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight — 31/2 pounds. 



Price 



$60 




013-019 (EP54) Plug-in Extension — Allows the 
plug-in preamplifier unit for the Type 530, 540, 550, 
and 580-Series Oscillosopes to be operated partially 
out of its housing 8.50 




AMPLITUDE 




VERTICAL 
POSITION 




TYPE P 

PLUG -IN J EST UNIT 

SERIAL 



MSI-HJU 
ME«CUKf HHjJt I 



OPERATING 

POSITIONS 








013-005 (EP53A) Gain Set Adapter — Permits an ex- 
ternal calibrating signal to bypass the plug-in preampli- 
fier, for calibrating the sensitivity of the main amplifier 
of Type 530 and 540-Series Oscilloscopes 5.00 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



I 



5/59 




189 



ACCESSORIES 



I 



Test Accessories 
Type 108 Fast-Rise Mercury Pulser 



Risetimi 

ohm line. 



■1 mi 



lim 



icrosecond into a terminated 52- 



Repetition Rate — 240 pps. 

Output Voltage — 10 volts, approximately, wKen 
cable is terminated in 52 ohms. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 108 Fast-Rise Mercury Pulser is 
basically intended as a Test Accessory for the Type 
517, and 51 7A High-Speed Oscilloscopes. For examina- 
tion of high-frequency response, a waveform having a 
risetime faster than that of the amplifier being tested is 
necessary. The Type 108, with its risetime of 1 milli- 
microsecond, provides a suitable waveform for checking 
and adjusting the high-frequency response of the Types 
517 and 517A. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched panel, blue wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions— 9 y 4 " long, 5" wide, 7% w high. 
Weight — 5 pounds. 




Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v 50-60 cycle, 19 
watts. 

Price $125 

Includes: 1 — Cable (012-033) 
1- — Cable (012-001) 
1 — T-Pad (10:1, 52 to 170 ft) 

Prices f.o.b. factory, ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



/j S-30 DELTA STANDARDS 



• 100 Ml' . 

♦ J.JIJ* +W0WJF 

^^^ I MICA 
♦ fOWUf J*^M 

Lfn A ■ - ■ . i 






: . ". 



015-001 (S30) Delta Standards, for calibration of 
the Type 130 L,C Meter. The unit provides accurately 
adjusted steps of capacitance and inductance, selected 
by a rotary selector switch. Values of the capacitance 
steps correspond to the full-scale adjustments required 
on the five scales of the Type 130. Two resistors of 
identical manufacture and similar capacitance, values 
of 1 megohm and 0.1 megohm, are provided for the 
resistance compensation adjustment. A 300-juh stand- 
ard permits proper adjustments of the inductance 
ranges 22.00 

Prices f.o.b. 



01 1-021 (CS 47) Input Capacitance Standardizer — For 
use with Type A to Z Plug-In Preamplifiers having 
an input capacitance of 47 /x/j,f. With this acces- 
sory the input capacitance of each preamplifier can be 
standardized to 47 ja/xf, eliminating the necessity for 
probe readjustment when used with different plug-in 
preamplifiers . . . 11 .50 

011-022 (CS 20) Input Capacitance Standardizer — 
Similar to 011-021 (CS 47), for use with the Types 
C-A, K and L Plug-In Preamplifiers having 20 /i/if input 
capacitance 11 .50 

factory. 




c 



190 




5/59 



I 



I ACCESSORIES 



Replacement Parts 



r 



CATHODE-RAY TUBES 

5BGP is used in Tektronix Types 513, 531, 535, RM31 

and RM35 

154-080 5BGP1 $75.00 

1 54-08 1 5BGP2 75.00 

154-082 5BGP7 75.00 

154-083 5BGP11 75.00 

5CAP is used in Tektronix Types 525, 532, RM32, 570 

and 575 

154-093 5CAP1 $50.00 

1 54-097 5CAP2 50.00 

1 54- 1 02 5CAP7 50.00 

154-103 5CAP11 50.00 

5BHP is used in Tektronix Types 541, 545, RM41 

and RM45 

154-106 5BHP1 $100.00 

154-098 5BHP2 100.00 

154-104 5BHP7 100.00 

154-099 5BHP11 100.00 

5CBP is used in Tektronix Types 51 5A and RM15 

154-125 5CBP1 $60.00 

1 54- 1 20 5CBP2 60.00 

1 54- 1 26 5CBP7 60.00 

154-127 5CBP11 60.00 

T316 (T32) is used in the Tektronix Types 316 

and RM16 
(Replaces T31 with minor circuit changes) 

154-154 T316P1 $40.00 

154-155 T316P2 40.00 

154-156 T316P7 40.00 

154-157 T316P11 40.00 

T317 (T33) is used in the Tektronix Types 317 

and RM17 

154-216 T317P1 Price on request 

154-196 T317P2 Price on request 

154-217 T317P7 Price on request 

154-218 T317P11 Price on request 

T502 (T60) is used in the Tektronix Type 502 

154-172 T502P1 $150.00 

154144 T502P2 150.00 



154-170 T502P7 150.00 

154-173 T502P11 150.00 

T507 (T53) is used in Tektronix Type 507 

154-137 T507P11 Price on request 

T517 (T54-H) is used in Tektronix Type SUA 

154-107 T517P1 $110.00 

154-109 T517P2 110.00 

154-108 T517P7 110.00 

154-105 T517P11 110.00 

T533 (T64) is used in Tektronix Types 531 A, RM31A, 
533, RM33, 535A and RM35A. 

154-178 T533P1 $90.00 

154-165 T533P2 90.00 

1 54- 1 79 T533P7 90.00 

154-180 T533P11 90.00 

T536 (T56) is used in Tektronix Type 536 

154-140 T536P1 $60.00 

1 54- 1 33 T536P2 60.00 

1 54- 1 35 T536P7 60.00 

1 54- 1 36 T536P1 1 60.00 

T543 (T65) is used in Tektronix Types 541 A, RM41A, 
543, RM43, 545A and RM45A. 

154-181 T543P1 $110.00 

154-175 T543P2 110.00 

154-182 T543P7 110.00 

154-183 T543P11 110.00 

T551 (T57) is used in Tektronix Type 551 

154-186 T551P1 Price on request 

154-160 T551P2 Price on request 

154-189 T551P7 Price on request 

154-143 T551P11 Price on request 

T555 (T59) is used in Tektronix Type 555 

154-219 T555P1 Price on request 

154-199 T555P2 Price on request 

154-220 T555P7 Price on request 

154-221 T555P1 1 Price on request 



I 



5/59 




191 



ACCESSORIES 



I 



Replacement Parts 



T581 is used in Tektronix Types 581 and 585 

1 54-228 T581 PI Price on request 

154-224 T581P2 Price on request 

1 54-229 T581 P7 Price on request 

154-230 T581P11 Price on request 



386-395 

386-312 
386-326 

386-451 

331-027 

331-042 
331-005 

331-023 

331-024 
331-006 



331-010 

331-007 

331-047 
331-037 

331-008 



GRATICULES 

Unruled, for Types 310, 310A, 316, 317 and 
360 $1.00 

Unruled, for Types 315 and 315D 1.00 

Unruled, for Types 502, 507, 51 1 A, 512, 513, 
514, 514A, 524D, 524AD, 531, 531A, 532, 
535, 535A, 536, 570 and 575 1.00 

Unruled, for Types 515, 515A, 517A, 533, 
541, 541A, 543, 545, 545A, 551, 555, 581 
and 585 1.00 

Quarter-inch divisions, 8 divisions vertically, 
10 horizontally, for Types 310, 310A, and 
360 1.50 

Quarter-inch divisions, 8 divisions vertically, 
10 horizontally, for Types 316 and 317 1.50 

Quarter-inch divisions, 8 divisions vertically, 
10 horizontally, for Types 315 and 
315D 1.50 

Centimeter ruling, 4 centimeters vertically, 10 
horizontally, for Types 51 1A with 5CP 
CRT 1.50 

Centimeter ruling, 4 vertically, 10 horizontally, 
for Type 514 with 5CP CRT, 513 with T51PA 
CRT 1.50 

Centimeter ruling, 6 centimeters vertically, 10 
horizontally, for Type 512 with 5CP CRT, 
Types 514A, 524D, 524AD and Type 51 1A 
with 5ABP CRT 1.50 

Centimeter ruling, 8 centimeters vertically, 10 
horizontally, for Type 512 with 5ABP 
CRT 1.50 

Centimeter ruling, 4 centimeters vertically, 8 

horizontally, for Type 513 with 5XP 

CRT 1 .50 

Centimeter ruling, 10 cm vertically, 10 cm 
horizontally, for Type 502 1 .50 

Centimeter ruling, 6 cm vertically, 10 cm hori- 
zontally, for Types 515, 51 5A, and 
533 1.50 

Centimeter ruling, 4 cm vertically, 8 horizon- 
tally, for Type 517 with 5XP crt 1 .50 



331-033 Adjustable reference, 4 cm vertically, 8 hori- 
zontally, for Type 517A and Type 517 with 
T54P CRT 1.50 

331-009 TV RMA style ruling for percentage measure- 
ments, for Types 524D and 524AD . . . 1.50 

331-035 Ruling in percentages, — 40 to +100, for 
Type 525 1.50 

331-026 Centimeter ruling, 8 cm vertically, 10 cm hori- 
zontally, for Type 532 1.50 

331-016 Centimeter ruling, 6 cm vertically, 10 cm hori- 
zontally, for Types 507, 531, 531 A, 535, and 
535A 1.50 

331-034 Centimeter ruling, 4 cm vertically, 10 horizon- 
tally, for Types 541, 541 A, 543, 545, 545A, 
and 585 1.50 

331-028 Division ruling, 10 divisions vertically, 10 hori- 
zontally, for Types 536, 570 and 
575 1.50 

331-045 Centimeter ruling, 6 cm vertically, 10 cm 
horizontally, for Types 551 and 
555 1.50 



CATHODE -RAY-TUBS LIGHT FILTERS 

For Types 31 0, 31 0A, 31 6, 31 7, and 360. 

378-51 1 3" Amber 50 

378-509 3" Green 50 

378-510 3" Blue 50 

378-5 1 2 3" Yellow 50 

378-506 3" Amber (for Type 315D) 50 

378-505 3" Green (for Type 315D) 50 

378-507 3" Blue (for Type 315D) 50 

378-508 3" Yellow (for Type 315DJ 50 

For Types 502, 507, 511 A, 512, 513, 514, 514A, 
524D, 524AD, 531, 531 A, 532, 535, 535A, 536, 570, 
and 575. 

378-501 5" Amber 90 

378-502 5" Yellow 90 

378-503 5" Green 90 

378-504 5" Blue 90 

For Types 515, 515A, 517A, 533, 541, 541A, 543, 
545, 545A, 551, 555, 581 and 585. 

378-514 5" Green 90 

378-515 5" Blue 90 

378-516 5" Amber 90 



192 




5/59 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

<: 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 

i 



I ACCESSORIES 




r 



Replacement Parts 



AC POWER CORDS 



161-001 2-conductor No. 18 wire 8' long $1.25 

161-003 2-conductor No. 18 wire 15" long 85 

161-007 2-conductor No. 18 wire 8' long with right 

angle female plug 1.25 

161-004 2-conductor No. 16 wire 8' long 1.75 

161-008 3-conductor No. 18 wire 8' long 1.50 

161-014 3-conductor No. 16 wire 20" long .... 1.25 

161-010 3-conductor No. 15 wire 8' long 1.75 



012-007 
012-008 

012-009 

012-014 

012-015 
012-016 

012-017 

012-012 

012-022 
012-013 
012-031 
012-034 



SPECIAL CORDS AND LEADS 

(W112R) Red output lead for Type 1 1 2 

(W112B) Black output lead for Type 

112 

(W122) Battery power lead for Type 
122 

(W130B) Black output lead for Type 
130 



1.00 

1.00 
7.50 

1.00 

1.00 



( Wl 30R) Red output lead for Type 1 30 

(Wl 60-20) 20" inter-unit power cable 

for Type 1 60-Series 2.00 

(Wl 60-10) 10" inter-unit power cable 

for Type 1 60-Series 2.00 

(W517) Inter-unit power cable for 
Type 517. 9.50 

Shielded cable for Type 53/54E or Type E, 
30" long 3.00 

(W530B) 16" Black test lead for Type 

530 and 540-Series Oscilloscopes .... 1.00 

{PC-18R) 18" Red test lead for Type 

530 and 540-Series Oscilloscopes .... 1.50 

1 70 O 5' long coaxial cable for type 

127 5.00 

ADAPTER PLATES 

(for Type 570) 




016-004 7 pin with jacks installed 4.00 

016-005 8 pin with jacks installed 4.00 

016-006 9 pin with jacks installed 4.00 

016-007 Blank with jacks included 2.50 

(For Type R Tranisistor Risetime Unit) 

Since each transistor type will require different values 
of collector load resistor, base or emitter driving resis- 
tors, and voltage dividing resistors, these are not sup- 
plied with the adapter plates. 

If large quantities of different types of transistors are 
to be checked, it is desirable to have a separate plate 
wired for each type. 




Short lead. 3-wire small transistor 
386-852 grounded emitter transistor socket .... $1.50 
386-853 grounded base transistor socket 1.50 

Small power transistor, TO-3 type package. 
386-854 grounded emitter power transistor 



socket 



2.50 



I 



6/59 




386-855 grounded base power transistor 

socket 2.50 

Long lead, 3-wire small transistor 

386-856 grounded emitter adapter 2.50 

386-857 grounded base adapter 2.50 

PATCH CORDS 

(for Type 570) 

012-023 Double Patch Cord, Black 6 1.25 

(banana plug & jack combination both ends) 

012-024 Double Patch Cord, Red 6 1.25 

(banana plug & jack combination both ends) 

012-025 Suppressor Cord, 100 n, 6 1.50 

(banana plug both ends) 

012-026 Suppressor Cord, 300 Q, 6 1.50 

(banana plug both ends) 



193 



ACCESSORIES 



Replacement Parts 



012-027 Suppressor Cord, 1 k, 6 1.50 

(banana plug both ends) 

012-028 Single Patch Cord, Black 6 1.00 

012-029 Single Patch Cord, Red 6 1.00 



TRANSISTOR RECEPTACLES 

(for Type 575) 




013-010 Transistor adapter for transistors with wire 
leads 4.25 

013-012 Transistor adapter for transistors with short 
pin leads 3.50 

AIR FILTERS 

378-001 Aluminum, 1 1 7 /s x 1 1 % x 2 for Type 517 and 
51 7 A 4.00 

378-008 Spun glass, disposable 5 !/ 4 x 5Va x 1 for FB 
310 Fan Base 25 

378-002 Aluminum, 7 x 7 x 1 for Type 31 5D ... 1.20 

378-015 Aluminum, 7 x 7 x 1 for Types 316, 317 and 
180A 1.85 

378-017 Aluminum, 6V 2 x 6'/ 2 x 1 for Types RM16, 
RS16 and RM17 1.85 

378-004 Aluminum, 1 1 % x 11 % x 1 for Type 

513 2.00 

378-003 Aluminum, 8 x 8 x 1 for Types 514, 524 and 
525 1.50 

378-010 Aluminum, 8 x 8 x 1 for Types 502, 515 and 
51 5A 1.50 

378-016 Aluminum, 7x7x1 for Type RM15 . . 1.85 

378-011 A Aluminum, 10 x 10 x 1 for Types 530 and 
540-Series, 551, 555, 570, 575, 581 and 
585 1.75 

378-009 Spun glass filter with back-up screens, 10 x 
10 x 3 / 4 , disposable, for Type 530-540 
series 1 .75 

378 012 Spun glass filter only for above 1.00 



194 



ATTENUATOR HEADS 

010-301 PAX-1 Attenuator Head for P170CF, 
attenuation can be varied between 4 
times and 40 times 11 .00 

010-302 PAX-2 Attenuator Head for P170CF, 
attenuation can be varied between 20 
times and 200 times 11 .00 

010-303 PAX-3 Attenuator Head for P170CF, 
attenuation can be varied between 200 
times and 2000 times 11 .00 

PROBE TIPS 




206-008 Tek tip, Hook Shank 25 

206-009 Tek tip, Straight Shank 25 

206-011 Pin Jack Probe Tip, Bent Shank (fits 

0.082" pin jacks) 25 

344-005 Alligator Clip Assembly 40 

MISCELLANEOUS 

011-018 Attenuator unit, for Type 190 19.00 

01 1-024 Attenuator unit, for Type 1 90A 22.00 

010-003 P93C Probe, for Type 130 2.00 

014-003 FM 124 Mounting frame, for Type 

124 5.00 

INSTRUCTION MANUALS 

104A 1.50 

105 1.75 

107 1.75 

112 1.50 

121 . 1.50 

122 1.50 

124 1.75 

126 1.50 



c 



I 



t] 



«* 




6/59 



I 



I ACCESSORIES 



Replacement Parts 



f 



127 $2.00 

128 1.50 

130 1.30 

160 or 160A 1.50 

161 1.50 

162 1.50 

163 1 .50 

180 or 180A 2.00 

181 1.75 

190A 1.50 

310 or 31 0A 3.50 

315D 4.00 

316, RM1 6 or RSI 6 4.50 

317 or RM17 4.50 

360 1.75 

502 4.50 

507 4.00 

511 A or 51 IAD 2.75 

512 2.75 

513 or 51 3D 2.75 

514 or 51 4D 2.75 

514A or 514AD . . 3.00 

515 or 515A 4.00 

RM15 4.50 

517 or 517A 4.50 



524 or 524AD 


5.00 


525 


4.50 


531 or RM31 


4.50 


532 or RM32 


4.50 


533 


4.50 


535 or RM35 

536 


5.00 

4.50 


541 or RM41 


4.50 


543 


4.50 


545 or RM45 


5.00 


551 


4.50 


53/54A or A 


1.50 


53/54B or B 


1.50 


53/54C or C-A 


1.50 


53/54D or D 


1.50 


53/54E or E 


1.50 


53/54G or G 


1.50 


53/54H or H 


1.50 


53/54K or K 


1.50 


53/54L or L 


1.50 


53/54P or P 


1.50 


R 


2.00 


53/54T or T 


1.50 


570 


4.50 


575 


5.00 



I 



6/59 




195 



( 






c] 



I 



I 



APPROXIMATE SHIPPING WEIGHTS 




r 



INSTRUMENT 
TYPE 

105 


NET WEIGHT 
IN POUNDS 

35 y 2 


DOMESTIC 

PACKED 

IN POUNDS 

49 


107 .... 




12 


19 


112 .... 




35 


49 


121 .... 




I8V2 


24 


122 .... 




51/2 


9 


126 .... 




20 


30 


127 .... 




36 


75 


128 .... 




6 


13 


130 




9 


17 


160 Series 
160A . 




21 


27 


161 . . 




3y 2 


7 


162 . . 




3% 


7 


163 . . 




3!/ 2 


7 


360 . . 
FA- 1 60 




9 

1 y 4 


17 
3 


180A . . . 




31 


43 


181 .... 




17% 


24 


RM181 . . 




18 


33 


190A . . . 




24 


36 


310 and 310A 


23 V 2 


30 


316 




34 


42 


317 




34 


42 


RM16 . . . 




44 


79 


502 

515A . . . 




55 
40 


79 

58 


RM 1 5 ... 




43 


85 


51 7A ... 




190 


242 


524AD 

Viewing Hood 

525 

531 and 531A 


61 

PA 
54 

61 y 2 


80 

3 

86 

80 


RM31 and 


RM31A 


. 78 


96 


532 




52 


73 


RM32 

533 

RM33 

535 and 535A 

RM35 and RM35A 

536 

541 and 541A 


71 
61 
78 
65 
81 
57 

6i y 2 


89 
80 
96 
85 
100 
83 
80 


RM41 and 


RM41A 


78 


96 


543 

RM43 . 

545 and 545A 


61 
78 
65 


80 
96 
85 


RM45 and 
551 


RM45A 


81 
96 


100 
120 


A 




3% 


10 


B 




3y 2 


10 


C-A ... 




5V2 


12 


D 




4 


1 1 


E 




4V 2 


12 


G 




4V 2 


12 


H 




3% 


10 


K 




3% 


10 


L 




4 y 2 


12 


P 




3y 2 


10 


R 




4y 2 


12 


T 




5 


12 


570 




75 


96 


575 

500A 




70 
35 


84 
53 


500/53A . 




35 


53 



EXPORT PACKED 
WEIGHT IN VOLUME IN 

POUNDS KILOGRAMS CU. FT. 



63 
38 
79 
43 
16 
50 
105 
16 
34 

50 
14 
14 
14 
32 

60 

42 

54 

55 

50 

55 

55 

107 

98 

76 

113 

299 

100 

11 

115 

101 

116 

95 

109 

100 

116 

105 

120 

98 

101 

116 

100 

116 

105 

120 

140 

14 

14 

16 

15 

16 

16 

14 

14 

16 

14 

16 

16 

116 

105 

62 

62 



29 
20 
34 
20 

7 

19 
48 

7 
17 

22 

6 

6 

6 

15 

27 
22 

24 

25 

23 

25 

25 

49 

44 

34 

51 

135 

46 

5 

52 

46 

52 

43 

50 

46 

52 

48 

54 

44 

46 

52 

46 

52 

48 

54 

63 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

7 

6 

6 

7 

6 

7 

7 

53 

48 

28 

28 



5 
4 
7 
4 
1 

5 
9 
1 
4 

4 
1 
1 
1 
4 

5 
7 
6 
5 
4 
4 
4 
9 
8 
6 
9 

21 
8 
1 

9 
8 

10 
8 

10 
8 

10 
8 

10 
8 
8 

10 
8 

10 
8 

10 

13 



I 



6/S9 




8 

8 

7 
7 



197 









I 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

V 
i 




r 



Tektronix, Inc., P. O. Box 831, Portland 7, Oregon 

Telephone: CYpress 2-2611 TWX — PD 311 Cable: TEKTRONIX 

AN OREGON CORPORATION 

Field Engineering Offices 

ALBUQUERQUE* Tektronix, Inc., 127C Jefferson St. N. E., Albuquerque, New Mexico 

TWX: AQ 96 AMherst 8-3373 

ATLANTA* Tektronix, Inc., 3272 Peachtree Road, N.E., Atlanta 5, Georgia TWX: AT 358 CEdar 3-4484 

BALTIMORE* Tektronix, Inc., 724 York Road, Towson 4, Maryland VAIley 5-9000 

TWX: TOWSON MD 535 
BOSTON* Tektronix, Inc., 18 Austin St., Newtonville 60, Massachusetts 

TWX: NEWTON MASS 940 LAsell 7-2212 

BUFFALO Tektronix, Inc., 961 Mary vale Drive, Buffalo 25, New York 

TWX: WMSV 2 SPring 7861 

CHICAGO* Tektronix, Inc., 7514 W. North Ave., Elmwood Park 35, Illinois 

TWX: RIVER GROVE ILL 1395 GLadstone 6-7930 

CLEVELAND Tektronix, Inc., 3353 Edgecliff Terrace, Cleveland 11, Ohio TWX: CV 352 CLearwater 2-2121 

Pittsburgh Area: ZEnith 0212 
DALLAS* Tektronix, Inc., 6211 Denton Drive, P. O. Box 35104, Dallas 35, Texas 

TWX: DL 264 FLeetwood 2-4087, 2-7655 

DAYTON Tektronix, Inc., 3601 South Dixie Drive, Dayton 39, Ohio TWX: DY 363 AXminster 3-4175 

DENVER Hytronic Measurements, Inc., 1295 South Bannock Street, Denver 23, Colorado 

TWX: DN 863 PEarl 3-3701 

DETROIT* Tektronix, Inc., 27310 Southfield Road, Lathrup Village, Michigan 

TWX: SOUTHFIELD MICH 938 ELgin 7-0040 

ENDICOTT* Tektronix, Inc., 3214 Watson Blvd., Endwell, New York TWX : ENDICOTT NY 290 Pioneer 8-8291 

HOUSTON Tektronix, Inc., 2605 Westgrove Lane, Houston 27, Texas TWX: HO 743.... MOhawk 7-8301, 7-8302 

KANSAS CITY Tektronix, Inc., 5920 Nail, Mission, Kansas.. TWX: MISSION KAN 1112 RAndolph 2-6522, 2-6523 

St. Louis Area: ENterprise 6510 
LOS ANGELES AREA 

East L. A. Tektronix, Inc., 5441 East Beverly Blvd., East Los Angeles 22, California 

TWX: MTB 7762 RAymond 3-9408, 3-9409 

*West L. A. Tektronix, Inc., 11681 San Vicente Blvd., West Los Angeles 49, California BRadshaw 2-1563 

TWX: WEST LOS ANGELES CAL 6698 GRanite 3-1105 

MINNEAPOLIS Tektronix, Inc., 3100 W. Lake Street, Minneapolis 16, Minnesota TWX: MP 983. .Walnut 7-9559, 7-8932 

NEW YORK CITY AREA 
*New York City and Long Island served by: 

Tektronix, Inc., 840 Willis Avenue, Albertson, L. I., New York TWX: G CY NY 1416 Pioneer 7-4830 
Westchester County, Western Connecticut, Hudson River Valley served by: 

Tektronix, Inc., 49 Pondfield Road, Bronxville 8, New York 

TWX: BRONXVILLE NY 1207 DEerfield 7-3771 

* Northern New Jersey served by: 

Tektronix, Inc., 412 Chestnut Street, Union, New Jersey TWX: UNVL 82 MUrdock 8-2222 

ORLANDO* Tektronix, Inc., 205 East Colonial Drive, Orlando, Florida. .TWX: OR 7008 GArden 5-3483 

PALO ALTO* Tektronix, Inc., 701 Welch Road, Palo Alto, California TWX : PALO ALTO CAL 112 DAvenport 6-8500 

PHILADELPHIA* Tektronix, Inc., 7709 Ogontz Ave., Philadelphia 50, Pennsylvania TWX: PH 930 WAverly 4-5678 

PHOENIX Tektronix, Inc., 7000 E. Camelback Road, Scottsdale, Arizona 

TWX: SCOTTSDALE ARIZ 52 WHitney 6-1601 

PORTLAND Hawthorne Electronics, 700 S. E. Hawthorne Blvd., Portland 14, Oregon BEImont 4-9375 

SALT LAKE CITY Hytronic Measurements, Inc., 2022 South Main St., Salt Lake City 15, Utah 

TWX: SU 563 INgersoll 6-4924 

SAN DIEGO Tektronix, Inc., 1900 Rosecrans Street, P.O. Box 6157, San Diego 6, California 

TWX: SD 6341 ACademy 2-0384 

SEATTLE Hawthorne Electronics, 112 Administration Bldg., Boeing Field, Seattle, Washington 

TWX: SE 798 PArkway 5-3962 

ST. PETERSBURG Tektronix, Inc., 2330 Ninth Street South, St Petersburg 5, Florida TWX: ST PBG 8034 . . ORange 1-6139 

SYRACUSE* Tektronix, Inc., 313 Nottingham Road, Syracuse 10, New York TWX: SS 423 Gibson 6-5630 

TORONTO* Tektronix, Inc., 3 Finch Ave. East, Willowdale, Ontario, Canada Toronto, BAldwin 5-1 138 

WASHINGTON, D. C* 

Tektronix, Inc., 9619 Columbia Pike, Annandale, Virginia 

TWX: F CH VA 760 CLearbrook 6-741 1 

♦ALSO REPAIR CENTERS 



I 



6/59 



199 



TEKTRONIX, INC. 

VICTORIA AVENUE, ST. SAMPSON'S, GUERNSEY, CHANNEL ISLES 
Telephone: Central 1184 CABLE: TEK GUERNSEY TELEX 41-93 

Tektronix Overseas Representatives 

ARGENTINA Ricma Argentina S. A., Sarmiento 309-Tercer Piso, Casilla Correao 2824, Buenos Aires, Argentina 

Gerencia: 31-3990 

AUSTRALIA Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 139-143 Bouverie St., Carlton, N. 3, Melbourne, Australia FJ-4161/8 

Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 90 Grote St., Adelaide, S. A., Australia LA-5295 

Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 52 Bowen St., Brisbane, Qld., Australia B-6462 

Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 68 Railway Pde., West Perth, W. A., Perth, Australia BA-8587/9686 

Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 713 Parramatta Rd., Leichhardt, NSW, Sydney, Australia LM-6327 

AUSTRIA Inglomark Markowitsch & Co., Mariahilfer Strasse 133, Wien 15, Austria 54-75-85-SERIE 

BELGIUM Regulation-Mesure, S.P.R.L, 22, rue Saint-Hubert, Bruxelles 1 5, Belgium 70. 79. 89 

BRAZIL Consulting & Suppliers Company for South America Inc., 61 Broadway, New York 6, New York 

BOwling Green 9-0610/11 

Importacao Industrie E Comercio Ambriex S. A., Av. Graca Aranha 57-510 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil 

42-7990, 42-7291 

Palmar Ltda., Rua 7 de Abril 252, Sao Paulo, Brazil 34-4497 

CUBA Laboratories Meditron, Calle B No. 56, Vedado, Habana, Cuba F-5970 

DENMARK Tage Olsen A/S, Centrumgaarden, Room 133, 6D, Vesterbrogade, Kobenhavn V, Denmark 

Palae 1369, Palae 1343 

ENGLAND Livingston Laboratories Ltd., Retcar Street, London N.19, England Archway 6251 

FINLAND Into O/Y, 11 Meritullinkatu, Helsinki, Finland 62 14 25, 35 125 

FRANCE Maurice I. Parisier & Co., 741-745 Washington St., New York 14, N. Y ALgonquin 5-8900 

Relations Techniques Intercontinentales, 134, Avenue de Malakoff, Paris 16, France 

Passy 08-36, Kleber 54-82 

INDIA Electronic Enterprises, 46, Karani Building, Opp. Cama Baug., New Charni Road, Bombay 4, India 

75376 

ISRAEL Landseas Products Corp., 48 West 48th Street, New York 36, New York COIumbus 5-8323 

Landseas Eastern Co., P. O. Box 2554, Tel Aviv, Israel 66890 

ITALY Silverstar, Ltd, 21 Via Visconti Di Modrone, Milan, Italy 792.791, 709.536 

Silverstar, Ltd., 12 Via Paisiello, Roma, Italy 867.886 

Silverstar, Ltd., 3 Corso Mattcotti, Turin, Italy 524.021 

JAPAN Midoriya Electric Co., Ltd., 3, 2-Chome, Kyobashi, Chuo-Ku, Tokyo, Japan Kyobashi (56) 1786, 7415, 7416 

7439, 5396 

NETHERLANDS C. N. Rood, n. v., 11-13 Cort van der Lindenstraat, Rijswijk, Z. H., Netherlands The Hague 98.51.53 

NORWAY Morgenstierne & Co., Colletts Gate 10, Oslo, Norway 60 17 90 

SWEDEN Erik Ferner AB, Bjornsonsgatan 197, Bromma, Stockholm, Sweden 87 01 40 

SWITZERLAND Omni Ray AG, Dufourstrasse 56, Zurich 8, Switzerland (051) 34-44-30 

UNION OF 

SOUTH AFRICA Protea Holdings, Ltd, 42, Faraday Street, Wemmer, Johannesburg, Union of South Africa 33-4762/3 

URUGUAY Compania Uruguaya De Rayos X y Electromedicina S. A. Mercedes 1300, Yaguaron 1449, Montevideo, 

Uruguay 8 58 29 

WEST GERMANY Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Berlin W30, Augsburgerstrasse 33, West Germany 91 27 62 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Hannover. Schillerstrasse 23, West Germany 1 33 80 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Karlsruhe, Kriegstrasse 39, West Germany 25202 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Koln, Habsburger-Ring 2-12, West Germany 215341 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Munchen 9, Auerfeldstrasse 22, West Germany 4 46 38 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Munchen 9, Briennerstrasse 23, West Germany 59 52 65 

Other OVERSEAS areas please write or cable directly to the Export Department Portland, Oregon, U.S.A. 



( 



I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



<: 
p 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 



200 



Printed in U.S.A. 



6/S9 



I